Donate Deprecated: trim(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($string) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/index.php on line 258 Deprecated: strtoupper(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($string) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/index.php on line 665 Deprecated: strpos(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($haystack) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 506 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: strpos(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($haystack) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 506 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: strpos(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($haystack) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 506 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: strpos(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($haystack) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 506 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: strpos(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($haystack) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 506 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: strpos(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($haystack) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 506 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: strpos(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($haystack) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 506 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: strpos(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($haystack) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 506 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: str_replace(): Passing null to parameter #3 ($subject) of type array|string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/functions.php on line 507 Deprecated: trim(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($string) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/includes/boxes/ayurveda.php on line 42 Deprecated: trim(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($string) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/includes/boxes/ayurveda.php on line 42 Deprecated: trim(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($string) of type string is deprecated in /usr/www/users/sanskvrcpu/includes/boxes/ayurveda.php on line 42
 
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
14 results for nese
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
anupatto pass by (accusative) flying ; to fly after, run after, go after, follow: Caus. (Imper. 2. sg. -pātaya-) to fly along ; to throw (a person) down together with oneself View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cīnam. plural the Chinese (also cīṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cīnakam. plural the Chinese View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāliṃmanyāf. thinking oneself to be kālī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nas cl.1 A1. () n/asate- (Aorist Potential nasīmahi- ;pf nese-; future nasitā- grammar) to approach, resort to, join, copulate (especially as husband and wife) ; to be crooked or fraudulent [ confer, compare Greek (),(),; Gothic ga-nizan,nas-jan; Anglo-Saxon gene0san; HGerm.gine0san,genesen.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāgapuṣpīf. the Chinese rose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktamokṣam. bloodletting, bleeding, venesection etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktamokṣaṇan. bloodletting, bleeding, venesection etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sirāmokṣam. "vein-loosing", blood-letting, venesection View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sirāvedham. () piercing the veins, venesection. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sirāvedhanan. () piercing the veins, venesection. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sirāvyadham. () piercing the veins, venesection. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sirāvyadhanan. () piercing the veins, venesection. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
striyammanyamfn. (equals strīm-m-) thinking oneself or passing for a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
274 results
     
aṅgīkṛ अङ्गीकृ 8 U. [connected with अङ्ग or अङ्ग-च्वि; अनङ्गम् अस्वोपकरणं स्वकीयम् अङ्गं क्रियते] 1 To accept, to betake oneself to, to take to; लवङ्गी कुरङ्गी दृगङ्गीकरोतु Jagannātha; दक्षिणा- माशामङगीकृत्य गन्तव्यम् K.121 in the southern direction, towards the south; अङ्गीकृत्य अयशः 16; यदि मृत्युमङ्गीकरोमि ibid.; एवमङ्गीकारयितुं मया भणितम् Mk.8 to make her consent. -2 To promise to do, to agree or consent to, undertake; किं त्वङगीकृतमुत्सृजन् कृपणवत् श्लाघ्यो जनो लज्जते Mu.2.18. -3 To own, acknowledge, confess, admit, grant. -4 To subdue, to make one's own. अङ्गीकारः aṅgīkārḥ कृतिः kṛtiḥ करणम् karaṇam अङ्गीकारः कृतिः करणम् 1 Acceptance. -2 Agreement, promise, undertaking &c.
añj अञ्ज् 7 P. (rarely A.) (अनक्ति or अङ्क्ते, आनञ्ज, अञ्जि- ष्यति-अङ्क्ष्यति, अञ्जित्वा-अङ्क्त्वा, अञ्जितुम्, अङ्क्तुम्, अक्त) 1 To anoint, smear with, bedaub. -2 To make clear, show, represent, characterize; मा नाञ्जी राक्षसीर्मायाः Bk.9. 49. -3 To go. -4 To shine, be beautiful. -5 To honour, celebrate. -6 To decorate. -Caus. 1 To smear with, नाञ्जयन्ती स्वके नेत्रे Ms.4.44. -2 To speak or shine. -3 To cause to go [cf. Zend anj; L. unctum, ungo.] With -अधि to fit out, equip, furnish. -आ 1 to anoint, smear. -2 to smooth, polish, prepare. -3 to honour, respect. -नि 1 to smear. -2 to conceal or hide oneself. -प्रति 1 to smear. -2 to adorn, decorate. -सम् 1 to smear. -2 to fit out, equip, harness. -3 to honour. -4 to join together, to consume, devour; to adorn, decorate, beautify (mostly Ved. in these senses). -5 to unite, to put together, compose.
atibhojanam अतिभोजनम् Voracity, surfeiting oneself, excess in eating.
ativah अतिवह् 1 P. To carry over or across. -Caus. 1 To spend, pass (as time); किं वा मयापि न दिनान्यतिवाहितानि Māl.6.13; अतिवाहयां बभूवत्रियामाम् R.9.7; ऋतून् 19.47. -2 To let pass over, get through successfully; गुहा- विसारीण्यतिवाहितानि मया कथंचिद् घनगर्जितानि R.13.28 allowed to pass over my head, endured; स शापस्तेनातिवाहितः Ks. 33.91. -3 To rid oneself of, elude, avoid; अस्मिंस्तमाल- विटपान्धकारे प्रविश्य एनमतिवाहयावः Ratn.2; get out of his way, elude his pursuit (and thus cheat him). -4 To transplant, remove (to another place), bring or carry over; अलकामतिवाह्यैव वसतिं वसुसंपदाम् Ku.6.37. -5 To follow, tread (as a path; लोकातिवाहिते मार्गे Śarva. Ś.
ativāhanam अतिवाहनम् 1 Passing, spending. -2 Excessive toiling or enduring, bearing too much load; too heavy burden; H.3. -3 Despatching, sending away, ridding oneself of; कथमस्य˚ न भविष्यति Pt.5. how shall I rid myself of him?
atisṛ अतिसृ 1 P. Ved. To extend. -Caus. 1 To extend. -2 To exert oneself to drive out (as a fluid).
atisauhityam अतिसौहित्यम् Stuffing oneself with food; न ˚त्यमाचरेत् Ms.4.62.
adikka अदिक्क a. Ved. Having no direction or region of the world for oneself; banished from beneath the sky. Śat. Br.
adhiṣṭhā अधिष्ठा 1 P. (used with acc. P.I.4.46.) 1 (a) To stand on or upon, to sit in or upon, occupy (as a seat &c.), resort to; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; शाखिनः केचिदध्यष्ठुः Bk.15.31; प्रतनुबलान्यधितिष्ठतस्तपांसि Ki.1.16 practising; मामधिष्ठाय Rām. depending on me. (b) To stand, be; अध्यतिष्ठदङ्गुष्ठेन शतं समाः Mb. (c) To stand over, mount. (d) To stand by, be near; आश्रमबहिर्वृक्षमू- लमधितिष्ठति U.4. -2 To be in, dwell in, inhabit, reside, stay; भुजङ्गपिहितद्वारं पातालमधितिष्ठति R.1.8; माधिष्ठा निर्जनं वनम् Bk.8.79; श्रीजयदेवभणितमधितिष्ठतु कण्ठतटीमविरतम् Git.11. -3 To make oneself master of, seize, take possession of, overpower, conquer; संग्रामे तानधिष्ठास्यन् Bk.9.72; त्वमधिष्ठास्यसि द्विषः 16.4; स सदा फलशालिनीं क्रियां शरदं लोक इवाधितिष्ठति Ki.2.31 obtains; अधितिष्ठति लोकमोजसा स विवस्वानिव मेदिनी- पतिः 2.38; यक्षः कुतश्चिदधिष्ठाय बालचन्द्रिकां निवसति Dk.18. -4 (a) To lead, conduct as head or chief; महाराज- दशरथस्य दारानधिष्ठाय वसिष्ठः प्राप्तः U.4, See अधिष्ठित also. (b) To be at the head of, govern, direct, preside over, rule, superintend; प्रकृतिं स्वामधिष्ठाय Bg.4.6 governing, controlling; श्रोत्रं चक्षुः स्पर्शनं च रसनं घ्राणमेव च । अधिष्ठाय मनश्चायं विषयानुपसेवते 15.9 presiding over and thus turning to use. -5 To use, employ.
adhiṣṭhānam अधिष्ठानम् [अधि-स्था-ल्युट्] 1 Standing or being near, being at hand, approach (सन्निधि); अत्राधिष्ठानं कुरु take a seat here. -2 Resting upon, occupying, inhabiting, dwelling in, locating oneself in; प्राणाधिष्ठानं देहस्य &c. -3 A position, site, basis, seat; त्र्यधिष्ठानस्य देहिनः Ms.12.4; इन्द्रियाणि मनो बुद्धिरस्याधिष्ठानमुच्यते Bg.3.4, 18.14 the seat (of that desire.) -4 Residence, abode; नगरं राजाधिष्ठानम् Pt.1.; so धर्म˚; a place, locality, town; सर्वाविनयाधिष्ठानतां गच्छन्ति K.16; कस्मिंश्चिदधिष्ठाने in a certain place. -5 Authority, power, power of control, presiding over; अनधिष्ठानम् H.3.83. lose of position, dimissal from a post (of authority); समर्थस्त्वमिमं जेतुमधिष्ठानपराक्रमैः Rām.; ययेह अश्वैर्युक्तो रथः सार- थिना$धिष्ठितः प्रवर्तते तथा आत्माधिष्ठानाच्छरीरम् Gaudapāda; महाश्वेताकृताच्च सत्याधिष्ठानात् K.346 appeal or reference to truth. -6 Government, dominion. -7 A wheel (of a car &c.) अधिष्ठानं मनश्चासीत्परिरथ्या सरस्वती Mb.8.34.34; 5.178.74. -8 A precedent, prescribed rule. -9 A benediction. cf. अधिष्ठानं चक्रपुरप्रभावाध्यासनेष्वपि । Nm. -1 Destruction (?); अमित्राणामधिष्ठानाद्वधाद् दुर्योधनस्य च । भीम दिष्ट्या पृथिव्यां ते प्रथितं सुमहद्यशः ॥ Mb.9.61.14. -11 Couch, seat, bed; साधिष्ठानानि सर्वशः Rām.6.75.19. -12 A butt (for an allurement.) तस्माद् ब्राह्ममधिष्ठानं कृत्वा कार्ये चतुर्विधे । Kau. A.1.1. -Comp. -अधिकरणम् Municipal Board. (अधिष्ठान = city; अधिकरण = court and office of administration) EI,XV, p.143; XVII. p. 193 f; XX, pp.61 ff. -शरीरम् A body which forms the medium between the subtle and the gross body.
adhyās अध्यास् 2 A. 1 (a) To lie down, settle upon; occupy, dwell in (as a seat or habitation:; seat oneself in or upon, enter upon, get into (as a path &c.) (with acc. of place); त्वरिततरमध्यास्यतामियं वनस्थली K.28;36,4; पर्णशालामध्यास्य R.1.95; द्वितीयमाश्रममध्या- सितुं समयः V.5; द्वारदेशमध्यास्ते Dk.3 is waiting at the door; R.2.17;4.74;6.1;12.85;13.22,76;15. 93; Me.78; Bk.1.5; Ms.7.77; अये सिंहासनमध्यास्ते वृषलः Mu.3; भगवत्या प्राश्निकपदमध्यासितव्यम् M.1 occupy the seat of judge, accept the office of judge. (b) To take possession of, grasp, seize; धेन्वा तदध्यासितकातराक्ष्या R.2. 52 with eyes tremulous on account of her being seized by him (अध्यासितम् = आक्रमणम्). (c) To resort to, inhabit; यदध्यासितमर्हद्भिस्तद्धि प्रचक्षते Ku.6.56. -2 To live in conjugal relation; cohabit with. -3 To be directed or fixed upon. -4 To rule, govern, influence; affect, concern (mostly Ved.). -Caus. To cause one to sit down upon; भवन्तमध्यासयन्नासनम् Bk.2.46.
anaśanam अनशनम् Fasting, abstinence from food, fasting oneself to death; कृशामनशनेन च Rām.5.15.23. ˚नं च शाययित्वा Dk.156 making him fast; ˚नात् उत्तिष्ठति Pt.4. a. Without food, fasting &c.
anātman अनात्मन् a. [न. ब.] 1 Destitute of spirit or mind. -2 Not spiritual, corporeal. -3 One who has not restrained his self; अनात्मनस्तु शत्रुत्वे वर्तेतात्मैवशत्रुवत् Bg.6.6. -m. [अप्रशस्तो भिन्नो वा आत्मा न. त.] Not self, another, something different from आत्मन् (spirit or soul) i. e. the perishable body; अप्राप्तः प्राप्यते यो$यमत्यन्तं त्यज्यते$थवा । जानीयात्तमनात्मानं बुद्धयन्तं वपुरादिकम् ॥ अनात्मन्यात्मबुद्धिर्या सा$- विद्या परिकीर्तिता ॥ -Comp. -ज्ञ, वेदिन् a. 1 devoid of spiritual knowledge or true wisdom. -2 not knowing oneself, foolish, silly; मा तावदनात्मज्ञे Ś.6; कथं कार्यविनिमयेन व्यवहरति मयि ˚ज्ञः M.1; स्फुटमापदां पदमनात्मवेदिता Śi.15. 22. -प्रत्यवेक्षा reflection that there is no spirit or soul (with Buddhists). -संपन्न a. foolish, destitute of qualities (of the soul) not self-possessed; न त्वेवानात्मसंपन्नाद् वृत्तिमीहेत पण्डितः Pt.1.49.
anukṛṣ अनुकृष् 1 P. To drag after oneself, to attract (in gram.); see अनुकर्ष below. -Caus. To subject.
anukram अनुक्रम् 1 U., 4 P. 1 To go after, follow (fig. also); महर्षिभिरनुक्रान्तं धर्मपन्थानमास्थितः Rām; to betake oneself to; तीर्थयात्रामनुक्रामन् Mb.; व्यवसायमनुक्रान्ता कान्ते त्वमति- शोभनम् Rām. -2 To count up, enumerate, state or go through in order; यच्चानुक्रान्तं यच्चानुक्रंस्यते Mbh. on P.I. 1.72; give a table of contents, used frequently in the Nirukta.
anugam अनुगम् 1 P. 1 To go after, follow, attend, accompany; अनिभिज्ञो गुणानां यो न भृत्यैरनुगम्यते Pt.1.73; ओदकान्तात्स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; केकासवैरनुगम्यमानो भूषणनिनादः K.84; मार्गं मनुष्येश्वरधर्मपत्नी श्रुतेरिवार्थं स्मृतिरन्वगच्छत् R.2.2; छायेव तां भूपति- रन्वगच्छत् 6, Ms.12.115; -2 To follow, practise, observe, obey, act up to; प्रतिशब्दक इव राजवचनमनुगच्छति जनो भयात् K.14; पूर्वैरयमभिप्रेतो गतो मार्गो$नुगम्यते Rām.; विपत्तौ च महाँल्लोके धीरतामनुगच्छति H.3.37. -3 To seek, wander through; काननं वापि शैलं वा यं रामो$नुगमिष्यति Rām.; कृत्स्नां पृथ्वीमनुगच्छत ibid. go in quest of. -4 To come, arrive, approach, present oneself (as time); काले त्वनुगते Bhāg. -5 To answer or respond to; correspond with, be suitable to; imitate, resemble; धनुःश्रियं गोत्रभिदो$नुगच्छति Ki.4.326; आस्फालितं यत्प्रमदाकराग्रैर्मृदङ्गधीरध्वनिमन्वगच्छत् R. 16.13; न चापि कादम्बरीं लक्ष्मीरनुगन्तुमलम् K.23. -6 To go or die out, be extinguished; यद्येष उख्यो$ग्निरनुगच्छेत् Śat. Br. -7 To enter into. -Caus. [गमयति] To cause to follow, follow; उद्ग्रीवैरनुगमितस्य पुष्करस्य M.1.21 followed or accompanied in sound.
anucar अनुचर् 1 P. 1 To follow, pursue, go after; to serve, attend or wait upon; पित्रोः पादाननुचरन् K.368 serving. -2 To traverse, seek after, go through, wander. -3 To conduct oneself, behave.
anupat अनुपत् 1 P. 1 To fly to or towards. -2 To fly or run after, follow (fig. also); pursue, chase; मुहुरनुपतति स्यन्दने दत्तदृष्टिः Ś.1.7; कथमनुपतत एव मे प्रयत्नप्रेक्षणीयः संवृत्तः Ś.1; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति (चेतः) Māl.9.8. does not run after (cherish), hope or leave it; यस्यैवं भवन्तः कुटुम्बवृत्तिमनुपतिताः Mv.1; अनुपतति रजनीं पूर्वसन्ध्या Śi.11.4. -2 To fall upon, attack; प्राग्वीराननुपत्य Māl 8.9. -Caus. 1 To fly to. -2 To throw another down along with oneself.
anupad अनुपद् 4 A. (P. in epic poetry) 1 To go after, follow, attend. -2 To be fond of, be attached to (as a wife); उतथ्यस्य यवीयास्तु ममतामन्वपद्यत Mb. -3 To enter, go to or into. -4 To fall down, come down (to the earth); वसुधामन्वपद्येतां वातनुन्नाविव द्रुमौ Mb. -5 To enter upon, betake oneself to; जितमित्येव तानक्षान्पुनरेवान्वपद्यत, ध्यानमेवान्वपद्यत Rām.; पुत्रौ दृष्ट्वा सुसंभ्रान्ता नान्वपद्यत किंचन Mb. did not do anything else. -6 To find, discover, see, notice; दीर्घं दध्यौ. ... निमित्तं सो$न्वपद्यत Bhāg. -7 To lose (with abl.) महत्त्वान्नान्वपद्येताम् Mb. -8 to handle. -9 To fall to the share of (Ved.)
anupraviś अनुप्रविश् 6 P. 1 To enter into, join; पथिकसार्थं विदिशा- गामिनमनुप्रविष्टः M.5; (fig. also); विश्रम्य लौकिकाः संस्त्यायमनुप्रविशन्ति Mv. I enter into familiar talk or conversation. -2 To accommodate or adapt oneself to; यस्य यस्य हि यो भावस्तस्य तस्य हि तं नरः । अनुप्रविश्य मेधावी क्षिप्रमात्मवशं नयेत् Pt.1.68; सखे वामदेव त्वमपि गाधिनन्दनमनु- प्रविष्टो$सि A. R.1 you too share in his opinion, or think with him. -3 To follow in entering; sleep with. -4 To attack.
anupraveśa अनुप्रवेश 1 Entrance into; पुपोष वृद्धिं हरिदश्वदीधितेरनु- प्रवेशादिव बालचन्द्रमाः R.3.22;1.51. -2 Adapting oneself to the will of; बलवताभिभूतस्य विदेशगमनं तदनुप्रवेशो वा नीतिः Pt.1; भजते विदेशमधिकेन जितस्तदनुप्रवेशमथवा कुशलः Śi.9.48. -3 Imitation.
anurañj अनुरञ्ज् 4 U. 1 To be red; भृशमन्वरज्यदतुषारकरः Śi.9.7. (became red or attached). -2 To be delighted, find pleasure; तव प्रकीर्त्या जगत्प्रहृष्यत्यनुरज्यते च Bg.11.36. -3 To be attached or devoted to, be fond of, love, like (with acc. or loc.); समस्थमनुरज्यन्ति विषमस्थं त्यजन्ति च Rām.; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते Pt.1.31; भ्रातुर्मृतस्य भार्यायां यो$नुरज्येत कामतः Ms.3.173. -Caus. 1 To make red, redden, dye, colour; सरसकिसलयानुरञ्जितैर्वा Śi.7.64, 8.17,12.68; Dk.168; Ki.4.27,12.23. -2 To attach oneself to, please, gratify, conciliate, keep contented or satisfied; अनुरक्तः प्रजाभिश्च प्रजाश्चाप्यन्वरञ्जयत् Rām.; कष्टं जनः कुलधनैरनुरञ्जनीयः U.1.14; शिष्यगुणानुरञ्जितमनसम् Pt.1 pleased, gratified.
anurudh अनुरुध् 7 U. 1 To obstruct, block up; शिलाभिर्ये मार्गमनुरुन्धन्ति Mb.; to surround, hem in; रुद्रानुचरैर्मखो महान् ... अन्वरुध्यत Bhāg. -2 To bind, fasten. -3 To stick or adhere to, follow closely, observe, practise; अनुरुध्या- दघं त्र्यहम् Ms.5.63 should observe impurity (be in mourning); पुमांसमनुरुध्य जाता पुमनुजा P.III.2.1 Sk. born immediately after a male. -4 To love, be fond of, or devoted to, attach oneself to. समस्थमनुरुध्यन्ते विषमस्थं त्यजन्ति च Rām.; सद्वृत्तिमनुरुध्यन्तां भवन्तः Mv.2 follow or adopt; स्वधर्ममनुरुन्धन्ते नातिक्रमम् Ki.11.78; नानुरोत्स्ये जगल्लक्ष्मीम् Bk.16.23 love, like. -5 To conform to, obey, follow, adapt oneself to, act up to; नियतिं लोक इवानुरुध्यते Ki.2.12: हन्त तिर्यञ्चो$पि परिचयमनुरुध्यन्ते U.3 remember or cherish (act up to it); मद्वचनमनुरुध्यते वा भवान् K.181,298; वात्सल्यमनुरुध्यन्ते महात्मनः Mv.6 feel the force of compassion; तेनापि रावणे मैत्रीमनुरुध्य व्यपेक्ष्यते Mv.5.34 following up; यदि गुरुष्वनुरुध्यसे Mv.3 regard with respect, obey; अनुरुध्यस्व भगवतो वसिष्ठस्यादेशम् U.4; चन्द्रकेतोर्वचनम् U.5. -6 To coax, gratify, flatter, soothe; इत्यादिभिः प्रियशतरैनुरुध्य मुग्धाम् U.3.26; अभिनवसेवकजने$पि एकमनुरुध्यते K.27 please by carefully attending to &c., show regard for; 248. -7 To urge, press, entreat, request; आगमनाय अनुरुध्यमानः K.277; तया चाहमनुरुध्य- मानस्तां बकुलमालां दत्तवान् Māl.1; सा च भीमधन्वना बलवदनुरुद्धा Dk.122 courted, wooed. -8 To assent or agree to, approve; like, comply with; प्रकृतयो न मे व्यसनमनुरुध्यन्ते Dk.16; यदि भगवाननुरुध्यते Mv.4 agree with me.
anuvac अनुवच् 2 P. 1 To say or speak after or for one; येषां द्विजानां सावित्री नानूच्येत यथाविधि Ms.11.191. -2 To repeat, recite, reiterate; शतमनूच्यमायुष्कामस्य Ait. Br.; learn, study; परोवरं यज्ञो$नूच्यते Śat. Br.; वेदमनूच्या- चार्योन्तेवासिनमनुशास्ति Tait. Up.1.1. अरण्ये$नूच्यमान- त्वादारण्यकम् Sāy., see अनूचान below. -3 To concede the point, assent to, yield. -4 To name, call. -Caus. To cause to recite; to read to oneself (before reading aloud); oft. used in dramas; उभे नाम मुद्राक्षराण्यनुवाच्य परस्परमवलोकयतः Ś.1; अनुवाचय तावत् यद्यविरुद्धं श्रोष्यामि V.2; Mu.1; अनुवाचितलेखममात्यमवलोक्य M.1.
anuvācanam अनुवाचनम् 1 Recitation of passages of the Ṛigveda by the Hotṛi priest in obedience to the injunction (प्रैष) of the अध्वर्यु priest. -2 Causing to recite, teaching, instructing. -3 Reading to oneself; see above.
anuvṛt अनुवृत् 1 A. (sometimes P. also) 1 (Transitively used) (a) To go or roll after, follow, pursue; (fig.) to follow, conform to, act according to, obey, adapt oneself to, be guided by; humour; अहं तावत्स्वामिनश्चि- त्तवृत्तिमनुवर्तिष्ये S.2; ते$पि परिचयमनुवर्तन्ते K.289; किमत्र चित्रं यदि विशाखे शशाङ्कलेखामनुवर्तेते Ś.3 approve of her choice; लौकिकानां हि साधूनामर्थं वागनुवर्तते U.1.1 words conform to the sense; न कुलक्रममनुवर्तते K.14 follow; मधु द्विरेफः कुसुमैकपात्रे पपौ प्रियां स्वामनुवर्तमानः Ku.3.36 followed his mate in drinking, drank after her; (जननीम्) अत्यन्तशुद्ध- हृदयामनुवर्तमानाम् Bh.2.11; मम वर्त्मानुवर्तन्ते मनुष्याः पार्थ सर्वशः Bg.3.23; Dk.8,96,126; कृतज्ञतामनुवर्तमानेन Mu. 3 following the path of gratitude; प्रभुचित्तमेव हि जनो$- नुवर्तते Śi.15.41; Māl.3.2. (b) To imitate, resemble; equal; ते$न्ववर्तन् पितॄन्सर्वे यशसा च बलेन च Mb. (c) To gratify, humour, please; Dk.65. (d) To serve, worship; पञ्चवर्षसहस्राणि सूर्यं चैवान्ववर्तत Rām.7.1.8. -2 (Intransitively used) (a) To follow, come after; संग्राह्य इत्यनुवर्तते H.3. (b) To continue, endure. (c) To act towards, behave. (d) (In gram.) To be repeated or supplied from a preceding rule, Sūtra or assertion (said of a word or rule which continues to exercise influence on what follows); e. g. in भक्तिः P.IV.3.95; सो$स्य (occurring in Sūtra 89 before) इत्यनुवर्तते Sk. -Caus. 1 To cause to revolve, turn round; एवं प्रवर्तितं चक्रं नानुवर्त- यतीह यः Bg.3.16. -2 To act up to, follow, obey; तथापि लोकयात्रानुवर्तनीया Mv.7; पुत्रैः पितरो लोकद्वयेप्यनुवर्तनीयाः Ve. 3; K.367. -3 To favour, oblige; comply with one's request; विधिनापि भवतेव वयमनुवर्तिताः K.73; यथाचित्तमनु- वर्तनीयः Māl.7. -4 To put in, carry out. -5 To repeat or supply from a preceding Sūtra; केचित्तु विजायते इति नानुवर्तयन्ति P.V.2.13. Sk. -6 To use, employ. -7 To lead one to, attach to. -8 To speak in favour of, speak for; to approve. -9 to imitate, do after one; सतां चरि- तान्यनुवर्तितानि नेन्द्रियाणि K.298.
anuvraj अनुव्रज् 1 P. 1 To follow, go after; तां व्रजन्तीमनुवव्राज K.132,21; attend especially a departing guest (as far as the bank of water, lake, &c.) as a mark of respect; अतिथिं श्रोत्रियं तृप्तमासीमान्तमनुव्रजेत् Y.1.113; तं मातरो देवमनुव्रजन्त्यः Ku.7.38; यमिच्छेत्पुनरायान्तं नैनं दूरमनु- व्रजेत् Rām.2.4.5. -2 To visit in order, seek. -3 To go to or near; betake oneself to; मृगा मृगैः सङ्गमनुव्रजन्ति Pt. 1.282. deer herd or associate with deer. -4 To obey, to do homage to. अनुव्रजनम् anuvrajanam व्रज्या vrajyā अनुव्रजनम् व्रज्या Following, going after, especially a departing guest; आसनावसथौ शय्यामनुव्रज्यामुपासनाम् Ms.3.17.
anuśī अनुशी 2 A. 1 To lie or sleep with, sleep along with; lie upon, close or along; lay oneself down; to adhere to or follow closely, cling or stick to; शयानं चानुशेते हि तिष्ठन्तमनुतिष्ठति । अनुधावति धावन्तं कर्म पूर्वकृतं नरम् ॥ Subhāṣita. -2 To repent, grieve for; दत्तमिष्टमपि नान्वशेत सः Śi.14.45; पुरानुशेते तव चञ्चलं मनः Ki.8.8.
anuṣṭhā अनुष्ठा 1 U. (˚स्था) 1 To do, perform or carry out, execute, attend to (order, duty &c.); bring about, effect, accomplish (business); अनुतिष्ठसि धर्मेण ये चान्ये विदितास्त्वया Mb.3.267.11. विवाहदीक्षाविधिमन्वतिष्ठत् Ku.7. 1,1.17; किमनुतिष्ठति भगवान् मारीचः Ś.7; आज्ञापयतु आर्यः को नियोगो$नुष्ठीयतामिति Ś.1; ये मे मतमिदं नित्यमनुतिष्ठन्ति मानवाः Bg.3.31 follow; गुरोर्वचनमनुतिष्ठ V.5 do as your papa orders; अनुतिष्ठस्वात्मनो नियोगम् M.1 look or attend to your own duty, do your business. -2 To follow, practise, observe (धर्म, व्रत &c.); commit (a sin). -3 To rule, govern, superintend; appoint. -4 To stand by or near (with loc.); तिष्ठन्तीष्वनुतिष्ठेत्तु व्रजन्तीष्वप्यनुव्रजेत् Ms.11.112; sit on; occupy; अनुष्ठास्यति रामस्य सीता प्रकृतमासनम् Rām.; -5 To follow, go after (lit.); स्वकान्तामनुतिष्ठति Rām.; नारा- जके पतिं भार्या यथावदनुतिष्ठति Subhāṣ.; follow, obey. -6 To imitate, tread in. पदं चेहानुतिष्ठन्ति पूर्वेषां पूर्वजैः कृतम् Bhāg. -7 (Intrans.) (a) To place or put oneself on, be in a position, present oneself. (b) To remain, continue. (c) To be engaged in religious ceremonies (muttering prayers &c.); अनुतिष्ठतां ब्राह्मणानाम् M.5.
anusṛ अनुसृ 1 P. 1 To follow (in all senses); go after, attend, pursue; to practise, observe; betake oneself to; पूर्वोद्दिष्टामनुसर पुरीम् Me.3 go to; उदीचिं दिशं अनुसरेस्तिर्यगाया- मशोभी 59. -2 To go over or through. -Caus. 1 To lead forward; वायुरनुसारयतीव माम् Rām. -2 To cause to pursue, follow.
antar अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.
antardhā अन्तर्धा 3 U. 1 To place or keep within, deposit; उदुम्बरशाखामन्तर्धाय अभिषिञ्चति Ait. Br. -2 To receive within or into oneself, admit, take in; तथा विश्वंभरे देवि मामन्तर्धातुमर्हसि R.15.81; contain, comprise, include; (शास्त्रमेतत्) अन्तर्धास्यति तत्सर्वमेतद्वः कथितं मया Mb. -3 To indicate, exhibit, display. -4 To hide or conceal oneself from, avoid the sight of, (with abl. and used in Atm.); उपाध्यायादन्तर्धत्ते P.I.4.28. Com. अन्तर्धत्स्व रघुव्याघ्रात् Bk.5.32; मत्तो मान्तर्धिथाः सीते 6.15. अन्तर्दधानां सक्षोभ्यः 8.71. -5 To cover up, conceal from view, hide, obscure, envelope, wrap up, veil; सध्वजं सरथं साश्वं भीष्ममन्तर्दधे शरैः Mb.6.118.37. eclipse (fig.); अनृतेनात्मान- मन्तर्धाय Ch. Up.; भौमं (रजः) अन्तर्दधे लोकमावृत्य सवितुः प्रभां Rām. enveloped, covered; पितुरन्तर्दधे कीर्ति शीलवृत्तिसमाधिभिः Mb. obscured or eclipsed. -pass. 1 To be received within, be absorbed; to be covered up or concealed, be obscured or rendered invisible, become invisible; to vanish, disappear, cease to exist; इषुभिर्व्यतिसर्पद्भिरादित्यो$- न्तरधीयत Mb.; ते चान्तर्दधिरे नागाः ibid; रात्रिरादित्योदये$न्तर्धीयते Nir. disappears; आत्मन्यन्तर्दधे, तत्रैवान्तरधीयत &c. -Caus. (-धापयति) To render invisible, conceal.
antardhiḥ अन्तर्धिः f. [धा-कि] Disappearance, concealment; hiding oneself from (another); अन्तर्धौ येनादर्शनमिच्छति P.I.4.28; अन्तर्धि द्रुतमिव कर्तुमश्रुवर्षैः Śi.8.42.
apavṛj अपवृज् 7 A. 1 To avert, destroy, dissipate; तमः, शत्रुम् &c. -2 To tear off, pull out, take out. -3 To conclude, finish, absolve. Caus. 1 To leave, quit, abandon, avoid; दूरापवर्जितच्छत्रैः शिरोभिः R.17.79 keeping the umbrellas at a (great) distance; त्वयात्महस्तेन मही मदच्युता मतङ्गजेन स्रगिवापवर्जिता Ki.1.29 abandoned, left, lost. -2 To let go, drop down, throw, pour; सुमनसो दिव्याः खेचरैरपवर्जिताः Bhāg.; करयुग्मपद्ममुकुलापवर्जितैः Śi. 13.37. -3 To abandon, release, discharge, pay off (as debt &c.); absolve oneself from, fulfil, make good (as a promise). -4 To sever, separate, cut off; भल्लापवर्जितैस्तेषां शिरोभिः (मही तस्तार) R.4.63, Ki.17.58 severed or cut off by arrows; इमान्यमूनीत्यपवर्जिते शनैः Ki.8.2 plucked. -5 To overturn; empty; घटे$पवर्जिते Y.3.3. -6 To honour, respect, esteem. -7 To give, bestow, grant, present; अपवर्जितं कोशजातम् Dk.36; दक्षिणामपवर्ज्य Mb.; अपवर्जितौ वरौ Rām.
apaspṛś अपस्पृश् a. Ved. Not letting oneself be touched.
apāśri अपाश्रि 1 U. 1 To resort to, betake oneself to; परस्परं केचिदपाश्रयन्ते Rām. -2 To use, practise, employ; आहार- मनपाश्रित्य शरीरस्येव धारणम् Mb. -3 To rest on, lie on (intrans.).
apyayaḥ अप्ययः 1 Approaching, meeting, joining, juncture. -2 Pouring out (of rivers). -3 Entrance into, vanishing, disappearance; absorption, dissolution into oneself, destruction; सर्गस्थित्यप्ययेशस्य गुणकर्मानुवर्णनम् Bhāg.7.1.44.
abhigam अभिगम् 1 P. 1 To go to, go near to, approach (with acc.); एनमभिजग्मुर्भहर्षयः R.15.59; Ki.1.21; मनुमेकाग्रमासीनमभिगम्य महर्षयः Ms.1.1;11.1. -2 To follow; go after; अनुरागाद्वने रामं दिष्ट्य त्वमभिगच्छसि Rām. -3 To find; meet with (casually or by chance). -4 To cohabit; have sexual intercourse (with man or woman); अभिगन्तास्मि भगिनीं मातरं वा तवेति ह Y.2.25; अभ्यगच्छः पतिं यत्त्वं भजमानम् Mb. -5 To take to, undertake, betake oneself to. -6 To get, to share in; be subject to; निद्रामभिगतः Rām. -7 To conceive, apprehend, understand, comprehend. -Caus. 1 To cause to go to or approach; take, convey; send; Dk.12. -2 To cause to apprehend; explain, teach.
abhigrah अभिग्रह् (Ved. ग्रभ्) 9 U. 1 To take or seize, catch, catch hold of, seize forcibly, attack; रिपुणाभिगृह्य Dk.5, 98.13. -2 To accept, take. -3 To receive (as a guest). -4 To fold, lay or bring together (as the hands). -5 To set, show or bring forth (as blossom, fruit &c.). -Caus. To catch or surprise one in the very act, to let oneself be so caught; अर्यवर्यस्य कस्यचिद् गृहे चोरयित्वा रूपाभिग्राहितो बद्धः Dk.96.
abhidṛś अभिदृश् 1 P. To look at, behold. -Caus. 1 To show, point out. -2 To show oneself to, appear before. -pass. 1 To be seen, be visible, appear. -2 To be considered or thought.
abhidhā अभिधा 3 U. 1 (a) To say, speak, tell (with acc. rarely with dat.); सा तथ्यमेवाभिहिता भवेन Ku.3.63; Ms.1.42; Bk.7.78. य इदं परमं गुह्यं मद्भक्तेष्वभिधास्यति Bg.18.68. (b) To denote, express or convey directly or primarily (as sense &c.); state, mention, set forth; साक्षात्संकेतितं यो$र्थमभिधत्ते स वाचकः K. P.2; तन्नाम येनाभि- दधाति सत्त्वम्. (c) To speak or say to, address. -2 To name, call, designate; usually in pass. (-धीयते); इदं शरीरं कौन्तेय क्षेत्रमित्यभिधीयते Bg.13.1. -3 To lay or put on, fasten, bind; to overlay, load; assail; receive, comprehend, include; to draw oneself towards, hold, support (mostly Ved. in these senses.)
abhiniviṣṭa अभिनिविष्ट p. p. 1 Intent on, engrossed in, engaged in or occupied with, applying oneself to; माधवापकारं प्रति अभिनिविष्टा भवामि Māl.6. -2 Firmly or steadily fixed, uncontrollably fixed, steady, attentive, intent; अत्यभिनि- विष्टवित्तदर्पस्य Dk.29; Māl.1. -3 Endowed with, possessed of; गुरुभिरभिनिविष्टम् (गर्भंम्) लोकपालानुभावैः R.2,75. -4 Determined, resolute, persevering. -5 (In a bad sense) Obstinate, perverse; अथवाभिनिविष्टबुद्धिषु व्रजति व्यर्थकतां सुभाषितम् Śi.16.43; Ki.17.11. -6 Well-versed or proficient in. -ष्टम् Perseverance.
abhitad अभितद् 4 A. 1 To go to, draw near, approach (with acc.); रावणावरजा तत्र राघवं मदनातुरा । अभिपेदे निदाघार्ता व्यालीव मलयद्रुमम् ॥ R.12.32; 19.11; Dk.166; K.265; to enter (into) Śi.3.25 sometimes with loc. also. -2 To look upon, consider, regard; to take or know to be; क्षणम- भ्यपद्यत जनैर्न मृषा गगनं गणाधिपतिमूर्तिरिति Śi.9.27. -3 To help, assist; मया$भिपन्नं तं चापि न सर्पो धर्षयिष्यति Mb.1.5.2. -4 To seize, catch hold of; overpower, attack, subdue, take possession of, overcome, afflict; सर्वतश्चाभिपन्नैषा धार्तराष्ट्री महाचमूः । चण्डवाताभिपन्नानामुदधीनामिव स्वनः Mb.; See अभिपन्न also. -5 (a) To take, assume; स्वानि स्वान्यभिपद्यन्ते यथा कर्माणि देहिनः Ms.1.3 (b) To accept, receive; निरास्वाद्य- तमं शून्यं (राज्यं) भरतो नाभिपत्स्यते Rām. -6 To apply or devote oneself to, undertake, fall to, observe; स चिन्ता- मम्यपद्यत Rām. -7 To honour.
abhimānaḥ अभिमानः 1 Pride (in a good sense), self-respect, honourable or worthy feeling; सदाभिमानैकधना हि मानिनः Śi.1.67; त्यक्त्वा जातिकुलाभिमानमुचितम् Bh.3.5. अभिमानधनस्य गत्वरैः Ki.2.19; संकल्पयोनेरभिमानभूतम् Ku.3.24. -2 Self-conceit, pride, arrogance, haughtiness, egotism, highopinion of oneself; शिथिल˚ नाः संवृत्ताः M.2, Bh.3.46, Bg.16.4.; (अतिमानः is another reading) ˚वत् proud, conceited. -3 Referring all objects to self, the act of अहंकार, personality, misconception (मित्याज्ञानम्), see अहंकार. -4 Conceit, conception; supposition, belief, opinion; मुनिरस्मि निरागसः कुतो मे भयमित्येष न भूतये$भिमानः Ki.13.7. -5 Knowledge, consciousness (बुद्धि, ज्ञान); साधारण्याभिमानतः S. D. -6 Affection, love. -7 Desire, wishing for. -8 Laying claim to. -9 Injury, Killing, seeking to injure. -1 A sort of state occasioned by love. -नम् Authority (प्रमाण); ये चरन्त्यभिमानानि सृष्टार्थ- मनुषङ्गिणः Mb.12.168.23. -Comp. -शालिन् a. proud. -शून्य a. void of pride or arrogance, humble.
abhimānin अभिमानिन् a. Possessed of self-respect; Ki.1.31; K.212. -2 Having a high opinion of oneself, proud, arrogant, conceited. -3 Regarding all objects as referring to one's own self; अभिमानिव्यपदेशस्तु विशेषानुगतिभ्याम् Br. Sūt 2.1.5. -4 Fancying, pretending, or regarding oneself to be; नरेन्द्र˚ Dk.51; K.194. m. A form of Agni.
abhiyā अभिया 2 P. 1 To go up to, approach, go or repair to; अभिययौ स हिमाचलमुच्छ्रितम् Ki.5.1; R.9.27. -2 To come or draw near (without an object); come (as time). -3 To march against, attack, assail, encounter; अभि स्पृधो यासिषद् वज्रबाहुः Rv.1.175.5; कुबेरादभियास्यमानात् R.5.3; Dk.3. -4 To give or resign oneself to, devote, attach or betake oneself to. -5 To partake or share in, get, obtain. -Caus. To send away.
abhiyuj अभियुज् 7 A. 1 To apply oneself to, exert oneself, make oneself ready for, prepare, set about, strive or endeavour (used in passive also in this sense); तद्यदि न सहते ततः स्वयमभियुज्यस्व । एते स्वकर्मण्यभियुज्यामहे । Mu.3; Dk.55; K.3; व्यसनमभियुञ्जानस्य Mu.4 trying to find out a weak point. -2 To attack, assail; भवन्तमभियोक्तु- मुद्युङ्क्ते Dk.3; वृषलमभियोक्तुमुद्यतः Mu.1; क इदानीमभियोक्ष्यते U.3. -3 To accuse, charge; complain or inform against, prosecute, claim or demand (as in a law-suit); न तत्र विद्यते किंचिद्यत्परैरभियुज्यते Ms.8.183; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.17 claimed, asked, or demanded; Y.2.9,28,1. -4 To wish or long for, desire, ask for, request. -5 To say, speak, tell; नाभियोक्तुमनृतं त्वमिष्यसे Ki.13.58.14.7. -6 To appoint to, entrust with (with loc.). -7 To use with (inst.). -8 To be working or operative. -9 To put to; harness; harness repeatedly. -1 To hurt. -Caus. To join or unite to, attach oneself to; परकलत्रेषु सुहृत्त्वेनाभियोज्य Dk.163.
abhiyukta अभियुक्त p. p. 1 (a) Engaged or occupied or absorbed in, applying oneself to, intent on; स्वस्वकर्म- ण्यधिकतरमभियुक्तः परिजनः Mu.1. (b) Diligent, persevering, resolute, zealous, intent, assiduous, zealously engaged, attentive, careful; इदं विश्वं पाल्यं विधिवदभियुक्तेन मनसा U.3.3; Mu.1.13; Dk.55; अश्वावेक्षणे$नभि- युक्ते Mu.3; भवतु भूयो$भियुक्तः स्वख्यक्तिमुपलप्स्ये Mu.1; तेषां नित्याभियुक्तानां योगक्षेमं वहाम्यहम् Bg.9.22; Kām.5.77. -2 Well-versed or proficient in; शास्त्रार्थेष्वभियुक्तानां पुरुषाणाम् Kumārila. -3 (Hence) Learned, of acknowledged position; a competent judge, an expert, connoisseur, a learned person (m. also in this sense); न हि शक्यते दैव- मन्यथाकर्तुमभियुक्तेनापि K.62; अन्ये$भियुक्ता अपि नैवेदमन्यथा मन्यन्ते Ve.2; सूक्तमिदमभियुक्तैः प्रकृतिर्दुस्त्यजेति ibid. -4 Attacked, assailed; अभियुक्तं त्वयैनं ते गन्तारस्त्वामतः परे Śi.2. 11; Mu.3.25. -5 Accused, charged, indicted; Mk. 9.9; prosecuted; a defendant; अभियुक्तो$भियोगस्य यदि कुर्यादपह्नवम् Nārada. -6 Appointed. अभियुक्ताश्च ये यत्र यन्निबन्धं नियोजयेत् Śukra 4.545. -7 Said, spoken. -8 Proper, just; श्रेयो$भियुक्तं धर्म्यं च Rām.7.11.38. -9 Believing, putting faith in; हितेष्वनभियुक्तेन सो$यमासादितस्त्वया Mb.6.63.2. अभियुग्व abhiyugva (ज्व jva) न् n अभियुग्व (ज्व) न् m. One who hurts or attacks; an enemy.
abhiram अभिरम् 1 A. (rarely P.) 1 To be pleased or delighted (with loc.); दृष्टिरिहाभिरमते हृदयं च Mk.4,5.15; न गन्धहरिणो दमनककेदारिकायामभिरमति Vb.3; Ratn.2, Y.1. 252. -2 To please or gratify oneself, take pleasure or delight in (with loc.); विद्यासु विद्वानिव सो$भिरेमे Bk.1.9. -Caus. To gratify, please; मत्सपत्नीरभिरमयिष्यसि Dk.9,92,163.
abhiṣañj अभिषञ्ज् 1 P. [˚सञ्ज्, स् being changed to ष् by P. VIII.3.65] To be in contact with, touch; attach oneself to.
abhiṣic अभिषिच् 6 U. [˚सिच्, स् changed to ष् by P.VIII. 3.65] 1 To sprinkle, pour down upon, water, wet, shower upon (fig. also); स्नान्तीहाभ्यषिचज्वलैः Bk.6.21; 15.3;6.23; सङ्गे पुनर्बहुतराममृताभिषिक्ताम् Ch. P.29 v. l. अथ वपुरभिषेक्तुं तास्तदाम्भोभिरीषुः Śi.7.75. -2 To anoint, consecrate, appoint &c. (by sprinkling water on the head); to crown, install, inaugurate (with loc. of the post of authority); अग्निवर्णमभिषिच्य राघवः स्वे पदे R.19. 1,17.13; सो$टवीराज्ये$भिषिक्तः H.2; V.5.23. -Caus. 1 To have another consecrated, inaugurated &c. -2 To let oneself be crowned.
abhisaṃdhā अभिसंधा 3 U. 1 To hold together -2 To acknowledge, recognize; own. -3 To fit or fix a missile, arrow &c. to the bow. -4 To throw or shoot at, aim at; (शूलं) चिक्षेप परमक्रुद्धो लक्ष्मणायाभिसंहितम् Rām. -5 To aim at, have in view, think of, (with acc.); पदाविद्धं यान्ती स्खलितमभिसंधाय बहुशः V.4.52. calling to mind, thinking of my fault; ऋष्यमूकमभिसंधाय Mv.5 towards, in the direction of; Mv.6; Bg.17.12,25; sometimes with dat.; अभिसंदधते ये च विश्वासायास्य मानवाः Mb. -6 To deceive, cheat, जनं विद्वानेकः सकलमभिसंधाय Māl.1.14. -7 To come to an understanding or agreement; फलं त्वनभि_ संधाय Ms.9.52 (एवं यत्र नियमो न कृतः). -8 To win over, make friendship with, ally oneself with; अभिसंधातुमारेभे हनूमानङ्गदं ततः Rām.4.54.5; तान् सर्वानभिसंदध्यात्सामादिभि- रुपक्रमैः Ms.7.159 (वशीकुर्यात्). -9 To declare solemnly, agree, promise. -1 To calumniate, traduce. -11 To add. -12 To prefer.
abhihāraḥ अभिहारः 1 Carrying away, robbing, stealing. -2 An attack, assault. -3 Arming oneself, taking up arms. -4 Mingling together, mixture. -5 An effort. -6 A drunkard; drinker of smoking drinks. -7 Bringing near; तस्याभिहारं कुर्याच्च Mb.12.69.37. cf. अभिहारो$- भियोगे च चौर्ये संनहने$पि च Nm.
abhyavahṛ अभ्यवहृ 1 P. 1 To throw, fling, cast. -2 To collect, draw in, procure, obtain. -3 To use as food or drink, eat; सक्तून् पिब धानाः खादेत्यभ्यवहरति P.III.4.5. Sk. -Caus. 1 To cause to throw down (in water). -2 To cause to take or eat (as food), feed (one with something); शक्नोषि किमनेन शालिप्रस्थेन संपन्नमन्नमस्मानभ्यवहारयितुम् Dk. 131,72,132; to take or eat (oneself). -3 To lay or put on (snares &c.). -4 To attack; get one to oppose another.
abhyaś अभ्यश् 5 A. (P. also in Ved.) 1 To pervade, reach to, get, gain; to make oneself master of.
abhyākāram अभ्याकारम् adv. By drawing to oneself.
abhyātma अभ्यात्म a. Directed towards oneself. -त्मम् adv. Towards oneself.
abhyāsad अभ्यासद् 1 P. 1 To get, obtain, attain; स्वमिव पुरुषकारं शैलमभ्याससाद Ki.5.52. -2 To sit oneself in (acc.). -Caus. To attack, assail.
abhyudyata अभ्युद्यत p. p. 1 Raised, lifted up; as ˚आयुध, ˚शस्त्र, ˚कर &c. -2 Prepared or ready, exerting oneself for (with inf., dat; loc. or in comp.); चण्डी चण्डं हन्तुमभ्युद्यता माम् M.3.21, प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7; दिनकर- रथमार्गविच्छित्तये$भ्युद्यतं यच्चलच्छृङ्गम् Bṛi. S.12.7; Me.59; Ms.9.32. -3 Gone forth, risen, appearing forth or approaching; कुलमभ्युद्यतनूतनेश्वरम् R.8.15. -4 Given or brought unsolicited.
am अम् 1 P. [अमति, अमितुम्, अमित Ved. pres. अमिति; अमीति] 1 To go; to go to or towards. -2 To serve, honour. -3 To sound. -4 To eat. -5 To be pernicious or dangerous; वराहमिन्द्र एमुषम् Rv.8.77.1.1 P. or Caus. (आमयति) 1 To come upon, attack, afflict with sickness or pain from disease. -2 To be ill or be afflicted or diseased. _With सम् Ved. 1 A. 1 to convince oneself of, ascertain. -2 to ally or connect oneself with. -3 To fix or settle oneself.
amā अमा a. [न मा-क] Measureless. -ind. Ved. 1 At home, in the house; कामश्चरताममाभूत् Rv.2.38.6. -2 In this world, here below (इहलोके). -3 With, near, close to; अमैवासां तद्भवति Bṛi. Up.1.5.2. -4 Together with, in conjunction or company with, as in अमात्य, अमावास्या q. v.; अमाकृ to draw near, have near oneself. अमा सह समीपे च Nm. -f. 1 The day of the new moon, the day of the conjunction of the sun and moon; अमायां तु सदा सोम ओषधीः प्रतिपद्यते Vyāsa. -2 The sixteenth digit of the moon. -3 The fifteenth digit also. m. The soul. -Comp. -अक्त a. Ved. met, come together. -अन्तः The end of the day of new moon. -इष्ट a. Sacrificed at home. -जुर् f. Living at home during life, growing old at home; अमाजुरश्चिद्भवयो युवं भगो Rv.1.39.3; being without husband in the same dwelling with her parents, as a maiden (पितृषद्); अमाजूरिव पित्रोः सचा सती Rv.2.17.7. -पर्वन् n. The sacred time of अमा, day of new moon. -हठः Name of a snake-demon; Mb.
ard अर्द् 1 P. [अर्दति, आनार्द, आर्दीत्, अर्दितुम्, अर्दित or अर्ण] 1 To afflict, torment; strike, hurt, kill; रक्षःसहस्राणि चतुर्दशार्दीत् Bk.12.56, see caus. below. -2 to beg, request, ask; निर्गलिताम्बुगर्भं शरद्घनं नार्दति चातको$पि R. 5.17. -3 To go, to move, be agitated or moved; be scattered (as dust); आर्दन् धन्वानि सरयन्त आपः Rv.4. 17.2; fly in pieces, dissolve; श्लोणया काटमर्दति Av.12.4.3. (The past participle is usually अर्दित, but अर्ण when the root is preceded by अभि, नि, वि, सम्; cf. अर्देः संनिविभ्यः अभेश्चाविदूर्ये P.VII.2.24-5). -Caus. or 1 P. 1 (a) To afflict, torment, distress; तत एनं महावेगैरर्दयामास तोमरैः Mb.; कामार्दित, कोप˚, भय˚ &c. (b) To strike, hurt, injure, kill; येनार्दिदत् दैत्यपुरं पिनाकी Bk.2.42;9.19; 15.9. -2 To stir up, rouse, agitate, shake vehemently, make agitated or restless; अभि क्रन्द स्तनयार्दयोदधिम् Av.4.15.6. -3 To distort; अर्दयित्वानिलो वक्त्रमर्दितं जनयत्यतः Suśruta. With -अति to torment excessively, fall upon or attack; अत्यार्दीत् वालिनः पुत्रम् (v. l. अभ्यार्दीत्) Bk.15.115. -अभि to distress, afflict, pain, oppress; अभ्यर्दितो वृषलः (शीतेन पीडितः) P.VII.2.25 Sk. -नि Ved. to stream forth, flow out. -प्र to overwork, to work or exert oneself beyond measure; to cause to flow away. -प्रति to oppress or press hard in return, assail in raturn, return an attack. -वि Ved. to go or move away; to oppress, harass, pain. -caus. to cause to be scattered or dissolved, destroy, annihilate. -सम् caus. to pain greatly, wound, distress.
ardha अर्ध (Written also as अर्द्ध) a. [ऋध्-णिच्-अच्; according to Nir. from धृ, or ऋध्] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); अर्ध-अर्ध the one half-the other half. -र्धः [ऋध्-घञ्] 1 A place, region, country; house, habitation (Ved.). -2 Increase (वृद्धि). -3 Wind. -4 A part, portion, side. -र्धम्, -र्धः 1 A half, half portion; पचाति नेमो न हि पक्षदर्धः Rv.1.27.18. सर्वनाशे समुत्पन्ने अर्धं त्यजति पण्डितः, गतमर्धं दिवसस्य V.2; पूर्वार्धः first half; so उत्तर˚ latter half; दक्षिण˚ southern half (half on the right side); so अवर˚, जघन˚, पर˚, ग्राम˚ &c.; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नम् Ś.1.9 divided in half; ऋज्वायतार्धम् M.27; R.3.59; 12.99; रात्रौ तदर्धं गतम् Bh.3.17; one part of two, apart, partly (Ved.); -2 Nearness, proximity; see अर्धदेव. (अर्ध may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means 'a half of' and forms an एकदेशिसमास or तत्पुरुष; ˚कायः = अर्धं कायस्य; ˚पिप्पली, ˚मार्गः; ˚पुरुषः &c.; with adjectives, it has an adverbial force; ˚श्याम half dark; ˚भुक्त half eaten; so ˚पिष्ट, ˚पूर्ण &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either 'a half of' or 'with an additional half'; ˚शतम् half of 1 i. e. 5; or अर्धेन सहितं शतम् i. e. 15; with ordinal numerals 'with a half or that number'; ˚तृतीयम् containing two and the third only half; i. e. two and a half; so ˚चतुर्थ three and a half. cf. अर्धं खण्डे समांशके Nm. -Comp. -अक्षि n. side-look, wink. नगरस्त्रीशङ्कितार्धाक्षिदृष्टम् Mk.8.42. -अङ्गम् half the body. -अन्तरम् half the distance; ˚एकपदता a fault in composition; see S. D. 575. -अंशः a half, the half. -अंशिन् a. sharing a half. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 half of a half, quarter; चरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 half and half. -अवभेदकः 1 pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. अर्धशिशी). (-कम्) dividing in equal parts. -अवशेष a. having only a half left. -अकारः 1 half the letter अ. -2 N. of अवग्रह q. v. -असिः A sword with one edge, a small sword; अर्धासिभिस्तथा खङ्गैः Mb.7.137.15. -आसनम् 1 half a seat; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; मम हि दिवौकसां समक्षमर्धासनोपवेशितस्य Ś.7 (it being considered a mark of a very great respect to make room for a guest &c. on the same seat with oneself). -2 greeting kindly or with great respect. -3 exemption from censure. -इन्दुः 1 the half or crescent moon. -2 semicircular impresion of a finger-nail, crescent-shaped nail-print; कुचयोर्नखाङ्कैरर्धेन्दुलीलैः N.6.25. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= अर्धचन्द्र below.); ˚मौलि N. of Śiva तत्र व्यक्तं दृषदि चरणन्यासमर्धेन्दुमौलेः Me.57. -इन्द्र a. that of which a half belongs to Indra. -उक्त a. half said or uttered; रामभद्र इति अर्धोक्ते महाराज U.1. -उक्तिः f. a broken speech; an interrupted speech. -उदकम् water reaching half the body. -उदयः 1 the rising of the half moon. -2 partial rise. -3 a kind of parvan; ˚आसनम् a sort of posture in meditatiou. -उदित a. 1 half risen. -2 half uttered. -ऊरुक a. [अर्धमूरोः अर्धोरु तत्र काशते] reaching to the middle of the thighs. (-कम्) 1 a short petti-coat (Mar. परकर); see चण्डातक. -2 mantle, veil. -कर्णः Radius, half the diameter. -कृत a. half done, incomplete. -केतुः N. of Rudra. -कोशः a moiety of one's treasure. -कौडविक a. measuring half a kuḍava. -खारम्, -री a kind of measure, half a Khāri; P.V.4.11. -गङ्गा N. of the river Kāverī; (स्नानादौ गङ्गास्नानार्धफलदायिनी); so ˚जाह्नवी -गर्भ a. Ved. 1 in the middle of the womb; सप्तार्धगर्भा भुवनस्य रेतो Rv. 1.164.36. -2 N. of the rays of the Sun. -गुच्छः a necklace of 24 strings. -गुञ्जा half a gunja. -गोलः a hemisphere. -चक्रवर्तिन्, -चक्रिन् m. N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Viṣṇu. -चन्द्र a. crescent-shaped. (-न्द्रः) 1 the half moon, crescent moon; सार्धचन्द्रं बिभर्ति यः Ku.6.75. -2 the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; अर्धचन्द्रमुखैर्बाणैश्चिच्छेद कदलीसुखम् R.12.96. cf. अर्धचन्द्रस्तदाकारे बाणे बर्हे शिखण्डिनः Nm. -4 crescent-shaped nail-print. -5 the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; ˚न्द्र दा to seize by the neck and turn out; दीयतामेतस्यार्धचन्द्रः Pt.1. (-द्रा) N. of a plant (कर्णस्फोट). -चन्द्राकार, -चन्द्राकृति a. half-moonshaped. -चन्द्रकम् A semi-circular pearl. Kau. (-रः, -ति f.) meniscus. -चन्द्रिका N. of a climbing plant. (Mar. तिळवण). -चित्र a. Half-transparent; A kind of marble; अर्धाङ्गदृश्यमानं च तदर्धचित्रमिति स्मृतम् Māna.51.1. -चोलकः a short bodice. -जरतीयन्यायः a kind of न्याय, न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति MBh.4.1. 78. See under न्याय. -जीविका, -ज्या The sine of an arc. -तनुः f. half the body. -तिक्तः N. of a plant (नेपालनिम्ब Mar. चिराईत). -तूरः a kind of musical instrument. -दिनम्, दिवसः 1 half a day, mid-day. -2 a day of 12 hours. -देवः 1 demi-god. इन्द्रं न वृत्रतुरमर्धदेवम् Rv. 4.42.8-9. -2 Ved. being near the gods; (देवानां समीपे बर्तमानः Sāy.). -द्रौणिक a. measuring a half droṇa. -धारः a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 2 surgical instruments mentioned by Suśruta). -नाराचः a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; नाराचानर्धनाराचाञ्शस्त्राणि विविधानि च Mbh.2.51.35; गृध- लक्षवेधी अर्धनाराचः V.5. -नारायणः a form of Viṣṇu. -नारीशः, -नारीश्वरः, -नारी, -नटेश्वरः a form of Śiva, (half male and half female) cf.... पतिरपि जगता- मर्धनारीश्वरो$भूत् Sūkti.5.99. -नावम् half a boat. -निशा midnight. -पञ्चम a. Four and half; युक्तश्छन्दांस्य- धीयीत मासान्विप्रो$र्धपञ्चमान् Ms.4.95. -पञ्चशत् f. twenty five Ms.8.268. -पणः a measure containing half paṇa Ms.8.44. -पथम् half way. (-पथे) midway भृतिमर्ध- पथे सर्वान्प्रदाप्य Y.2.198. -पादः half a pāda or foot; अर्धपादं किष्कुविष्कम्भमुद्धृत्य Dk.19. -पादा The plant भूम्यामलकी (Mar. भूईआवळी). -पादिक a. having half a foot; सद्यः कार्यो$र्धपादिकः Ms.8.325. -पाञ्चालिक a. born or produced in the ardhapanchāla. -पारावतः a kind of pigeon (अर्धेनाङ्गेन पारावत इव). The francolin partridge. -पुलायितः a half gallop, canter; चित्रं चकार पदमर्धपुलायितेन Śi.5.1. -प्रहर half a watch, one hour and a half. -प्राणम् A kind of joinery resembling the shape of a bisected heart; मूलाग्रे कीलकं युक्तमर्धप्राणमिति स्मृतम् । Māna.17.99. -भागः a half, half a share or part; तदर्धभागेन लभस्व काङ्क्षितम् Ku.5.5; R.7.45. -भागिक a. sharing a half; मृते पितरि कुर्युस्तं भ्रातरस्त्वर्धभागिकम्म् Y.2.134. -भाज् a. sharing entitled to a half; अर्धभाग्रक्षणाद्राजा Ms.8.39. -2 a companion, sharer; देवानामर्धभागासि Av.6.86.3. -भास्करः mid-day. -भेदः Hemiplegia (अर्धाङ्गवायुः); Suś. -भोटिका a kind of cake. -भ्रमः -मकः a kind of artificial composition; for instances see Ki.15.27; Śi.19.72. The Sar. K. describes it as a figure of speech thus :-- आहुरर्धभ्रमं नाम श्लोकार्धभ्रमणं यदि. -मागधी N. of a dialect in which many of Jaina Canonical books are written. It is so named perhaps because many of the characteristics of Māgadhi are found in it. -माणवकः, -माणवः a necklace of 12 strings (माणवक consisting of 24.) -मात्रा 1 half a (short) syllable. अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Pari Sik. -2 a term for a consonant (व्यञ्जनं चार्धमात्रकम्). -मार्गे ind. mid-way; बन्दीकृता विबुधशत्रुभिरर्धमार्गे V.1.3. -मासः half a month, a fortnight. -मासतम = ˚मासिक see P.V.2.57. -मासिक a. 1 happening every fortnight. -2 lasting for a fortnight; ये$र्धमासाश्च च मासाश्च Mahānārā. 25. Y.2.177. -मुष्टिः f. a half-clenched hand. -यामः half a watch. -रथः [अर्धः असंपूर्णः रथः रथी] a warrior who fights on a car with another (who is not so skilled as a रथी); रणे रणे$भिमानी च विमुखश्चापि दृश्यते । घृणी कर्णः प्रमादी च तेन मे$र्धरथो मतः Mb. -रात्रः [अर्ध रात्रेः] 1 midnight; अथार्धरात्रे स्तिमितप्रदीपे R.16.4; स्थिते$र्धरात्रे Dk.19. -2 a night containing half a whole day of 24 hours. -रात्रार्धदिवसः equinox. -लभ्मीहरिः Hari having a form half like Lakṣmī. -विसर्गः, -विसर्ज- नीयः the Visarga sound before क्, ख्, प्, and फ्, so called because its sign () is the half of a Visarga (). -वीक्षणम् a side-look, glance, leer. -वृद्ध a. middle-aged. -वृद्धिः The half of the interest or rent; Ms.8.15. -वैनाशिकः N. of the followers of Kaṇāda (arguing half perishableness). -वैशसम् half or incomplete murder; विधिना कृतमर्धवैशसं ननु मां कामवधे विमुञ्चता Ku.4.31. -व्यासः the radius of a circle. -शतम् 1 fifty. -2 One hundred and fifty; Ms.8.267. -शनम् [अर्धमशनस्य शकन्ध्वा˚] half a meal. -शफरः a kind of fish. -शब्द a. having a low voice. -शेष a. having only a half left. -श्याम a. half clouded. -श्लोकः half a śloka or verse. -सम a. equal to a half. (-मम्) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd and 4th lines have the same syllables and Gaṇas; such as पुष्पिताग्रा. -सस्य a. half the crops, half grown. -सहः An owl. -सीरिन् m. 1 a cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for his labour; शूद्रेषु दासगोपालकुलमित्रार्धसीरिणः Y.1.166. -2 = अर्धिक q. v. -हर, -हारिन् a. occupying the half (of the body); Ku.1.5; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्ध- हारी हरः Bh.3.121. -हारः a necklace of 64 strings. A half chain, a kind of ornament; नक्षत्रमालामपि चार्धहारं सुवर्णसूत्रं परितः स्तनाभ्याम् Māna.5.297-98. cf. also Kau. A.2.11. -ह्रस्वः half a (short) syllable.
ātap आतप् 1 P. To radiate, heat, blaze; inflame, to cause to glow. -pass. To suffer pain, be afflicted; to inflict (austerities) upon oneself.
ātman आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः 1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river). -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8. -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24. -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below. -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11. -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2. -7 The person or whole body (considered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66. -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1. -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c. -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason. -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6. -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her. -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61. -14 Care, efforts, pain. -15 The sun. -16 Fire. -17 Wind, air. -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen] -Comp. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, independent. -2 sentient, existing. (-नः) 1 a son. -2 a wife's brother. -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature). -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33. -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88. -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1. -अपहारकः one who pretends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255. -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (-ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121. -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2. -आराम a. 1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23. -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24. -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām. -आश्रय a. 1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind. -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36. (-यः) 1 self dependence. -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known. -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4. -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3 -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself. (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12. -2 Cupid. -3 sorrow, pain. (-वा) 1 daughter. -2 intellect. -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद). -उपजीविन् m. 1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138. -2 a day-labourer. -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362). -4 an actor, public performer. -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit. -उपम a. like oneself. (-मः) a son. -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32. -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R. -काम a. 1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1. -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1. -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair. -कृत a. 1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23. -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13. -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (-तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6. -गतिः f. 1 course of the soul's existence. -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act. -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली). -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair. -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy. -घातः 1 suicide. -2 heresy. -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥ -2 a heretic. -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself). -2 a crow. -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm. -जः, -जन्मन् m. -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28. -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34. -3 a descendant; मृगयां विरन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1. -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c. -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding. -जयः 1 one's own victory. -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnegation. -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1. -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1. -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge. -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92. -3 true wisdom. -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15. -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines. -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17. -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (-ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction. -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice. -2 suicide. -त्यागिन् m. a. 1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6. -2 a heretic, an unbeliever. -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation. -2 a body-guard; Rām.5. -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68. -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself. -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन. -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2. -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself. -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3. -देवता a tutelary deity. -द्रोहिन् a. 1 self-tormenting, fretful. -2 suicide. -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself. -निन्दा self-reproach. -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity). -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge. -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2. -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters). -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13. -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness. -2 title of an उपनिषद्. -प्रभ a. self-illuminated. -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas. -प्रशंसा self-praise. -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son. -2 the soul, the self. -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge. -2 knowledge of self. -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya. -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2. -2 the self proper, peculiar nature. -3 the body. -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (-भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81. -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā; -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35. -4 Cupid, god of love. -5 a son. (-भूः f.) 1 a daughter. -2 talent, understanding. -भूत a. 1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to. -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य). (-तः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. (-ता) 1 a daughter. -2 talent. -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature. -2 Brahman. -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit. -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable. -2 arrogant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83. -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः -2 soul, Supreme Spirit. -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4. -मूलि n. the universe. -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा). -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91. -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7. -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष). -2 self protection. -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239. -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body. -2 the beard. -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver. -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide. -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15. -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16. (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government. -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over. -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64. -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59. -विद् m. 1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुतह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3. -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116. -3 N. of Śiva. -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43. -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation. -वीर a. 1 mighty, powerful, strong. -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.). -3 existent, sentient. (-रः) 1 a son. -2 wife's brother. -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके. -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography. -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (-त्तिः f.) 1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76. -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circumstance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33. -3 practising one's own duties or occupation. -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power. -2 illusion. -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी). -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11. -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging. -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27. -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25. -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24. -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8. -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient. -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life. -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13. -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt. -2 risk of life, personal risk. -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8. -2 Cupid, god of love. -3 epithet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva. -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्). (-वा) 1 a daughter. -2 understanding, intellect. -संपन्न a. 1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49. -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18. -संभावना self-conceit; K. -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47. -सुख a. self-delighted. (-खम्) the highest bliss. -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8. -हन् a. 1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3. -2 a suicide, self-destroyer. -3 a heretic, unbeliever. -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol. -हननम्, -हत्या suicide. -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (-तम्) one's own good or welfare.
ātmakīya आत्मकीय आत्मीय a. Belonging to oneself, one's own; सर्वः कान्तमात्मीयं पश्यति Ś.2; स्वामिनमात्मीयं करिष्यामि H.2. win over; अहमात्मीयो न भविष्यामि Mk.8 I shall lose my life; आत्मीयं कुर्वन्ति subject K.135,167; अय- मात्मीयः क्रियताम् 12; let him be taken under your protection; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्मदर्शः R.7.68; Ku.2.19; kindred, related, of kin, न कश्चिच्चण्डकोपानामात्मीयो नाम भूभुजाम् Bh.2.57.
ātmanā आत्मना ind. (instr. of आत्मन्) Used reflexively; अथ चास्तमिता त्वमात्मना R.8.51 thou thyself; आत्मना शुकनासमादाय K.293. It is oft. compounded with ordinal numerals; e. g. ˚द्वितीयः second including himself, i. e. himself and one more; so ˚तृतीयः himself with two others; ˚सप्तमः Being oneself the seventh; आत्मना सप्तमो राजा निर्ययौ गजसाह्वयात् Mb.17.1.25.
ātmanīna आत्मनीन a. [आत्मने हितः ख] 1 Belonging to oneself, one's own; कस्यैष आत्मनीनः M.4 on whose side is he? -2 Beneficial to oneself; आत्मनीनमुपतिष्ठते Ki.13.69, 3.16; तमात्मनीनामुदवोढ रामः Bh.3.77; good, fit, suitable, appropriate (as diet &c.); आत्मनीनतया श्रीमान् शिवः श्रीभिः समार्धयत् Śiva. B.23.57. -3 Existent, sentient. -नः 1 A son. -2 A wife's brother. -3 A jester (in dramas).
ātmanepadam आत्मनेपदम् [आत्मने आत्मार्थफलबोधनाय पदं अलुक् स˚] 1 A voice for oneself, one of the two voices in which roots are conjugated in Sanskrit. -2 The terminations of this voice.
ātmavat आत्मवत् a. [अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः] 1 Self-possessed, possessd of self-restraint; शास्त्रदृष्टेन विधिना संयोज्यात्मानमात्म- वान् Mb.3.126.8. Mu.3. -2 Composed, prudent, wise; किमिवावसादकरमात्मवताम् Ki.6.19; Bg.2.45;4.41. Ms.1.18,5.43,7.52. ind. Like oneself; आत्मवत् सर्वभूतेषु यः पश्यति स पण्डितः.
ātmasāt आत्मसात् ind. In one's own possession, one's own; mostly in combination with कृ or भू; ˚कृ to appropriate to oneself, take for oneself; दुरितैरपि कर्तुमात्मसात् R.8.2 to bring under subjection or power; so ˚भू come under one's subjection.
ātmya आत्म्य a. 1 Belonging to oneself, one's own, personal. -2 (At the end of comp.) Having the nature of.
ādā आदा 3 Ā. (आदत्ते) 1 To receive, accept, take (to oneself), resort to; व्यवहारासनमाददे युवा R.8.18,1.4; मलीमसामाददते न पद्धतिम् R.3.46 follow or resort to; प्रदक्षिणार्चिर्हविरग्निराददे 3.14,1.45; Ms.2.238,117. -2 (With words expressing speech) To begin to speak, utter; वाचं आदा to speak, utter; विनिश्चितार्थामिति वाचमाददे Ki.1.3,14.2; Śi.2.13; R.1.59; शिव शिव शिवेत्यात्त- वचसः Bh.3.42. v. l. -3 To seize, take hold of; क्षितिधरपतिकन्यामाददानः करेण Ku.7.94; R.2.28,3.6; Ms.8.315; इदमेव निमित्तमादाय M.1; स हि सर्वस्य लोकस्य मन आददे R.4.8 attracted, had a hold on the mind. -4 To put on (as clothes &c.); यद्यच्छरीरमादत्ते Śvet. Up. -5 To take up, absorb, drink up; R.1.18; प्रदीपः स्नेहमादत्ते दशयाभ्यन्तरस्थया Śi.2.85. -6 To exact, take in (as taxes); take away, carry off; अगृध्नुराददे सो$र्थम् R.1.21; Ms.8.341,222; so बलिम्, शुल्कम् दण्डम् &c. -7 To pluck, lop off, separate; Ś.4.8. -8 To carry, take, bear; जालमादाय Pt.2 carrying, or along with the net; कुशानादाय Ś.3; तोयमादाय गच्छेः Me.2,48,64; see आदाय below; काश्यपसंदेशमादाय bearing K.'s message. -9 To perceive, comprehend; घ्राणेन रूपमादत्स्व रसानादत्स्व चक्षुषा । श्रोत्रेण गन्धानादत्स्व &c. Mb. -1 To agree to, undertake, begin. -11 To imprison, make captive. -Caus. To cause to take. -Desid. (दित्सते) To wish to take, carry off &c.
ādṛ आदृ 6 A. (द्रियते) 1 To respect, honour, reverence; सीतां रघूत्तम भवत्स्थितिमाद्रियस्व Mv.7.3 receive respectfully; take or receive respectfully; द्वितीयाद्रियते सदा H. Pr.7; सर्वे तस्यादृता धर्मा यस्यैते त्रय आदृताः Ms.2.234; Bk.6.55. -2 To heed or care for, mind, take notice of; usually with न; न त्यागमाद्रियते K.14,167; वाक्यं नाद्रियते च बान्धवजनः Bh.3.111; अनादृत्य disregarding; मम वचनमनादृत्य in spite of or notwithstanding my words. -3 to feel timid from a feeling of respect, be awed. -4 To apply or devote oneself closely to, have regard for; भूरि श्रुतं शाश्वतमाद्रियन्ते Māl.1.5. -5 To desire, be eager for; यत्किंचिद् दुर्मदाः स्वैरमाद्रियन्ते निरर्गलम् Mv.6.3. -6 To enjoy honour, be honoured.
ādhā आधा 3 U. 1 To put, place, deposit, implant, lodge; ब्रह्मण्याधाय कर्माणि Bg.5.1;8.12. जनपदे न गदः पदमादधौ R.9.4; Bg.5.1; दुष्यन्तेनाहितं तेजः Ś.4.4; आहितो जयविपर्ययो$पि मे R.11.86 inflicted on me 19.26; संभृते शिखिनि गूढमादधुः 19.54 consigned to the flames, burnt; धैर्यं चा$$धिषताधिकम् Bk.7.12 plucked up greater courage. -2 To apply, propose, fix upon, direct towards; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1; मय्येव मन आधत्स्व Bg.12.8; गमने मतिमाधत्त Rām.; Ś.2.3; आधीयतां धैर्ये धर्मे च धीः K.63 direct; सर्वकार्येष्वाहितमतिः K.56. -3 To appropriate to oneself, hold, possess, take, carry, have, bear; भूयो बभौ दर्पणमादधानाम् Ku.7.26; आधत्ते कनकमयातपत्रलक्ष्मीम् Ki.5.39. takes or assumes; गर्भमाधत्त राज्ञी R.2.75,5.57; आहितक्रोधा Amaru.21. -4 To bear up, uphold, support; शेषः सदैवाहितभूमिभारः Ś.5.4. -5 To cause, produce, create, rouse, excite (fear, wonder &c.); छायाश्चरन्ति बहुधा भयमादधानाः Ś.3.26; Ki.4.12,6.19,8.46,57; Ku.6.2; Bk.2.8; विस्मयमादधाति M.5.17; K.246; नवरसरुचिरां निर्मितिमादधती भारती K. P.1; to put in, infuse; Śi.2.76. -6 To supply, give, impart (with dat., gen. or loc.); शुद्धिमादधाना R.1.85; इन्द्रं त्रैलोक्यमाधाय Mb. -8 To appoint; तमेव चाधाय विवाहसाक्ष्ये R.7.2. -8 To consecrate (as fire); तत्राग्निमाधाय समित्समिद्धम् Ku.1.57. -9 To perform, practise (as a vow &c.).
ānand आनन्द् 1 P. To rejoice, be glad or delighted; आनन्दितारस्त्वां दृष्ट्वा Bk.22.14; Gīt.11. -Caus. 1 To gladden, delight; जगदानन्दयेत्सर्वम् Y.1.356; Bk.21.12; एष ह्येवानन्दयति Tait. Up.2.7.1;2.4.1;2.9.1. -2 To amuse oneself.
āpṛc आपृच् 7 U. 1 To fill, pervade, occupy completely; वस्वो वीरस्यापृचः Rv.8.4.9. -2 To mix or blend with. -3 (Ā.) To satiate oneself; दुर्मन्मानं सुमन्तुभिरेमिषा पृचीमहि Rv.1.129.7.
āplu आप्लु 1 Ā. 1 To jump up, dance, spring; आप्लुत्य पदान्यष्टौ Mb.; (रथं) आपुप्लुवे सिंह इवाचलाग्रम्. -2 To bathe, wash, immerse oneself (fig. also); प्रयागे आप्लुत्य गात्राणि Mb.; आप्लुत्याकाशगङ्गायाम् ibid; Ms.7.216,11.22. -Caus. (प्लावयति) 1 To cause to be washed or bathed; आप्लावयत गात्राणि Mb. -2 To wash, wet, sprinkle; अन्न- माप्लाव्य वारिणा s.3.244,11.98. -3 To overflow, overwhelm, inundate, flood over. -4 To set in commotion. -5 (Ātm.) To bathe.
āyam आयम् 1 U. 1 To extend, lengthen out, stretch out; वस्त्रं-पाणिं-आयच्छते Sk.; स्वाङ्गमायच्छमानः Ś.4. v. l.; आय- च्छति कूपाद्रज्जुम् Sk. draws up; बाणमुद्यतमायसीत् Bk.6.119 stretched out. -2 To restrain, draw in (as breath &c.); त्रिरायम्य शनैरसून् Ms.3.217,11.1; प्राणानायम्य Y.1.24. -3 To stretch oneself, to grow long (Ātm.); P.I.3.28. -4 To grasp, possess; श्रियमायच्छमानाभिः Bk.8.46. -5 To bring or lead towards. -Caus. 1 To lengthen, stretch, spread or draw out. -2 To remove, transplant.
āyas आयस् 4 P. 1 To exert oneself; पिण्डार्थमायस्यतः Mu.3.14. -2 To weary oneself, become exhausted or fatigued; नायस्यसि तपस्यन्ती Bk.6.69,14.14,15.54. Caus. 1 To trouble, afflict; आयासयति मां जलाभिलाषः K.35; Mu.7.8; V.2. -2 To weary, tire out, worry. -3 To injure, affect; lessen, diminish; ना$$यासयन्त संत्रस्ता Bk.8.61. -4 To string (as a bow); अनायासितकार्मुकः Pt.1.385.
āyasta आयस्त p. p. [यस्-क्त] 1 Pained, distressed, afflicted. -2 Hurt, injured, killed; नित्यायस्तो बालको (न ईशे) Mb. 13.1.26. -3 Vexed, angry. -4 Effected with difficulty. -5 Thrown, cast, sent forth. -6 Sharpened, whetted. -7 (Actively used) Toiling, labouring, exerting oneself. -8 Eager, anxiously desirous; आयस्तः (संप्राप्तुम्) Ki.7.32. -स्तम् A great effort; न मे गर्वितमायस्तं सहिष्यति दुरात्मवान् Rām.4.16.9.
āruh आरुह् 1 P. 1 To ascend, mount, bestride, get upon (with acc., sometimes loc.); सिंहासनमारुरोह K.111; आरुरुह् रथादिषु Bk.14.8; आरूढकुलालचक्रमिव Mu.5.5; mounted on a potter's wheel; 7.12. -2 To ride upon, get ascendancy over, domineer over (fig.); वृषल भृत्यमिव मामारोढुमिच्छसि Mu.3; Pt.1.36. -3 To venture upon, undertake, enter upon, make; प्रतिज्ञामारोढुं पुनरपि चलत्येष चरणः Mu.3.3,27; so यौवनारूढ, योगारूढ. -4 To attain, gain, get to, reach; सौन्दर्यस्य पारमारूढा न वा Dk.88; Ki.2.13; तुलां यदारोहति दन्तवाससा Ku.5.34; आरुरोह कुमदाकरोपमाम् R.19,34. The senses of this root are modified according to the noun with which it is joined; आरूढरुषा Ku.7.67 excited to anger; तदागमारूढगुरुप्रहर्षः R. 5.61; मन्त्रिपदमारूढः Mu.6; तर्कारूढा 6.19 engaged in guessing; Ś.5.9; शीघ्रं बुद्धिमारोहति Ś. B. strikes the mind; यौवनपदवीमारूढः attained his majority; अवस्थान्तर- मारूढा M.3; संशयं पुनरारुह्य H.1.7 running a risk; संशयमारुरोह शैलः Ki.13.16. -Caus. (रोह-प-यति) 1 To cause to go up or ascend, raise up, elevate; अमात्यो$- स्मान्पुरातनीमवस्थामारोपयिष्यति Mu.2 will raise or elevate; शूलानारोपयेत् Y.2.273; आरोपिता मनोविषयमात्मनः Ku.6.17. -2 To cause to mount or sit (on oneself) (Ātm.); करेणुरारोहयते निषादिनम् Śi.12.5. -3 To cause to grow, plant (lit). -4 To establish, instal, seat (fig.); राज्ये चारोपिता वयम् Mu.7.18; इत्यारोपितपुत्रास्ते R.15.91. -5 To cause, produce, bring out; उष्माणम् K.15; प्रणयम् 134,142; आरोपितप्रीतिरभूत् 173,212; प्रतापमारोपयितुम् 11, 119 show or exhibit. -6 To place, fix, direct; अङ्कमा- रोप्य placing in the lap; R.3.26,14.27; Ku.1.37; चक्षुः˚ cast a look at; Pt.1.243; आशीर्वादमारोपयन्तः Ki.18.46 conferring or pronouncing; आभरणभारमङ्गेषु नारोपयन्ति K.23 put or wear; पत्रे आरोपितं कुरु Ś.6. commit to paper; आरोप्यते शिला शैले H.2.46. -7 To entrust to, appoint to, charge with; मन्त्रिणि राज्यभार- मारोप्य K.57; अमात्यपदे आरोपितः Pt.1. -8 To cause to go to or attain a particular state; करतलं कर्णपूरता- मारोपितम् K.6; आरोपय गरीयस्त्वम् 27 raise to greatness 315; Dk.118. -9 To ascribe, attribute, impute; आत्मन्या- रोपिताभिमानाः K.18,185; छाया हि भूमेः शशिनो मलत्वेनारो- पिता शुद्धिमतः प्रजाभिः R.14.4. -1 To string (as a bow); धनुरारोपयन् U.4; तं देशमारोपितपुष्पचापे Ku.3.35; Bk.14.8.
ālamb आलम्ब् 1 Ā. 1 To rest or lean upon, support oneself on; शाखामालम्ब्य Rām. -2 To lay hold of, seize, take; अथालम्ब्य धनू रामः Bk.6.35,14.95. -3 To support, hold or take up; आथोरणालम्बितम् R.18.39. -4 To win, conquer, overcome; तस्य कविता मच्चित्तमालम्बते Dhūrtas -5 To resort to, have recourse to, take, assume; अमुमेवार्थमालम्ब्य Mu.2.2; स्वातन्त्र्यमालम्ब्य K.181; Ki.13.14; यशः शरीरं नवमाललम्बे Mv.7.18 obtained; Ki.17.34; so ध्यानम्, धैर्यम्, क्रोधम्, औदास्यम्, दक्षिणाम् दिशम् &c. -6 To hang from, be suspended; मुखालम्बित- हेमसूत्रम् V.5.2. -7 To depend upon; तमालम्ब्य रसोद्गमात् S. D 63. -8 To stretch forth; V.4.62. -9 To strike up (a tune or note).
āveśaḥ आवेशः 1 Entering into, entrance; आवेशं कृ Pt. 1 to enter or infuse oneself into. -2 Taking possession of, influence, exercise; स्मय˚ influence of pride R.5.19; so मदन˚, क्रोध˚, भय˚ &c. -3 Intentness, devotedness to an object, complete absorption in one wish or idea. -4 Pride, arrogance. -5 Flurry, agitation, anger, passion; K.291. -6 Demoniacal possession. -7 Apoplectic or epileptic giddiness.
āvirbhū आविर्भू 1 P. To become manifest, appear, become visible, show oneself to; तमस्तपति घर्मांशौ कथमाविर्भष्यति Ś.5.14; तेषामाविरभूद् ब्रह्मा परिम्लानमुखश्रियाम् Ku.2.2; आविर्बभूव कुशगर्भमुखं मृगाणां यूथम् R.9.55; आविर्भूतप्रथममुकुलाः कन्दलीश्चानुकच्छम् Me. आविर्भावः āvirbhāvḥ आविर्भूतिः āvirbhūtiḥ आविर्भावः आविर्भूतिः f. 1 Manifestation, presence, appearance. -2 An incarnation. -3 Nature or property of things.
āśri आश्रि 1 U. 1 (a.) To resort or betake oneself to; to have recourse to (a place, way, course of action &c.); विचरितमृगयूथान्याश्रयिष्ये वनानि V.5.17; निम्नगां आश्रयन्ते Rs.1.27; दक्षिणां मूर्तिमाश्रित्य K.128,132; न वयं कुमारमाश्रयामहे Mu.4; आशिश्राय च भूतलम् Bk.14.111 fell on the ground; 17.92; वृत्तिमाश्रित्य वैतसीम् R.4.35 resorting to or following; so धैर्यम्, शोकम्, बलम्, मित्रभावम्, संस्कृतमाश्रित्य &c.; आश्रित्य having recourse or reference; तामाश्रित्य M.4.1, कतमत्प्रकरणमाश्रित्य गीयताम् Ś.1. (b) To seek refuge with, dwell with or in, inhabit (as a place &c.); शरण्यमेनमाश्रयन्ते R.13.7; Pt.1.51; तथा गृहस्थमाश्रित्य वर्तन्ते सर्व आश्रमाः Ms.3.77; सर्वे गुणाः काञ्चन- माश्रयन्ते. -2 To go through, experience; एको रसः ... पृथक् पृथगिवाश्रयते विवर्तान् U.3.47. -3 To rest or depend upon. -4 To adhere or stick to, fall to the lot of, happen, occur; पापमेवाश्रयेदस्मान् Bg.1.36 we shall incur sin. -5 To choose, prefer. -6 To assist, help.
āśrayaḥ आश्रयः [आश्रि-अच्] 1 A resting-place, seat, substratum; सौहृदादपृथगाश्रयामिमाम् U.1.45. so आश्रयासिद्ध q. v. below. -2 That on which anything depends or rests or with which it is closely connected. -3 Recipient, receptacle, a person or thing in which any quality is present or retained &c.; तमाश्रयं दुष्प्रसहस्य तेजसः R.3.58. -4 (a) A place of refuge, asylum; shelter; भर्ता वै ह्याश्रयः स्त्रीणाम् Vet.; तदहमाश्रयोन्मूलनेनैव त्वामकामां करोमि Mu.2. (b) A dwelling, house. -5 Having recourse or resort to, resort; oft. in comp. साभूद्रामाश्रया भूयः R.12.35; नानाश्रया प्रकृतिः &c. -6 Following, practising; यो$वमन्येत ते मूले हेतुशास्त्राश्रयाद् द्विजः Ms.2.11. -7 Choosing, taking, attaching oneself to. -8 Dependence on; oft. in comp.; मम सर्वे विषयास्त्वदाश्रयाः R.8.69. -9 Patron, supporter; विनाश्रयं न तिष्ठन्ति पण्डिता वनिता लताः Udb. -1 A prop, support; वृक्षेषु विद्धमिषुभिर्जघनाश्रयेषु R.9.6. -11 Help, assistance, protection. -12 A quiver; बाणमाश्रयमुखात् समुद्धरन् R.11.26. -13 Authority, sanction, warrant. -14 Connection, relation, association. राघवाश्रयसत्कथाः Rām. 6.9.93. -15 Union, attachment. -16 A plea, an excuse. -17 Contiguity, vicinity. -18 Seeking shelter or protection with another (= संश्रय), one of the six guṇas, q. v. -19 An appropriate act, or one consistent with character. -2 Source, origin. -21 (In gram.) The subject, or that to which the predicate is attached. -22 (With Buddhists) The five organs of sense with Manas or mind. -Comp. -असिद्धः, -द्धिः f. a kind of fallacy, one of the three sub-divisions of असिद्ध; (that whose substratum is false or fictitious); e. g. गगनारविन्दं सुरभि अरविन्दत्वात्सरोजारविन्दवत्, -आशः, -भुज् a. consuming everything with which it comes in contact. (-आशः, -क) 1 fire; दुर्वृत्तः क्रियते धूर्तैः श्रीमानात्म- विवृद्धये । किं नाम खलसंसर्गः कुरुते नाश्रयाशवत् ॥ Udb. -2 a. forfeiter of asylum. -3 the constellation कृत्तिका. -भूत a. one who is the refuge or support (of another person). -लिङ्गम् an adjective (a word which must agree in gender with the word which it qualifies or refers to).
āśrayaṇa आश्रयण a. (-णी f.) 1 Resorting to, seeking refuge with; पुनरङ्काश्रयणी भवामि ते Ku.4.2. -2 Referring to. -णम् 1 Betaking oneself to, taking refuge with. -2 Accepting, choosing. -3 Joining. -4 Refuge, asylum.
āśrita आश्रित p. p. (Used actively) (with an acc.) 1 Resorting to, having recourse to; स किलाश्रममन्त्यमाश्रितः R.8.14; कृष्णाश्रितः = कृष्णमाश्रितः Sk.; मानुषीं तनुमाश्रितम् Bg.9.11; R.1.13. -2 Dwelling in, inhabiting, seated or resting on, stationing oneself at or on; इदं स्फटिकतल- माश्रितो भवामि M.4; so वातायनमाश्रितः पश्यति; द्रव्याश्रितो गुणः Ak.; R.12.21,1.75; हार˚, दुर्ग˚ &c. -3 Using, employing. -4 Following, practising, observing; माध्यस्थ्यम्, धर्मम्, प्रवज्याम्; कल्पवृक्षा इवाश्रिताः Ku.6.6; Bk.7. 42. -5 Receiving anything as an inherent or integral part. -6 Dependent on; राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255. -7 Referring to, regarding; भीष्माश्रिताः कथाः Mb.; उवाच धर्मसंयुक्तमश्वमेधाश्रितं वचः Rām.7.91.6. -8 (Passively used) Resorted to, inhabited &c.; चटकाश्रिता शाखा Pt.1; R.3.11. -तः A dependent servent, follower; अस्मदाश्रितानाम् H.1; प्रभूणां प्रायश्चलं गौरवमाश्रितेषु Ku.3.1. -तम् (pl.) The objects perceived by the senses and mind.
āsthita आस्थित p. p. (Used actively) 1 Dwelt, abiding; यत्नम् Pt.1.22 using efforts carefully; उपायमास्थितस्यापि Śi.2.8,9.84; so नियमम्, ध्यानम्, धर्मम् &c. -2 Having recourse to, resorting to, using, practising, betaking oneself to; इत्येवं सा समाभाष्य भूयः संदेष्टुमास्थिता Rām.5. 67.4. सलिलाशयम् Pt.2. -3 Having obtained or got, having reached to; ऐश्वर्यम्, कामवशम् &c. आस्थितः स हि युक्तात्मा मामेवानुत्तमां गतिम् Bg.7.18. -4 Occupied; enclosed (as a hunting ground); श्वगणिवागुरिकैः प्रथमास्थितम् R.9.53; दानवास्थितः शैलः Rām. -5 Engrossed, engaged. -6 Covered (व्याप्त; Ki.9.9; spread, overspread. -7 Got, obtained; कर्मणैवहि संसिद्धिमास्थिता जनकादयः Bg.3.2.
āhananīya आहननीय a. Making oneself known by beating a drum.
īr ईर् 2 Ā. (इर्ते, ईराञ्चक्रे, ऐरिष्ट, ईरितुम्, ईर्ण); also 1 P. (p. p. ईरित) 1 To go, move, shake (trans. also). -2 To rise, arise or spring from. -3 To go away, retire. -4 To agitate, elevate; raise one's voice. -1 U. or -Caus. (ईरयति, ईरित) 1 To agitate, throw, cast; Śi.8. 39; discharge, dart, hurl; ऐरिरच्च महाद्रुमम् Bk.15.52; R.15.2. -2 To excite, prompt, urge; क्षेमंकरे$र्थे मुहुरीर्यमाणः Bk.12.6. -3 To cause to rise, produce. -4 To utter, pronounce, proclaim, say, repeat; Māl.1.25; इतीर- यन्तीव तया निरैक्षि N.14.21; Śi.9.69; Ki.1.26; R.9.8; निबोध चेमां गिरमीरितां मया. -5 To cause to go, set in motion, move, shake; वातेरितपल्लवाङ्गुलिभिः Ś.1; अपरागसमीरणेरितः Ki.2.5; Śi.8.2. -6 To draw towards, attract; उद्धतैरिव परस्परसङ्गादीरितान्युभयतः कुचकुम्भैः Śi.1.32. -7 To employ, use. -8 To bring to life, revive. -9 To elevate. -To raise oneself (Ā).
uccal उच्चल् 1 P. 1 To start, set out; स्थितः स्थितामुच्चलितः प्रयाताम् R.2.6; उच्चचाल बलभित्सखो वशी 11.51; sometimes with dat. of place; नगरायोदचलम् Dk. -2 To go or remove away or fly away (from one's place), fly away from; स्थानादनुच्चलन्नपि Ś.1.28; पुष्पोच्चलितषट्पदम् R.12.27. -3 To free or extricate oneself from.
utthā उत्था 1 P. [उद्-स्था] 1 To get up, stand, rise, raise oneself; उत्तिष्ठेत्प्रथमं चास्य Ms.2.194; R.9.59; Śi.9.39. -2 To get up from, leave, give up or cease from; अनाशनादुत्तिष्ठति Pt.4. -3 To rise, come up (as the sun &c.). -4 To rebound (as a ball); कराभिघातोत्थितकन्दुकेयम् R.16.83, -5 To come forth, arise, spring or originate from, accrue from; ग्रामाच्छतमुत्तिष्ठति Mbh; यदुत्तिष्ठति वर्णेभ्यो नृपाणां क्षयि तत्फलम् Ś.2.14; अन्यदमृतादुत्थितम् K.136; उदतिष्ठन् प्रशंसावाचः Dk.49 shouts of applause burst forth (were heard); असंशयं सागरभागुदस्थात् N.22.44. -6 To rise, increase in strength or power, grow, (as an enemy, disease &c.); (Ātm.) उत्तिष्ठमानस्तु परो नोपेक्ष्यः पथ्यमिच्छता Śi.2.1 (= Pt.1.234.) -7 To become animated, rise (from the dead) मृतोत्थिता; Ku.7.4. -8 To be active or brave, rise up; हृदयदौर्बल्यं त्यक्त्वोत्तिष्ठ Bg.2.3,37; Mv.2; Pt.3.21. -9 To make efforts; take pains, strive, try; उत्तिष्ठमानं मित्रार्थे कस्त्वां न बहु मन्यते Bk.8.12; 2.18; Mv.4.6; मुक्तावुत्तिष्ठते जनः Ki.11.13; उदस्थित ऋतौ Śi.14.17. -1 To excel, surpass. -Caus. (उत्थापयति) 1 To cause to stand up, raise, lift up; उत्थाप्यते ग्रावा H.3.35; R.14.59; raise or throw up (as dust); R.7.39. -2 To instigate, excite, rouse to action; त्वामुत्थापयति द्वयम् Śi.2.57,12; Kām.5.4; H.3.85; Dk.17. -3 To arouse, awaken, raise to life, make alive; प्राणो हीदं सर्वमुत्थापयति Śat. Br. -4 To support, feed, aid; अत्र परिकरोत्थापितो$र्थान्तरन्यासालङ्कारः Malli. on Ki.8.4.
udanta उदन्त a. [उद्गतो$न्तो यस्य] Reaching to the end or border of anything. -न्तः [उद्गतो$न्तो निर्णयो यस्मात्] 1 News, intelligence, report, full tidings, account, history; श्रुत्वा रामः प्रियोदन्तनम् R.12.66; आत्मोदन्तं कथयिष्यति K.132; कान्तोदन्तः सुहृदुपगतः संगमात्किंचिदूनः Me.12. -2 A pure and virtuous man (साधु). -3 Supporting oneself by sacrificing for others (वृत्तियाजनम्). -4 One who gets a livelihood by a trade, agriculture (वृत्तियोजने); see also (Wilson).
udbandha उद्बन्ध a. Loosened; उद्बन्धकेशः R.16.67. -न्धः, -न्धनम् 1 Tying up, hanging; Rām.5.13.34. -2 Hanging oneself. -न्धनी a hook, or a hanging rope; अज्ञानादुप- संपन्ना रज्जुरुद्बन्धनी यथा Rām.2.12.8.
upajñā उपज्ञा [उपज्ञायते इत्युपज्ञा कर्मण्यङ्] 1 Knowledge acquired by oneself and not handed down by tradition, invention, primitive or untaught knowledge; usually in comp. which is treated as a neuter noun (P.II.4.21); पाणिनेरुपज्ञा पाणिन्युपज्ञं ग्रन्थः Sk.; प्राचेतसोपज्ञं रामायणम् R. 15.63. -2 Undertaking or commencing a thing not done before; लोके$भूद्यदुपज्ञमेव विदुषां सौजन्यजन्यं यशः Malli. on Raghuvaṁśa.
upadā उपदा 3 U. 1 To give in addition. -2 To offer, give, grant (in general). उपेद् ददाति न स्वं मुषायति Rv.6.28.2. -3 To add. -4 (1 Ā.) (Ved.) (a) To take upon oneself. (b) To erect, raise, support.
upanī उपनी 1 P. 1 To bring near, fetch; उपनयति मुनिकुमार- केभ्यः फलानि K.45,62; विधिनैवोपनीतस्त्वम् Mk.7.6; अन्नम् Ms.3.225; M.2.5; Y.3.122; तेन ह्युपनय शरम् V.5; R.1.52; Ku.7.72. -2 (a) To offer, present to; हरये स्वदेहमुपानयत् R.2.59; Bk.6.7; Ku.3.65; आर्य- स्यासनमुपनय Mk.9; M.3. (b) To hand over, give over; अन्तःपुरपरिचारिकामध्यमुपनीता K.11; Māl.1; Ś.1; U.2; अचिरोपनीता वः शिष्या M.1 recently made over (for instruction). -3 To bring to, subject, expose or put to; आत्मा क्लेशस्य पदमुपनीतः Ś.1; R.13.39; K.173. -4 To bring about, cause, produce, accomplish; उपनयन्नर्थान् Pt.3.18; उपनयन्नङ्गैरनङ्गोत्सवम् Gīt.1; K.171. -5 To bring information, communicate. -6 To bring into any state, lead or reduce to; अयो$भेद्यमुपायेन द्रवतामुपनीयते Kām.11.47. -7 To take into one's possession, lead away, lead; K.169. -8 To bring near to oneself; i. e. invest with the sacred thread (Ātm. P.I.3.36); उप त्वा नेष्ये Ch. Up.4.4.5. क्षात्रेण कल्पेनोपनीय U.2; माणवक- मुपनयते Sk.; R.3.29; Bk.1.15; Ms.2.49,69,14. -9 To hire, employ as hired servants; कर्मकरानुपनयते Sk. -Caus. To cause (a master) to receive (a pupil), cause to invest with the sacred thread. तांश्चारयित्वा त्रीन्कृच्छ्रान् यथाविध्युपनाययेत् Ms.11.191.
upasaṃgrah उपसंग्रह् 9 P. 1 To take upon oneself, experience, feel, suffer. -2 To receive, accept. -3 To seize, catch hold of; पाणिभ्यां तूपसंगृह्य Ms.3.224. -4 To take into custody or possession. -5 To win over, conciliate, make favourable; पिण्डदानादिनोपसंगृह्य Dk.58. -6 To clasp, embrace.
upayuj उपयुज् 7 Ā. 1 To use, employ, apply; षाड्गुण्यमुपयुञ्जीत Śi.2.93; षडुपायुङ्क्त समीक्ष्य तत्फलम् R.8.21; M.5.12; अनुपयुज्यमान useless, good for nothing, Ś.7; U.4. -2 To enjoy, taste; पय उपयुज्य Me.13 v. l.; फलान्युपायुङ्क्त स दण्डनीतेः R.18.46; Bk.8.39; -3 To devote or attach oneself to; न मृगैरुपयुज्यते is not loved Pt.2.23; न वै प्राज्ञा गतश्रीकं भर्तारमुपयुञ्जते Subhāṣ. -4 To yoke or harness (as horses to a carriage); यामन्यामन्नुपयुक्तं वहिष्ठम् Av.4.23.3. -5 To appropriate, consume, eat; राजा तत् (धनम्) उपयु- ञ्जानश्चौरस्याप्नोति किल्बिषम् Ms.8.4. -pass. 1 To be used or applied. -2 To be fit or proper; तस्येयमुपयुज्यते Bhāg. -3 To be of use, be taken into account; तेजसा सह जातानां वयः कुत्रोपयुज्यते Pt.1.328.
upaveśin उपवेशिन् a. 1 Sitting -2 Devoting oneself to.
upaspṛś उपस्पृश् 6 P. 1 To touch (water), bathe; स्नानमुप- स्पृशन्ती K.172; तथेत्युपस्पृश्य जलं पवित्रम् R.5.59,18.31; उपस्पृश्य मणिकर्णिकायाम् Dk.95,11; Ms.11.133. -2 To wash or rinse the mouth (or teeth); to sip water (and eject it); स नद्यवस्कन्दमुपास्पृशच्च Bk.2.11; K.1; Ms.2.53,58;5.63; Y.3.3,1.18. नदीमुपस्प्रष्टुमिवावतीर्णः Pañcharātram 1.15. -3 To sprinkle; अद्भिः प्राणानुपस्पृशेत् Ms.4.143. उपस्पर्शः upasparśḥ र्शनम् rśanam उपस्पर्शः र्शनम् 1 Touching, contact. -2 Bathing, ablution, washing oneself; Mb.12.192.1. -3 Rinsing the mouth, sipping and ejecting water as a religious act. त्रिर्हृदयंगमाभिरद्भिरशब्दाभिरुपस्पृशेदित्युपस्पर्शनं शौचार्थम् Mbh.VI.1.84. -4 A gift (दान); उपस्पर्शनषड्भागं लभते पुरुषः सदा Mb.13.65.13.
upahas उपहस् 1 P. 1 To ridicule, deride, laugh at; (fig.) to excel, surpass; अमरगुरुमपि प्रज्ञयोपहसद्भिः K.7; Dk.1. -2 To couple oneself with.
upādā उपादा 3 Ā. (p. p. उपात्त) 1 To receive, accept, take. -2 To acquire, obtain; भूर्या पितामहोपात्ता निबन्धो द्रव्यमेव च Y.2.121. -3 To give to, furnish with; उपाददे तस्य सहस्ररश्मिः; Ku.7.41. -4 To take, appropriate to oneself, assume; मदलौल्यमुपाददे Śi.6.23. -5 To take away or off, carry away; steal. -6 To seize, attack; Pt.3. 154. -7 To take, lay hold of; धनुरधिज्यमनाधिरुपाददे R. 9.54; to draw (water) -8 To assume a form. -9 To feel, perceive, experience; उपात्तहर्षैः पुंस्कोकिलैः Rs.6.21. -1 To consider, regard. -11 To take in addition, include, comprise; अत्र तैलशब्दस्तिलभवस्नेहरूपमुख्यार्थमुपादाय सार्षपादिस्नेहेषु वर्तते S. D.2. -12 To employ, apply, use; यत्परस्य कुत्साथमुपादीयते Mbh. -14 To undertake, begin; as in उपात्तयज्ञः; प्रजासर्गमुपादार्य Mb.12. 228.49. -15 To mention, enumerate; इति पूर्वसूत्रोपात्तानाम् Sk. -Caus. 1 To cause to use, apply or employ. -2 To make use of.
upādānam उपादानम् 1 Taking, receiving, acquisition, obtaining; विश्रब्धं ब्राह्मणः शूद्राद् द्रव्योपादानमाचरेत् Ms.8.417; 12.7; विद्या˚ K.75. -2 Taking away, appropriating to oneself. -3 Employment, using; becoming familiar with. -4 Mention, enumeration; किमास्योपादाने प्रयोजनम् Mbh.I.1.9. -5 Saying, speaking. -6 Including, containing. -7 Withdrawing the organs of sense and perception from the external world and its objects. -8 A cause; motive, natural or immediate cause; पाटवोपादानः भ्रमः U.3. v. l.; प्रकृष्टपुण्य- परिपाकोपादानो महिमा स्यात् U.6. -9 The material out of which anything is made, the material cause; निमित्तमेव ब्रह्म स्यादुपादानं च वेक्षणात् adhikaraṇamālā. -1 A mode of expression in which a word used elliptically, besides retaining its own primary sense, conveys another (in addition to that which is actually expressed); स्वसिद्धये पराक्षेपः ... उपादानम् K. P.2. -11 (With Buddhists) conception; grasping at or clinging to existence (caused by तृष्णा and causing भव). (With Rāmānujas) preparation (of perfumes, flowers &c. as one of the five elements of worship). -12 Effort of body or speech. -13 N. of the four contentments mentioned in सांख्यकारिका as प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -Comp. -कारणम् a material cause; प्रकृतिश्चोपादान- कारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. -लक्षणा = अजहत्स्वार्था q. v.; see K. P.2; S. D.14.
upāram उपारम् 1 P. 1 To sport, amuse oneself, delight in. -2 To cease, desist (from); दानप्रवृत्तेरनुपारतानाम् R.16.3; Ku.3.58; to rest, come to a stand-still वातकर्षमुपा- रतम् Rām.
upās उपास् 2 Ā. 1 To sit near to (with acc.), sit at the side of (as a mark of submission and respect); wait upon, serve, worship; ओमित्येतदक्षरमुद्गीथमुपासीत Ch. Up.1.1.1 &c. मां ध्यायन्त उपासते Bg.12.6; 9.14,15. उद्यानपालसामान्यमृतवस्तमुपासते Ku.2.36; अम्बा- मुपास्व सदयाम् Aśvad.13; Śi.16.47; Ms.3.189. -2 To use, occupy, abide in, reside; ऐन्द्रं स्थानमुपासीना ब्रह्मभूता हि ते सदा Rām.1.35.1. Ms.5.93. -3 To pass (as time); उपास्य रात्रिशेषं तु Rām. -4 To approach, go to or towards; उपासाञ्चक्रिरे द्रष्टुं देवगन्धर्वकिन्नराः Bk.5. 17; परलोकमुपास्महे 7.89. -5 To invest or blockade (as an enemy's town). -6 To be intent upon, be engaged in, take part in, (perform as a sacred rite); उपास्य पश्चिमां सन्ध्याम् K.176,179; तेप्युपासन्तु मे मखम् Mb.; Ms.2. 222,3.14,7.223, 11.42. -7 To undergo, suffer; अलं ते पाण्डुपुत्राणां भक्त्या क्लेशमुपासितुम् Mb.; Ms.11.184. -8 To remain or continue in any state or action; oft. with a pres. p.; अनन्येनैव योगेन मां ध्यायन्त उपासते Bg.12.6. -9 To expect, wait for; दिष्टमुपासीनः Mb. -1 To attach oneself to, practise; उपासते द्विजाः सत्यम् Y.3.192. -11 To resort to, employ, apply, use; लक्षणोपास्यते यस्य कृते S. D.2; बस्तिरुपास्यमानः Suśr. -12 To respect, recognize, acknowledge. -13 To practise archery.
upāsthita उपास्थित a. 1 Mounting, standing. -2 Devoted to oneself. -3 Satisfying; Mb.4.
ūrṇu ऊर्णु 2 U. [ऊर्णो (र्णौ) ति, उर्णुते, और्णोत्-और्णुत, ऊर्णुनाव- नुवे, और्ण-र्णा-र्णु-वीत्, ऊर्ण-र्णु-विष्यति-ते, ऊर्ण-र्णु-वितुम्, ऊर्णित] 1 To cover, surround, hide; ऊर्णुनाव स शस्त्रौघैर्वानराणामनी- किनीम् Bk.14.13,3.47; Śi.2.14. -2 To cover oneself. -Caus. ऊर्णावयति. -Desid. ऊर्णुनूषति, ऊर्णुन-नु-विषति.
aurasa औरस a. (-सी f.) [उरसा निर्मितः अण्] 1 Produced from the breast, born of oneself, legitimate; Ś.7; V.5; इत्थं नागस्त्रिभुवनगुरोरौरसं मौथिलेयम् R.16.88. -2 Physical, bodily; विद्याबलमुपाश्रित्य न ह्यस्त्यस्यौरसं बलम् Mb.3.11.31. -3 Natural; निदर्शयन् वै सुमहच्छिक्षौरसकृतं बलम् Mb.7.37.2. -4 Manly, virile; Mb.12.65.5. -सः, -सी A legitimate son or daughter; औरसो धर्मपत्नीजस्तत्समः पुत्रिकासुतः Y.2.128.
kinnara किन्नर See under किम्. 1 किम् ind. Used for कु only at the beginning of comp. to convey the senses of 'badness', 'deterioration', 'defect', 'blame' or 'censure'; e. g. किंसखा a bad friend; किन्नरः a bad or deformed man &c.; see comp. below. -Comp. -ज a. born somewhere (not in a noble family) मन्ये किंजमहं घ्नन्तं त्वामक्षत्रियजे रणे Bk.6.133. -दासः a bad slave, or servant. -नरः a bad or deformed man; a mythical being with a human figure and the head of a horse (अश्वमुख); चयोदाहरणं बाह्वोर्गापयामास किन्नरान् R.4.78; उद्गास्य- तामिच्छति किन्नराणां तानप्रदायित्वमिवोपगन्तुम् Ku.1.8. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 a kind of musical instrument. (-री f.) 1 a female Kinnara; Me.58. -2 a kind of lute. -पुरुषः 'a low or despicable man', a mythical being with a human head and the form of a horse; Ku.1.14; किंपुरुषाणां हनुमान् Bhāg.11.16.29. ˚ईश्वरः an epithet of Kubera. -प्रभुः a bad master or king; हितान्न यः संशृणुते स किंप्रभुः Ki.1.5. -राजन् a. having a bad king. (-m.) a bad king. -विवक्षा Slandering; Rām.5. -सखि m. (nom. sing. किंसखा) a bad friend; स किंसखा साधु न शास्ति यो$धिपम् Ki.1.5. 2 किम् pron. a. (nom. sing. कः m., का f., किम् n.) 1 Who, what, which used interrogatively); प्रजासु कः केन पथा प्रयातीत्यशेषतो वेदितुमस्ति शक्तिः Ś.6.26; करुणाविमुखेन मृत्युना हरता त्वां वद किं न मे हृतम् R.8.67; का खल्वनेन प्रार्थ्यमानात्मना विकत्थते V.2; कः को$त्र भोः. कः कौ के कं कौ कान् हसति च हसतो हसन्ति हरणाक्ष्यः Udb. The pronoun is often used to imply 'power or authority to do a thing'; i. e. के आवां परित्रातुं दुष्यन्तमाक्रन्द Ś.1; 'who are we &c.', i. e. what power have we &c.; नृपसद्मनि नाम के वयम् Bh.3.27; who are we, i. e. what position have we &c. Sometimes किम् means 'long' as applied to time especially in combination with खलु or अपि or इव; का खलु वेला पत्रभवत्याः प्राप्तायाः Ve.1; 'what a time' i. e. a long time has elapsed, &c.; so को$पि कालस्तस्या आगत्य गतायाः Ratn 3; or क इव कालः Māl.3. -2 The neuter (किम्) is frequently used with instr. of nouns in the sense of 'what is the use of'; किं स्वामिचेष्टानिरूपणेन H.1; लोभश्चेदगुणेन किम् &c. Bh.2.55; किं तया दृष्ट्या Ś.3; किं कुलेनोपदिष्टेन शीलमेवात्र कारणम् Mk.9.7. अपि, चित्, चन, चिदपि or स्वित् are often added to किम् to give it an indefinite sense; विवेश कश्चिज्जटिलस्तपोवनम् Ku.5.3. a certain ascetic; दमघोषसुतेन कश्चन प्रतिशिष्टः प्रतिभानवानथ Śi.16.1; कश्चित्कान्ताविरहगुरुणा स्वाधिकारात्प्रमत्तः Me.1. &c.; का$पि तत एवागतवती Māl.1; a certain lady; कस्या$पि को$पिति निवेदितं च 1.33; किमपि, किमपि ... जल्पतोरक्रमेण U.1.27; कस्मिंश्चिदपि महाभागधेयजन्मनि मन्मथ- विकारमुपलक्षितवानस्मि Māl.1; किमपि, किंचित् 'a little', वस्तु- सिद्धिर्विचारेण न किंचित् कर्मकोटिभिः Vivekachūdamaṇi; 'somewhat' Y.2.116; U.6.35. किमपि also means 'indeseribable'; see अपि. इव is sometimes added to किम् in the sense of 'possibly', 'I should like to know'; (mostly adding force and elegance to the period); विना सीतादेव्या किमिव हि न दुःखं रघुपतेः U.6.3; किमिच हि मधुराणां मण्डनं नाकृतीनाम् Ś.1.2; see इव also. -ind. 1 A particle of interrogation; जातिमात्रेण किं कश्चिद्धन्यते पूज्यते क्वचित् H.1.55 'is any one killed or worshipped' &c.; ततः किम् what then. -2 A particle meaning 'why', 'wherefore'; किमकारणमेव दर्शनं बिलपन्त्यै रतये न दीयते Ku.4.7. -3 Whether (its correlatives in the sense of 'or' being किं, उत, उताहो, आहोस्वित्, वा, किंवा, अथवा; see these words). -Comp. -अपि ind. 1 to some extent, somewhat, to a considerable extent. -2 inexpressibly, indescribably (as to quality, quantity, nature &c.). -3 very much, by far; किमपि कमनीयं वपुरिदम् Ś.3; किमपि भीषणम्, किमपि करालम् &c. -अर्थ a. having what motive or aim; किमर्थोयं यत्नः. -अर्थम् ind. why, wherefore. -आख्य a. having what name; किमाख्यस्य राजर्षेः सा पत्नी. Ś.7. -इति ind. why, indeed, why to be sure, for what purpose (emphasizing the question); तत्किमित्युदासते भरताः Māl.1; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44. -उ, -उत 1 whether-or (showing doubt or uncertainty); किमु विष- विसर्पः किमु मदः U.1.35; Amaru.12. -2 why (indeed) कं च ते परमं कामं करोमि किमु हर्षितः Rām.1.18.52. प्रियसुहृ- त्सार्थः किमु त्यज्यते. -3 how much more, how much less; यौवनं धनसंपत्तिः प्रभुत्वमविवेकिता । एकैकम यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् ॥ .II Pr.11; सर्वाविनयानामेकैकमप्येषामायतनं किमुत समवायः K.13; R.14.35; Ku.7.65. -कथिका f. A doubt or hesitation; यत्र कर्मणि क्रियमाणे किंकथिका न भवति तत्कर्तव्यम् । यत्र तु हृदयं न तुष्यति तद्वर्जनीयम् ॥ Medhātithi's gloss on Ms.4.161. -करः a servant, slave; अवेहि मां किंकरमष्टमूर्तेः R.2.35. (-रा) a female servant. (-री) the wife of a servant. -कर्तव्यता, -कार्यता any situation in which one asks oneself what should be done; यथा किंकार्यतामूढा वयस्यास्तस्य जज्ञिरे Ks.1.11. किंकर्तव्यतामूढः 'being at a loss or perplexed what to do'. -कारण a. having what reason or cause, -किल ind. what a pity (expressing displeasure or dissatisfaction न संभावयामि न मर्षयामि तत्रभवान् किंकिल वृषलं याजयिष्यति Kāshika on P.III.3.146. -कृते ind. what for ? कामस्य किंकृते पुष्पकार्मुकारोपणग्रहः Ks.71.79. -क्षण a. one who says 'what is a moment', a lazy fellow who does not value moments; H.2.89. -गोत्र a. belonging to what family; किंगोत्रो नु सोम्यासि Ch. Up.4.4.4. -च ind. moreover, and again, further. -चन ind. to a certain degree, a little; -चित् ind. to a certain degree, somewhat, a little; किंचिदुत्क्रान्तशैशवौ R.15.33, 2.46,12.21. ˚ज्ञ a. 'knowing little', a smatterer. ˚कर a. doing something useful. ˚कालः sometime, a little time. ˚प्राण a. having a little life. ˚मात्र a. only a little. -छन्दस् a. conversant with which Veda. -स्तनुः a species of spider. -तर्हि ind. how then, but, however. -तु ind. but, yet, however, nevertheless; अवैमि चैनामनघेति किंतु लोकापवादो बलवान्मतो मे R.14.43,1.65. -तुघ्नः one of the eleven periods called Karaṇa. -दवः an inferior god, demi-god; किंदेवाः किन्नराः नागाः किम्पुरुषादयः Bhāg.11.14.6. -देवत a. having what deity. -नामधेय, -नामन् a. having what name. -निमित्त a. having what cause or reason, for what purpose. -निमित्तम् ind. why, wherefore, -नु ind. 1 whether; किं नु मे मरणं श्रेयो परित्यागो जनस्य वा Nala.1.1. -2 much more, much less; अपि त्रैलोक्यराज्यस्य हेतोः किं नु महीकृते Bg.1.35. -3 what indeed; किं नु मे राज्येनार्थः -4 but, however; किं नु चित्तं मनुष्याणामनित्यमिति मे मतम् Rām.2.4.27. -नु खलु ind. 1 how possibly, how is it that, why indeed, why to be sure; किं नु खलु गीतार्थमाकर्ण्य इष्टजनविरहा- दृते$पि बलवदुत्कण्ठितो$स्मि Ś.5. -2 may it be that; किं नु खलु यथा वयमस्यामेवमियमप्यस्मान् प्रति स्यात् Ś.1. -पच, -पचान a. miserly, niggardly. -पराक्रम a. of what power or energy. -पाक a. not mature, ignorant, stupid. -कः a. medical plant, Strychnos nux vomica (Mar. कुचला); न लुब्धो बुध्यते दोषान्किंपाकमिव भक्षयन् Rām.2.66.6. -पुनर् ind. how much more, how much less; स्वयं रोपितेषु तरुषूत्पद्यते स्नेहः किं पुनरङ्गसंभवेष्वपत्येषु K.291; Me.3.17; Ve.3. -पुरुषः an inferior man, Bhāg.11.14.6. -प्रकारम् ind. in what manner. -प्रभाव a. possessing what power. -भूत a. of what sort of nature. -रूप a. of what form or shape. -वदन्ति, -न्ती f. rumour, report; स किंवदन्तीं वदतां पुरोगः (पप्रच्छ) R.14.31. मत्संबन्धात्कश्मला किंवदन्ती U.1.42; U.1.4. -वराटकः an extravagant man. -वा ind. 1 a particle of interrogation; किं वा शकुन्तलेत्यस्य मातुराख्या Ś.7. -2 or (corr. of किं 'whether'); राजपुत्रि सुप्ता किं वा जागर्षि Pt.1; तत्किं मारयामि किं वा विषं प्रयच्छामि किं वा पशुधर्मेण व्यापादयामि ibid.; Ś. Til.7. -विद a. knowing what. -व्यापार a. following what occupation. -शील a. of what habits, -स्वित् ind. whether, how; अद्रेः शृङ्गं हरति पवनः किंस्विदित्युन्मुखीभिः Me.14.
kṛ कृ I. 5 U. (कृणोति-कृणुते) To hurt, injure, kill. -II. 8 U. (करोति-कुरुते, चकार-चक्रे, अकार्षीत्-अकृत; कर्तुम्, करिष्यति-ते कृत) 1 To do (in general); तात किं करवाण्यहम् -2 To make; गणिकामवरोधमकरोत् Dk; नृपेण चक्रे युवराजशब्दभाक् R.3.35; युवराजः कृतः &c. -3 To manufacture, shape, prepare; कुम्भकारो घटं करोति; कटं करोति &c. -4 To build, create; गृहं कुरु; सभां कुरु मदर्थे भोः. -5 To produce, cause, engender; रतिमुभयप्रार्थना कुरुते Ś.2.1. -6 To form, arrange; अञ्जलिं करोति; कपोतहस्तकं कृत्वा. -7 To write, compose; चकार सुमनोहरं शास्त्रम् Pt.1. -8 To perform, be engaged in; पूजां करोति. -9 To tell, narrate; इति बहुविधाः कथाः कुर्वन् &c. -1 To carry out, execute, obey; एवं क्रियते युष्मदादेशः Māl.1; or करिष्यामि वचस्तव or शासनं मे कुरुष्व &c. -11 To bring about, accomplish, effect; सत्सं- गतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23. -12 To throw or let out, discharge, emit; मूत्रं कृ to discharge urine, make water; so पुरीषं कृ to void excrement. -13 To assume, put on, take; स्त्रीरूपं कृत्वा; नानारूपाणि कुर्वाणः Y.3. 162. -14 To send forth, utter; मानुषीं गिरं कृत्वा, कलरवं कृत्वा &c. -15 To place or put on (with loc.); कण्ठे हारम- करोत् K.212; पाणिमुरसि कृत्वा &c. -16 To entrust (with some duty), appoint; अध्यक्षान् विविधान्कुर्यात्तत्र तत्र विपश्चितः Ms.7.81. -17 To cook (as food) as in कृतान्नम्. -18 To think, regard, consider; दृष्टिस्तृणीकृतजगत्त्रयसत्त्वसारा U.6. 19. -19 To take (as in the hand); कुरु करे गुरुमेकमयोघनं N.4.59. -2 To make a sound, as in खात्कृत्य, फूत्कृत्य भुङ्क्ते; so वषट्कृ, स्वाहाकृ &c. -21 To pass, spend (time); वर्षाणि दश चक्रुः spent; क्षणं कुरु wait a moment. -22 To direct towards, turn the attention to, resolve on; (with loc. or dat.); नाधर्मे कुरुते मनः Ms.12.118; नगरगमनाय मतिं न करोति Ś.2. -23 To do a thing for another (either for his advantage or injury); प्राप्ताग्निनिर्वापणगर्वमम्बु रत्नाङ्- कुरज्योतिषि किं करोति Vikr.1.18; यदनेन कृतं मयि, असौ किं मे करिष्यति &c. -24 To use, employ, make use of; किं तया क्रियते धेन्वा Pt.1. -25 To divide, break into parts (with adverbs ending in धा); द्विधा कृ to divide into two parts; शतधा कृ, सहस्रधा कृ &c. -26 To cause to become subject to, reduce completely to (a particular condition, with adverbs ending in सात्); आत्मसात् कृ to subject or appropriate to oneself; दुरितैरपि कर्तुमात्मसात्प्रयतन्ते नृपसूनवो हि यत् R.8.2; भस्मसात् कृ to reduce to ashes. -27 To appropriate, secure for oneself. -28 To help, give aid. -29 To make liable. -3 To violate or outrage (as a girl). -31 To begin. -32 To order. -33 To free from. -34 To proceed with, put in practice. -35 To worship, sacrifice. -36 To make like, consider equal to, cf. तृणीकृ (said to be Ātm. only in the last 1 senses). -37 To take up, gather; आदाने करोतिशब्दः Ms.4.2.6; यथा काष्ठानि करोति गोमयानि करोति इति आदाने करोतिशब्दो भवति एवमिहापि द्रष्टव्यम् ŚB. on MS.4.2.6. This root is often used with nouns, adjectives, and indeclinables to form verbs from them, somewhat like the English affixes 'en' or '(i) fy', in the sense of 'making a person or thing to be what it previously is not'; e. g. कृष्णीकृ to make that which is not already black, black, i. e. blacken; so श्वेतीकृ to whiten; घनीकृ to solidify; विरलीकृ to rarefy &c. &c. Sometimes these formations take place in other senses also; e. g. क्रोडीकृ 'to clasp to the bosom', embrace; भस्मीकृ to reduce to ashes; प्रवणीकृ to incline, bend; तृणीकृ to value as little as straw; मन्दीकृ to slacken, make slow; so शूलीकृ to roast on the end of pointed lances; सुखीकृ to please' समयाकृ to spend time &c. N. B.- This root by itself admits of either Pada; but it is Ātm. generally with prepositions in the following senses :--(1) doing injury to; (2) censure, blame; (3) serving; (4) outraging, acting violently or rashly; (5) preparing, changing the condition of, turning into; (6) reciting; (7) employing, using; see P.I.3.32 and गन्धनावक्षेपणसेवनसाहसिक्यप्रतियत्नप्रकथनोपयोगेषु कृञः ''Students' Guide to Sanskrit Composition" 338. Note. The root कृ is of the most frequent application in Sanskrit literature, and its senses are variously modified, or almost infinitely extended, according to the noun with which the root is connected; e. g. पदं कृ to set foot (fig. also); आश्रमे पदं करिष्यसि Ś.4.19; क्रमेण कृतं मम वपुषि नव- यौवनेन पदम् K.141; मनसा कृ to think of, meditate; मनसि कृ to think; दृष्ट्वा मनस्येवमकरोत् K.136; or to resolve or determine; सख्यम्, मैत्रीं कृ to form friendship with; अस्त्राणि कृ to practise the use of weapons; दण्डं कृ to inflict punishment; हृदये कृ to pay heed to; कालं कृ to die; मतिं-बुद्धिं कृ to think of, intend, mean; उदकं कृ to offer libations of water to manes; चिरं कृ to delay; दर्दुरं कृ to play on the lute; नखानि कृ to clean the nails; कन्यां कृ to outrage or violate a maiden; विना कृ to separate from, to be abandoned by, as in मदनेन विनाकृता रतिः Ku.4.21; मध्ये कृ to place in the middle, to have reference to; मध्येकृत्य स्थितं क्रथकौशिकान् M.5.2; वेशे कृ to win over, place in subjection, subdue; चमत्कृ to cause surprise; make an exhibition or a show; सत्कृ to honour, treat with respect; तिर्यक्कृ to place aside. -Caus. (कारयति-ते) To cause to do, perform, make, execute &c.; आज्ञां कारय रक्षोभिः Bk.8.84; भृत्यं भृत्येन वा कटं कारयति Sk. -Desid. (चिकीर्षति- ते) To wish to do &c.; Śi.14.41.
kṛta कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त] 1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines. -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11. -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4. -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114. -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186. -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21. -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; ungrateful; Ms.7.197. -2 Service, benefit. -3 Consequence, result. -4 Aim, object. -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18. -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon). -7 The number '4'. -8 A stake at a game. -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle. -1 An offering. -11 Magic sorcery. -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अङ्क a. 1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points. -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154. -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient. -अनुसारः custom, usage. -अन्त a. bringing to an end, terminating. (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1. -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17. -3 a demonstrated conclusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13. -4 a sinful or inauspicious action. -5 an epithet of Saturn. -6 Saturday. -7 the inevitable result of former actions. -8 the second lunar mansion. -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun. -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3. -2 digested food. -3 excrement. -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal. -अभय a. saved from fear or danger. -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (-कः) a prince. -अभ्यास a. practised. -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points. -अर्थ a. 1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14. -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194. -3 clever. -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence incapable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ 1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125. -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.) -अवधान a. careful, attentive. -अवधि a. 1 fixed, appointed. -2 bounded, limited. -अवमर्ष a. 1 effacing from recollection. -2 intolerant. -अवस्थ a. 1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6. -2 fixed, settled. -अस्त्र a. 1 armed. -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62. -अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies. -आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul. -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11. -आत्मन् a. 1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11. -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48. -आभरण a. adorned. -आयास a. labouring, suffering. -आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (-यः) a frog; dog ? M. W. -आवास a lodging. -आस्पद a. 1 governed; ruled. -2 supporting, resting on. -3 residing in. -आहार a. having taken one's meals. -आह्वान a. challenged. -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving. -उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3. -उद्वाह a. 1 married. -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands. -उपकार a. 1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73. -2 friendly. -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed. -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -कर्मन् a. 1 one who has done his work; R.9.3. -2 skilful, clever. (-m.) 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a Saṁnyāsin. -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled. -कार्य a. 1 one who has done his work or obtained his object. -2 having no need of another's aid. -काल a. 1 fixed or settled as to time. -2 who has waited a certain time. (-लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -कृत्य, -क्रिय a. 1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2. -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3. -3 clever. -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32. -क्रयः a purchaser. -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act. -2 one who has fulfilled his duty. -3 one who has performed a religious ceremony; Ms.5.99. -क्षण a. 1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1. -2 one who has got an opportunity. -घ्न a. 1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89. -2 defeating all previous measures. -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता. -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6. -ज्ञ a. 1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38. -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki. (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थ a. 1 one who has visited or frequented holy places. -2 one who studies with a professional teacher. -3 fertile in means or expedients. -4 a guide. -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3. -दार a. married. -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant. -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा) -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB). -धी a. 1 prudent, considerate. -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79. -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6. -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189. -निश्चय a. 1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37. -2 confident, sure. -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery. -पूर्व a. done formerly. -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94. -प्रतिज्ञ a. 1 one who has made an agreement or engagement. -2 one who has fulfilled his promise. -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158. -फल n. successful. (-लम्) result, consequence. -बुद्धि a. 1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3. -2 a man of resolute character. -3 informed of one's duty. -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has performed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1. -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated. -मति a. firm, resolute. -मन्यु a. indignant. -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia. -2 the spotted antelope. -मुख a. learned, clever, wise. -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages. -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2. -लक्षण a. 1 stamped, marked. -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239. -3 excellent, amiable. -4 defined, discriminated. -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki. -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18. -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8. -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45. -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (-र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna. -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164. -वेदिन् a. 1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ. -2 observant of propriety. -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11. -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27. -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184. -शोभ a. 1 splendid. -2 beautiful. -3 handy, dexterous. -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21. -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9. -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astronomy. -संकल्प a. resolved, determined. -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5. -संज्ञ a. 1 having presence of mind ... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms. -2 restored to consciousness or senses. -3 aroused. -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221. -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred. -संस्कार a. 1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, initiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78. -2 Prepared, adorned. -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has married another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife. -हस्त, -हस्तक a. 1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy. -2 skilled in archery. -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity; ... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47. -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.
kṛṣ कृष् I. 6 U. (कृषति-ते, कृष्ट) To plough, make furrows; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः । कृष्ट्वा तत्र यथाम्नायं दीक्षयां चक्रिरे नृपम् ॥ Bhāg.1.74.12. -II. 1 P. (कर्षति, कृष्ट) 1 To draw, drag, pull, drag away, tear; प्रसह्य सिंहः किल तां- चकर्ष R.2.27; V.1.19. -2 To draw towards oneself, attract; हस्ताभ्यां नश्यद्क्राक्षीद् Bk.15.47; Bg.15.7. -3 To lead or conduct as an army; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् R.4.32. -4 To bend (as a bow); नात्यायतकृष्टशार्ङ्गः R.5.5. -5 To become master of, subdue, vanquish, overpower; बल- वानिन्द्रियग्रामो विद्वांसमपि कर्षति Ms.2.215; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. -6 To plough, till; अनुलोमकृष्टं क्षेत्रं प्रतिलोमं कर्षति Sk. -7 To obtain; कुलसंख्यां च गच्छन्ति कर्षन्ति च महद्यशः Ms.3.66. -8 To take away from, deprive one of (with two acc.). -9 To scratch; सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -Caus. 1 To draw out, tear up. -2 To extract. -3 To torture, torment, give pain. -4 To plough, till, cultivate.
krīḍ क्रीड् 1. P. (क्रीडति, क्रीडित) 1 To play, amuse oneself; वानराः क्रीडितुमारब्धाः Pt.1; एष क्रीडति कूपयन्त्रघटिकान्यायप्रसक्तो विधिः Mk.1.59; जक्षन् क्रीडन् रममाणः Ch. Up.8.12.3. -2 To gamble, play at dice; बहुविधं द्यूतं क्रीडतः Mk.2; नाक्षैः क्रीडेत्कदाचिद्धि Ms.4.74; Y.1.138. -3 To jest, joke or trifle with; सद्वृत्तस्तनमण्डलस्तव कथं प्राणैर्मम क्रीडति Gīt.3; क्रीडिष्यामि तावदेनया V.3; एवमाशाग्रहग्रस्तैः क्रीडन्ति धनिनो$र्थिभिः H.2.23; Pt.1.187; Mk.3. With अनु (Ātm.) to play, sport, amuse oneself; साध्वनुक्रीडमानानि पश्य वृन्दानि पक्षिणाम् Bk.8.1. -आ, -परि, -सम् [Ā. क्रीडो$नुसंपरिभ्यश्च P.I.3.21] to play &c.; संक्रीडन्ते मणिभिर्यत्र कन्याः Me.69; but क्रीड् with सं is Paras. in the sense of 'making a noise'; त्वन्नामवर्णा इव कर्णपीता मयास्य संक्रीडति चक्रचक्रे N.3.5; संक्रीडन्ति शकटानि Mbh. 'the carts creak'.
kṣip क्षिप् 6 U. (but only P. when preceded by अधि, प्रति and अति), 4. P. (क्षिपति-ते, क्षिप्यति, क्षिप्त) 1 To throw, cast, send, dispatch, discharge, let go (with loc. or sometimes dat.); मरुद्भ्य इति तु द्वारि क्षिपेदप्स्वद्भ्य इत्यपि Ms.3.88; शिलां वा क्षेप्स्यते मयि Mb.; R.12.95; with प्रति also; Bh.3.67; Śi.15.86. -2 To place, put on or upon, throw into; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24; Y.1.23; Bg.16.19. -3 To fix on, attach to (as a blame); भृत्ये दोषान् क्षिपति H.2. -4 To cast or throw off, cast away, rid oneself of; किं कूर्मस्य भरव्यथा न वपुषि क्ष्मां न क्षिपत्येष यत् Mu.2.18. -5 (a) To take away, destroy; ललितमधुरास्ते ते भावाः क्षिपन्ति च धीरताम् Māl.4.8. (b) To kill or slay; केसरी निष्ठुरक्षिप्तमृगयूथो मृगाधिपः Śi.2.53. -6 To reject, disdain. -7 To Insult, revile, abuse, scold; Ms.8.312,27; Śānti.3.1. ननु क्षिपसि माम् Dūtavākyam 1. -8 To pour on, scatter, strew. -9 To strike, hit. -1 To distract, afflict; तन्मे मनः क्षिपति Māl.4.8. -11 To move hastily (arms or legs); क्षिपंश्च पादान् Bhāg. 1.36.14. -12 To pass away (time); राजा हृष्टो$क्षिपत्क्षपाम् Ks.55.154. -13 (in math.) To add; Golādh. -With -पर्या to bind or tie up, collect (as hair); (केशान्तं) पर्याक्षिपत् काचिदुदारबन्धम् Ku.7.14.
gāh गाह् 1 Ā. [गाहते, जगाहे, अगाहिष्ट, अगाढ, गाहितुम्, गाढुम्, गाढ or गाहित] 1 To dive or plunge into, bathe, immerse oneself into (as water); गाहन्तां महिषा निपानसलिलं शृङ्गैर्मुहु- स्ताडितम् Ś.2.6; गाहितासे$थ पुण्यस्य गङ्गामूर्तिमिव द्रुताम् Bk.22.11;14.67; (fig. also); मनस्तु मे संशयमेव गाहते Ku.5.46 is plunged into or entertains doubt. -2 To enter deeply into, penetrate, roam or range over; गाहितमखिलं गहनम् Bv.1.21; कदाचित्काननं जगाहे K.58; ऊनं न सत्त्वेष्वधिको बबाधे तस्मिन्वनं गोप्तरि गाहमाने R.2.14; Me.5; H.1.15; Ki.13.24. -3 To stir up, agitate, shake, churn. -4 To be absorbed in (with loc.). -5 To hide oneself in. -6 To destroy. With सम् to enter, go to or into, penetrate into; समगाहिष्ट चाम्बरम् Bk.15.59.
gṛhya गृह्य a. [गृह् क्यप्] 1 To be attracted or pleased, as in गुणगृह्य q. v. -2 Domestic; गृह्याणां चैव देवानां नित्यपुष्पबलि- क्रिया Mb.13.141.43. -3 Not master of oneself, dependent. -4 Tame, domesticated. -5 Situated out-side of; ग्रामगृह्या सेना 'an army out-side a village.' -6 Adhering to the party of, being in close relation to; तमार्यगृह्यम् R.2.33. -7 Perceptible; Śvet. Up.1.13. -ह्यः 1 The inmate of a house. -2 A tame animal or bird. -3 The domestic fire. -ह्यम् 1 The anus. -2 A suburb; L. D. B. -3 A domestic affair; गृह्याणि कर्तुमपि Bhāg.1.8.25. -Comp. -अग्निः a sacred fire which every Brāhmaṇa is enjoined to maintain.
ghaṭ घट् I. 1 Ā. (घटते, जघटे, अघटिष्ट, घटितुम्, घटित) 1 To be busy with, strive after, exert oneself for, be intently occupied with anything (with inf. loc., or dat.); घटस्व ज्ञातिभिः सह Bhāg.8.71.6; दयितां त्रातुमलं घटस्व Bk.1.4; अङ्गदेन समं योद्धुमघटिष्ट 15.77,12.26,16.23;2.24;22.31. -2 To happen, take place, be possible; प्राणैस्तपोभि- रथवा$भिमतं मदीयैः कृत्यं घटेत सुहृदो यदि तत्कृतं स्यात् Māl.1.9 if it can be effected; कस्यापरस्योडुमयैः प्रसूनैर्वादित्रसृष्टि- र्घटते भटस्य N.22.22; उभयथापि घटते Ve.3; प्रसीदेति ब्रूयामिदमसति कोपे न घटते Ratn.2.19 is not proper &c. -3 To be united with; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -4 To come to, reach. -Caus. (घटयति) 1 To unite, join, bring together; इत्थं नारीर्घटयितुमलं कामिभिः Śi.9.87; अनेन भैमीं घटयिष्यतस्तथा N.1.46; क्रुधा संधिं भीमो विघटयति यूयं घटयत Ve.1.1; Bk.11.11. -2 To bring or place near to, bring in contact with, put on; घटयति घनं कण्ठाश्लेषे रसान्न पयोधरौ Ratn.3.9; घटय जघने काञ्चीम् Gīt.12. -3 To accomplish, bring about, effect; तटस्थः स्वानर्थान् घटयति च मौनं च भजते Māl.1.14; (अभिमतं) आनीय झटिति घटयति Ratn.1.7; Bh.2.12. -4 To form, fashion, shape, work out, make; एवमभिधाय वैनतेयं ... अघटयत् Pt.1; कान्ते कथं घटितवानुपलेन चेतः Ś Til.3; घटय भुजबन्धनम् Gīt.1. -5 To prompt, impel; स्नेहौघो घटयति मां तथापि वक्तुम् Bk. 1.73. -6 To rub, touch. -7 To exert oneself for. -8 To move, agitate. -II. 1 U. (घाटयति, घाटित) 1 To hurt, injure, kill. -2 To unite, join, bring or collect together. -3 To shine.
ghaṭaka घटक a. [घटयति घट्-णिच् ण्वुल्] 1 Exerting oneself, striving for; एते सत्पुरुषाः परार्थघटकाः स्वार्थं परित्यज्य ये Bh. 2.74. -2 Bringing about, accomplishing. -3 Forming a constituent part, constituent, component. -कः 1 A tree that produces fruit without apparent flowers. -2 A match-maker, an agent who ascertains genealogies and negotiates matrimonial alliances. -3 A genealogist.
car चर् 1 P. (चरति, चचार, अचारीत्, चरितुम्, चरित or sometimes चीर्ण) 1 To walk, move, go about, roam, wander; नष्टाशङ्का हरिणशिशवो मन्दमन्दं चरन्ति Ś.1.15 (चर् may mean here 'to graze' also); इन्द्रियाणां हि चरताम् Bg.2.67; कपय- श्चेरुरार्तस्य रामस्येव मनोरथाः R.12.59; Ms.2.23,6.68; 8.236;9.36;1.55. -2 (a) To perform, do, act; रचयति रेखाः सलिले यस्तु खले चरति सत्कारम् Bv.1.98. (b) To practise, perform, observe; चरतः किल दुश्चरं तपः R.8.79; Y.1.6; Ms.3.3. -3 To act, behave towards, conduct oneself (oft. with loc. of the person); चरतीनां च कामतः Ms.5.9;9.287; आत्मवत्सर्वभूतेषु यश्चरेत् Mb; तस्यां त्वं साधु नाचरः R.1.76 (where the root may be also आचर्). -4 To graze; सुचिरं हि चरन् शस्यम् H.3.9. -5 To eat, consume. -6 To be engaged in, be busy with. -7 To live, continue to be, continue in any state. -8 To spread, be diffused. -9 To live, be, exist. -1 To move, travel through, pervade, go along, follow. -Caus. (चार- यति) 1 To cause to move or go. -2 To send, direct, move. -3 To drive away. -4 To cause to perform or practise. -5 To cause to copulate. -6 To cause to graze, pasture. -7 To obtain knowledge of, acquaint oneself with. -8 To doubt. [cf. L. curro.]
ci चि I. 5 U. (चिनोति, चिनुते, चिका-चा-य, चिच्ये-क्ये, अचैषीत्- अचेष्ट, चेतुम्, -चित; caus. चाययति, चापयति, also चययति, चप- यति desid. चिचीषति, -चिकीषति) 1 To collect, gather, accumulate (said to govern two accusatives being a द्विकर्मक root, but this use is very rare in classical literature), वृक्षं पुष्पाणि चिन्वती. -2 To gather for oneself, acquire, gain; चिचीषतां चन्मवतामलध्वीं भूतिम् Ki.3.11; 2.19; Mv.3.4. -3 To search, look out for; Bh.3.46. -4 To pile or heap up, place in a line; पर्वतानिव ते भूमा- वचैषुर्वानरोत्तमान् Bk.15.76. -5 To set, inlay, cover or fill with, see चित. pass. To bear fruit, grow, increase, thrive, prosper; सिच्यते चीयते चैव लता पुष्पफलप्रदा Pt.1.222 bears fruit; चीयते बालिशस्यापि सत्क्षेत्रपतिता कृषिः Mu.1.3; गजहंस तव सैव शुभ्रता जीयते न च न चापचीयते K. P.1. -II. 3 P. (चिकेति) Ved. 1 To observe, see, perceive. -2 To look steadfastly upon. -3 To be intent upon. -4 To seek for, search, investigate, make inquiries, search through. -III. 1 Ā. (चयते) 1 To detest, hate. -2 To revenge, take vengeance on. -IV. 1 U. (चायति-ते) 1 To fear, dread, be afraid of (with acc.) -2 To respect, honour. -3 To observe; cf. चाय्.
ceṣṭ चेष्ट् 1 Ā. (चेष्टते, चेष्टित) 1 To move about, stir, be active, show signs of life; यदा स देवो जागर्ति तदेदं चेष्टते जगत् Ms.1.52; Māl.8.8; Ś.6.27. -2 To make effort, endeavour, exert oneself, struggle. -3 To perform, do (anything). -4 To frequent. -5 To behave, act. With वि 1 to stir, move, be in motion, move about. -2 to act, behave.
cyu च्यु I. 1 Ā. (च्यवते, च्युत) 1 To fall or drop down, slip, sink (fig. also); Ś.2.8. -2 To come out of, flow or issue from, drop, trickle or stream forth from; स्वतश्च्युतं वह्निमिवाद्भिरम्बुदः R.3.58; Bk.9.71. -3 To deviate or swerve from, fall off or away from, leave (duty &c.); (with abl.) अस्माद्धर्मान्न च्यवेत Ms.7.98; 12.71-72. -4 To lose, be deprived of; अच्योष्ट सत्त्वान्नृपतिः Bk.3.2;7.92. -5 To vanish, disappear, perish, be at an end; R.8.66; Ms.12.96. -6 To decrease. -7 To bring about, make, form, create. -8 To cause to go away, cause to forget. -Caus. (च्यावयति-ते) 1 To cause to move, excite, agitate. -2 (Ā.) To move oneself, be shaken or moved. -3 To remove, drive away, expel. -4 To deprive, take away; Pt.1.24. -5 To cause to fall. -II. 1 P. (च्यावयति) 1 To suffer, bear. -2 To laugh.
jinv जिन्व् 1 P. (जिन्वति) 1 To be active or lively, busy oneself. -2 To urge on, impel, excite. -3 To refresh, animate. -4 To promote. -5 To grant, confer. -6 To please, satisfy.
juṣ जुष् I. 6 Ā. (जुषते-जुष्ट) 1 To be pleased or satisfied. -2 To be favourable or propitious. -3 To like, be fond of, take pleasure or delight in, enjoy; सत्त्वं जुषाणस्य भवाय देहिनाम् Bhāg. -4 To devote or attach oneself to, practise, undergo, suffer; पौलस्त्यो$जुषत शुचं विपन्नबन्धुः Bk.17.112. -5 To frequent, visit, inhabit; जुषन्ते पर्वतश्रेष्ठमृषयः पर्वसन्धिषु Mb. -6 To enter, seat oneself, resort to; रथं च जुजुषे शुभम् Bk.14.95. -7 To choose. -8 To enjoy, possess, have; Māl.5.18. -9 To happen to. -1 To delight in granting or performing. -11 To show oneself favourable towards. -Caus. 1 To like, be fond of. -2 To fondle, cherish. -3 To delight in, approve of, rejoice at. -II. 1 P., 1 U. (जोषति, जोषयति-ते) 1 To reason, think. -2 To investigate, examine. -3 To hurt. -4 To be satisfied.
jṛmbh जृम्भ् 1 Ā. (जृम्भते, जृम्भित, जृब्ध) 1 To gape, yawn; Ms.4.43. -2 To open, expand, burst open (as a flower &c.); वरयुवतिमुखाभं पङ्कजं जृम्भते$द्य Ṛs.3.22. -3 To increase, spread or extend everywhere; जृम्भतां जृम्भ- तामप्रतिहतप्रसरं क्रोधज्योतिः Ve.1; तृष्णे जृम्भसि (Paras. is irregular) Bh.3.5; भोगः को$पि स एक एव परमो नित्योदितो जृम्भते 3.8. -4 To appear, rise, show oneself, become visible or manifest; संकल्पयोनेरभिमानभूतमात्मानमाधाय मधूर्ज- जृम्भे Ku.3.24; U.5.13. -5 To be at ease. -6 To recoil or fly back (as a bow). -Caus. To cause to yawn or expand.
jña ज्ञ a. [ज्ञा-क] (At the end of comp.) 1 Knowing, familiar with; कार्यज्ञ, निमित्तज्ञ, शास्त्रज्ञ, सर्वज्ञ &c. -2 Wise; as in ज्ञंमन्य thinking oneself to be wise. -ज्ञः 1 A wise and learned man. -2 The sentient soul. -3 The planet Mercury. -4 The planet Mars. -5 An epithet of Brahmā; cf. ज्ञः प्राज्ञे जन्द्रतनये विषये चात्मगर्वयोः Nm. -Comp. -शक्तिः the intellectual faculty.
jñaṃmanya ज्ञंमन्य a. Thinking oneself to be wise; निश्चिन्वते हि ज्ञंमन्या यमेवायोग्यमाग्रहात् Rāj. T.3.491.
tyaj त्यज् 1 P. (त्यजति, तत्याज, अत्याक्षीत्, त्यक्ष्यति, त्यक्त) 1 To leave (in all senses), abandon, quit, go away from; वर्त्म भानोस्त्यजाशु Me.41; Ms.6.77; 9.177; Ś.5. 26. -2 To let go, dismiss, discharge; वालिनो दूरभाग् रामो बाणं प्राणा$दमत्यजत् Bk.6.122. -3 To give up, renounce, resign, surrender; स्वयं त्यक्ता ह्येते शमसुखमनन्त विदधति Bh. 3.16; Ms.2.95;6.33; Bg.6.24; त्रिविधं नरकस्येदं द्वारं नाशनमात्मनः । कामः क्रोधस्तथा लोभस्तस्मादेतत्त्रयं त्यजेत् ॥ 16. 21. -4 To shun, avoid. -5 To get rid of, free oneself from; क्षुद्रं हृदयदौर्बल्यं त्यक्त्वोत्तिष्ठ परंतप Bg.2.3. -6 To set aside, disregard; त इमे$वस्थिता युद्धे प्राणांस्त्यक्त्वा धनानि च Bg.1.33. -7 To except. -8 To distribute, give away; कृतं (संचयं) आश्वयुजे त्यजेत् Y.3.47; Ms.6.15. -9 To shoot off. -Caus. 1 To cause to give up &c., to deprive (a person) of anything; मौनं त्याजयति प्रायः कालक्षेपाय मां भवान् Ks.83.34; Bk.15.12. -2 To expel, turn out; (तं बहिः) त्याजयामास रथ्यायां निरपेक्षतया निशि Ks.2.126. -3 To quit. -Desid. (तित्यक्षति) To wish to leave &c.
tyāgaḥ त्यागः [त्यज्-भावे घञ्] 1 Leaving, forsaking, abandoning, deserting, separation; न माता न पिता न स्त्री न पुत्रस्त्याग- मर्हति Ms.8.389;9.79. -2 Giving up, resigning, renouncing; Ms.1.112; सर्वकर्मफलत्यागं ततः कुरु यतात्मवान् Bg.12.11. -3 Gift, donation, giving away as charity; करे श्लाघ्यस्त्याग Bh.2.65; वित्तं त्यागनियुक्तम् (दुर्लभम्) H. 1.139; त्यागाय संभृतार्थानाम् R.1.7; Pt.1.169. -4 Liberality, generosity; Ms.2.97; R.1.22. -5 Secretion, excretion. -6 Dismissing, discharging. -7 Sacrificing oneself; मिथो यत् त्यागमुभयासो अग्मन् Rv.4.24.3. -8 A sage. -Comp. -पत्रम् a bill of divorcement. -युत, -शील a. liberal, generous, munificent.
दा I. 1 P. (यच्छति, दत्त] To give, grant. -With प्रति to exchange; तिलेभ्यः प्रतियच्छति माषान् Sk. -II. 2. P. (दाति) To cut; ददाति द्रविणं भूरि दाति दारिद्र्यमर्थिनाम् K. R. -III. 4 P. (दायति) To bind (?). -IV. 3 U. (ददाति, दत्ते; ददौ-ददे, अदात्-अदित, दास्यति-ते, दातुम्, दत्त; but with आ the p. p. is आत्त; with उप, उपात्त; with नि, निदत्त or नीत्त, and with प्र, प्रदत्त or प्रत्त) 1 To give, grant, bestow, offer, yield, impart, present (usually with acc. of the thing and dat., sometimes gen. or loc. also, of the person); अवकाशं किलोदन्वान् रामायाभ्यर्थितो ददौ R.4.58; सेचनघटैः बालपादपेभ्यः पयो दातुमित एवाभिवर्तते Ś.1; Ms.3.31;9.271; कथमस्य स्तनं दास्ये Hariv. -2 To pay (as debt, fine &c.). -3 To hand or deliver over. -4 To restore, return. -5 To give up, sacrifice, surrender; प्राणान् दा to sacrifice one's life; so आत्मानं दा to sacrifice oneself. -6 To put, place, apply, plant कर्णे करं ददाति &c. -7 To give in marriage; यस्मै दद्यात् पिता त्वेनाम् Ms.5. 151; Y.2.146;3.24. -8 To allow, permit (usually with inf.); बाष्पस्तु न ददात्येनां द्रष्टुं चित्रगतामपि Ś.6.22. (The meanings of this root may be variously modified or extended according to the noun with which it is connected; मनो दा to think, direct the mind to anything; नीतौ मनो दीयते Mu.2.5; अवकाशं दा to give place to, make room; (see अवकाश); कर्णं दा to give ear to or listen; दर्शनं दा to show oneself to, grant audience to; शब्दं दा to make a noise; तालं दा to clap the hands; आत्मानं खेदाय दा to expose oneself to trouble; आतपे दा to expose to the sun's heat; आज्ञाम्, निदेशं दा to issue orders, command; आशिषं दा to pronounce a blessing; चक्षुः, दृष्टिं दा to cast a glance, see; वाचं दा to address a speech to; प्रतिवचः, -वचनं or प्रत्युत्तरं दा to give reply; शोकं दा to cause grief; श्राद्धं दा to perform a Śrāddha; मार्गं दा to make way for, allow to pass, stand out of the way; वरं दा to grant a boon; संग्रामं दा to fight; अर्गलं दा to bolt, fasten or secure with a latch; निगडं दा to put in chains, fetter; संकेतं दा to make an appointment; शापं दा to curse; वृत्तिं दा to enclose, fence in; अग्निं, पावकं दा to set on fire, &c. &c. -Caus (दापयति-ते) To cause to give, grant, &c. -Desid. (दित्सति-ते) To wish to give, &c.
dīkṣ दीक्ष् 1 Ā. (दीक्षते, दीक्षित) 1 To consecrate or prepare oneself for the performance of a sacred rite; दीक्षयस्व त्वमात्मानम् Mb.14.71.21; see दीक्षित below. -2 To dedicate oneself to. -3 To initiate or introduce a pupil. -4 To invest with the sacred thread. -5 To sacrifice. -6 To practise self-restraint. -7 To shave one's head, to be shaved. -8 caus. impel; induce तत्क्लमस्तमदिदीक्षत क्षणं तालवृन्तचलनाय नायकम् N.18.12.
dīkṣā दीक्षा [दीक्ष्-भावे-अ] 1 (a) Consecration for a religious ceremony, initiation in general; अजस्रदीक्षाप्रयतस्य मद्गुरोः क्रियाविघाताय कथं प्रवर्तसे R.3.44,65. (b) Receiving the initiatory mantra. -2 A ceremony preliminary to a sacrifice; Bhāg.3.13.37. -3 A ceremony or religious rite in general; विवाहदीक्षाम्, R.3.33; Ku.7.1,8, 24. -4 Investiture with the sacred thread. -5 Dedicating oneself to a particular object, self-devotion; विश्व- त्राणैकदीक्षाः; विष्णुपादादिकेशान्तवर्णनस्तोत्रम् 33. -Comp. -अन्तः a supplementary sacrifice made to atone for the defects in a preceding one. -आश्रमः (अवभृथ) (वैखानसः) the third stage of life (वानप्रस्थाश्रम); Mb.12.66.8. -पतिः the Soma. -यूपः A sacrificial post.
dṛ दृ I. 6 Ā. (द्रियते, दृत; desid. दिदरिषते) (rarely used by itself, usually found in combination with आ) 1 To respect, honour, worship, reverence; द्वितीयाद्रियते सदा H. Pr.7; Mv.7.3; Bk.6.55. -2 To care for, mind; usually with न. -3 To apply or devote oneself closely to, have regard for; भूरि श्रुतं शाश्वतमाद्रियन्ते Māl.1.5. -4 To desire. -II. 5 P. (दृणोति) To hurt, kill. -III. 1 P. (दारयति, दरयति) to fear; L. D. B.
dṛś दृश् 1 P. (पश्यति, ददर्श, अदर्शत्, अद्राक्षीत्, द्रक्ष्यति, दृष्टुम्, दृष्ट) 1 To see, look at, observe, view, behold, perceive; द्रक्ष्यसि भ्रातृजायाम् Me.1,19; R.3.42. -2 To look upon, regard, consider; आत्मवत्सर्वभूतेषु यः पश्यति स पण्डितः Chāṇ 5; Pt.1.58. -3 To visit, wait or call upon; प्रत्युद्ययौ मुनिं द्रष्टुं ब्रह्माणमिव वासवः Rām. -4 To perceive with the mind, learn, know, understand; एवमाचरतो दृष्ट्वा धर्मस्य मुनयो गतिम् Ms.1.11;12.23. -5 To inspect, discover. -6 To search, investigate, examine, decide; कृतरक्षः समुत्थाय पश्येदायव्ययौ स्वयम् Y.1.327;2.35. -7 To see by divine intuition; ऋषिर्दर्शनात्स्तोमान् ददर्श Nir. -8 To look helplessly on (without power to prevent what is taking place). -Pass. (दृश्यते) 1 To be seen or perceived, become visible or manifested; तव तच्चारु वपुर्न दृश्यते Ku.4.18,3; R.3.4; Bk.3.19; दृष्टः स्वप्ने कितव रमयन्कामपि त्वं मयेति Me.113. -2 To appear or look like, seem, look; तथापि नीचैर्विनयाददृश्यत R.3.34. -3 To be found or seen, occur (as in a book &c.); द्वितीयाम्रेडितान्तेषु ततो$न्यत्रापि दृश्यते Sk.; इति प्रयोगो भाष्ये दृश्यते. -4 To be considered or regarded; सामान्यप्रतिपत्ति- पूर्वकमियं दारेषु दृश्या त्वया Ś.4.17. -Caus. (दर्शयति-ते) 1 To cause any one (acc., dat. or gen.) to see anything (acc.), to show, point out; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहम् Pt.1; दर्शयति भक्तान् हरिम् Sk.; प्रत्यभिज्ञानरत्नं च रामायादर्शयत्कृती R.12.64;1.47;13.24; Ms.4.59. -2 To prove, demonstrate; वीर्यं मा न ददर्शस्त्वम् Bk.15.12. -3 To exhibit, display, make visible; तदेव मे दर्शय देव रूपम् Bg.11.45. -4 To produce (as in a court of justice); Ms.8.158. -5 To adduce (as evidence); अत्र श्रुतिं दर्शयति. -6 (Ā.) To show oneself, appear, show oneself or anything belonging to oneself; भवो भक्तान् दर्शयते Sk. (i. e. स्वयमेव); स्वां गृहे$पि वनितां कथमास्यं ह्रीनिमीलि खलु दर्शयिताहे N.5.71; स संततं दर्शयते गतस्मयः कृताधिपत्यामिव साधु बन्धुताम् Ki.1.1; Ku.4.25. -Desid. (दिदृक्षते) To wish or desire to see.
dravasyati द्रवस्यति Den. P. 1 To trouble or afflict oneself. -2 To serve or wait upon a person.
drāgh द्राघ् 1 Ā. (द्राघते) 1 To be able. -2 To stretch. -3 To exert oneself. -4 To be weary or fatigued. -5 To torment, vex. -6 To wander about.
dhanyaṃmanya धन्यंमन्य a. Considering oneself to be blessed or fortunate.
dhū धू 6 P., 1,5,9,1. U. (धुवति, धवति-ते, धूनोति, धूनुते, धुनाति, धुनीते, धूनयति-ते, also धावयति-ते, धूत-धून) 1 To shake, agitate, cause to move or tremble; धुन्वन्ति पक्षपवनैर्न नभो बलाकाः Ṛs.3.12; धुन्वन् कल्पद्रुमकिसलयानि Me.64; Ku.7.49; R.4.67; Bk.5.11;9.7;1.22. -2 To shake off, remove, throw off; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24. -3 To blow away, destroy, -4 To kindle, excite, fan (as fire); वायुना धूयमानो हि वनं दहति पावकः Mb.; पवनधूतः ... अग्निः Ṛs.1.26. -5 To treat roughly, hurt, injure; मा न धावीररिं रणे Bk.9.5;15.61. -6 To shake off from oneself, free oneself from; (सेवकाः) आरोहन्ति शनैः पश्चाद् धुन्वन्तमपि पार्थिवम् Pt.1.36. -7 To strive against, resist, oppose. (The following stanza from Kavirahasya illustrates the root in its different conjugations:-- धूनोति चम्पकवनानि धुनोत्यशोकं चूतं धुनाति धुवति स्फुटितातिमुक्तं । वायुर्विधूनयति चम्पकपुष्परेणून् यत्कानने धवति चन्दनमञ्जरीश्च ॥)
dhṛṣṭa धृष्ट p. p. [धृष्-क्त] 1 Bold, courageous, confident. -2 Impudent, rude, shameless, saucy, insolent; स्तुवञ्जिह्रेमि त्वां न खलु ननु धृष्टा मुखरता Mahimna.9; धृष्टः पार्श्वे वसति H.2.26. -3 Forward, presumptuous. -4 Profligate, abandoned. -5 Cruel, unkind. -ष्टः A faithless husband or lover; कृतागा अपि निःशङ्कस्तर्जितो$पि न लज्जितः । दृष्टदोषो$पि मिथ्यावाक् कथितो धृष्टनायकः S. D.72. -ष्टा A disloyal woman. -Comp. -केतुः N. of the son of धृष्टद्युम्न. -द्युम्नः N. of a son of Drupada and brother of Draupadī. [He with his father fought on the side of the Pāṇḍavas, and for some days he acted as commander-in-chief of their forces. When Droṇa had killed Drupada after a hard struggle, Dhṛiṣṭadyumna vowed that he would be revenged for the death of his father. And he was able to fulfil this vow on the morning of the 16th day of the battle, when he unfairly cut off the head of Droṇa (see Droṇa). He was afterwards surprised by Aṣvatthāman while lying asleep in the camp of the Pāṇḍavas, and was stamped to death.]. -धी a. bold, presumptuous. -मानिन् a. having too high an opinion of oneself, presumptuous. -वादिन् a. speaking boldly.
nam नम् 1 P., sometimes Ā. (नमति-ते, ननाम, अनंसीत्, नंस्यति, नत, caus. नमयति-ते or नामयति-ते, but with a preposition नमयति only; desid. निनंसति) also 9 P. (नम्नाति), 4. P. (नम्यति) 1 To bow to, make obeisance to, salute (as a mark of respect) (with acc. or dat.); इयं नमति वः सर्वान् त्रिलोचनवधूरिति Ku.6.89; Bg.11.37; Bk.9.51;1.31; 12.99; Si.4.57. -2 To submit or subject oneself, bow down; अशक्तः सन्धिमान् नमेत् Kām.8.55. -3 To bend, sink; go down; अनंसीद्भूर्भरेणास्य Bk.15.25; नेमुः सर्वदिशः K.55; उन्नमति नमति वर्षति......मेघः Mk.5.26. -4 To stoop, be inclined. -5 To be bent or curved. -6 To sound. -7 To change a dental to a lingual letter. -Caus. 1 To bend, make curved. -2 To bend (as a bow); न नमयितुमधिज्यमस्मि शक्तः Ś.2.3. -3 To cause to sink. -4 To prevent, ward off. -5 To subdue, make subordinate; स पुरस्कृतमध्यमक्रमो नमयामास नृपाननुद्धरन् R.8.9.
nah नह् 4 U. (नह्यति-ते, नद्ध; desid. निनत्सति-ते) 1 To tie, bind, bind on or round or together, gird, round; शैलेयनद्धानि शिलातलानि Ku.1.56; R.4.57;16.41. -2 To put on (oneself), to dress, arm oneself (Ātm.) -Caus. To cause to put on. -With अप to untie. -अपि (अपि being often changed to पि) 1 to fasten, grid round, bind; अतिपिनद्धेन वल्कलेन Ś.1; मन्दारमाला हरिणा पिनद्धा Ś.7.2. -2 to put on, wear; कवचं पिनह्य Bk.3.47. -3 to cover, envelop; कुसुममिव पिनद्धं पाण्डुपत्रोदरेण Ś.1.19.
nikṛt निकृत् 6 P. 1 To cut down, cut to pieces, cut or tear off, tear up; विश्वासाद्भयमुत्पन्नं मूलान्यपि निकृन्तति Pt.2.39; निकृन्तन्निव मानसम् Bk.7.11; भल्लनिकृत्तकण्ठैः R.7.58. -2 To cut oneself (Ā.)
nij निज् 3 U. (नेनेक्ति, नेनिक्ते, प्रणेनेक्ति, निक्त) 1 To wash, cleanse, purify; सस्नुः पयः पपुरनेनिजुरम्बराणि Śi.5.28. -2 To wash or clean oneself, to be purified (Ā.). -3 To nourish. -With निस् to wash, clean, purify; तोयनिर्णिक्त- पाणयः R.17.22; Y.1.191; Ms.5.127.
nidṛś निदृश् Caus. 1 To show, point out; निदर्शयामास विशेष- दृश्यमिन्दुं नवोत्थानमिवेन्दुमत्यै R.6.31. -2 To prove, establish, demonstrate. -3 To consider, treat of, discuss (as in a book). -4 To teach, explain. -5 To illustrate by an example; cf. निदर्शना. -6 To introduce, cause to enter. -7 To show oneself to (a person).
nipat निपत् 1 P. 1 To fall or come down, descend, alight, sink down; निपतन्ती पतिमप्यपातयत् R.8.38; Bk.15.27. -2 To be cast at, be directed towards; निपेतुरन्तःकरणै- र्नरेन्द्राः R.6.11. -3 To throw oneself down (as at the feet), fall prostrate; देवास्तदन्ते हरमूढभार्यं किरीटबद्धाञ्जलयो निपत्य Ku.7.92; R.4.5; Bh.2.31. -4 To fall or descend into, meet in; त्वय्येव निपतन्त्योघा जाह्नवीया इवार्णवे R.1.26. -5 To fall upon, attack, rush at or upon; सिंहो शिशुरपि निपतति मदमलिनकपोलभित्तिषु गजेषु Bh.2.38. -6 To happen, occur, take place, fall to one's lot; सकृदंशो निपतति Ms.9.47. -7 To be placed, occupy a place; अभ्यर्हितं पूर्वं निपतति. -8 To flow in, discharge into. -9 To fall into ruin. -1 To fall into (any state). -11 To be miscarried (as the foetus). -Caus. 1 To cause to fall down, throw or hurl down. -2 To kill, destroy; तातं निपात्य सह बन्धुजनाक्षितोयैः Mu.5.7; Pt.3.63. -3 To inlay, emboss. -4 To direct (the eyes) upon. -5 To spit out. -6 To raise or levy (as a tribute). -7 (In gram.) To put down as a special or irregular form, to mention as an irregular formation; एते पञ्चविंशतिरजन्ता निपात्यन्ते Sk.
nirṇij निर्णिज् 3 U. 1 To wash, clean, purify : अम्बुनिर्णिक्तम् Y.1.191; Ms.5.127. -2 To dress oneself.
nirvah निर्वह् 1 P. 1 To carry out, extricate oneself. -2 To be finished. -3 To live upon, live by the aid of. -Caus. -1 To take to the end of, complete, finish, manage; यथा प्रियसखी बन्धुजनशोचनीया न भवति तथा निर्वाहय Ś.3. -3 To carry out, accomplish, effect. -4 To pass, spend (as time).
nilī निली 4 Ā. 1 To stick or adhere to, lie or rest upon, settle down or alight upon; निलिल्ये मूर्ध्नि गृध्रो$स्य Bk.14.76;2.5. -2 To lurk or hide, hide oneself in; गुहास्वन्ये न्यलेषत Bk.15.32; निशि रहसि निलीय Gīt.2. -3 To hide or conceal oneself from (with abl.); मातुर्निलीयते कृष्णः Sk. -4 To die, perish. -5 To become settled or fixed; पूर्वमेव हि जन्तूनां योधिवासो निलीयते Rāj. T.3.426.
nilayaḥ निलयः 1 A hiding place, the lair or den of animals, a nest (of birds); निलयाय शाखिन इवाह्वयते Śi.9.4. -2 A cellar; अम्बराख्याननिलयौ कण्ठदध्नं समन्ततः Parṇāl. (Two cellars known as Ambarakhānā.) -3 An abode, residence, house, dwelling; oft. at the end of comp. in the sense of 'living or residing in'; नित्यं निर्मूलयेयुर्निचिततरममी भक्तिनिघ्नात्मनां नः पद्माक्षस्याङ्घ्रिपद्मद्वयतलनिलयाः पांसवः पापपङ्कम् ॥ --विष्णुपादाति स्तोत्रम् 1. -4 Hiding oneself; तस्मान्निलय- मुत्सृज्य यूयं सर्वे त्रिविष्टपम् । यात कालं प्रतीक्षन्तो यतः शत्रोर्विपर्ययः ॥ Bhāg.8.15.31. -5 Total destruction. -6 Setting, disappearance; दिनान्ते निलयाय गन्तुम् R.2.15. (where the word is used in sense I also).
nivid निविद् 2 P. (generally in the Caus.) 1 To tell, communicate, inform (with dat.); उपस्थितां होमवेलां गुरवे निवेदयामि Ś.4; काश्यपाय वनस्पतिसेवां निवेदयावः ibid; R.2.68. -2 To declare or announce oneself; कथमात्मानं निवेद- यामि Ś.1. -3 To indicate, betray, show; शङ्कापरिग्रहनि- वेदयिता Mu.1; दिगम्बरत्वेन निवेदितं वसु Ku.5.72; R.17.4. -4 To offer, present, give, make an offer of; स्वराज्यं चन्द्रापीडाय न्यवेदयत् K.367; राज्यमस्मै न्यवेदयत् R.15.7; 11.47; Ms.2.51; Y.1.27. -5 To entrust to the care of, make or deliver over to.
niś निश् 1 P. (नेशति) To lose oneself in abstract meditation, meditate upon.
niṣev निषेव् 1 Ā. 1 To pursue, follow, attach oneself to, practise; वैखानसं किमनया व्रतमा प्रदानाद् व्यापाररोधि मदनस्य निषेवितव्यम् Ś.1.27. -2 To enjoy; निषेवते श्रान्तमना विविक्तम् Ś.5.5; Ku.1.5. -3 To enjoy carnally; यथा यथा तामरसेक्षणा मया पुनः सरागं नितरां निषेविता Bv.2.155; कौलिको विष्णुरूपेण राजकन्यां निषेवते Pt.1.22. -4 To resort to, inhabit, frequent; विपत्प्रतीकारपरेण मङ्गलं निषेव्यते भूतिस- मुत्सुकेन वा Ku.5.76. -5 To use, employ; विषतां निषे- वितमपक्रियया समुपैति सर्वमिति सत्यमदः Śi.9.68. -6 To wait upon, attend. -7 To adore, worship. -8 To draw near, approach. -9 To suffer, experience; स दुःखे लभते दुःखं द्वावनर्थौ निषेवते Pt.1.334. -Caus. To fall into (hell &c.); ते रौरवादीनि निषेवयन्ति Pt.3.156.
नी 1 U. (नयति-ते, निनाय-निन्ये, अनैषीत्-अनेष्ट, नेष्यति-ते, नेतुम्, नीत) One of the roots that govern two accusatives, see examples below) 1 To carry, lead, bring, convey, take, conduct; अजां ग्रामं नयति Sk; नय मां नवेन वसतिं पयोमुचा V.4.43. -2 To guide, direct, govern; मूढः परप्रत्ययनेयबुद्धिः M.1.2. -3 To lead away to, carry or bring away; सीता लङ्कां नीता सुरारिणा Bk.6.49; R.12.13; Ms.6.88. -4 To carry off; Śānti.3.5. -5 To carry off for oneself (Ātm.). -6 To spend, or pass (as time); येनामन्दमरन्दे दलदरविन्दे दिनान्यनायिषत Bv.1.1; नीत्वा मासान् कतिचित् Me.2; संविष्टः कुशशयने निशां निनाय R.1.95. -7 To bring or reduce any person to any state or condition; तमपि तरलतामनयदनङ्गः K.143; नीतस्त्वया पञ्चताम् Ratn.3. 3; R.8.19. (In this sense the root is used with substantives much in the same way as कृ q. v.; e. g. दुःखं नी to reduce to misery; वशं नी to reduce to subjection, win over; अस्तं नी to cause to set; विनाशं नी to destroy; परितोषं नी to gratify, please; शूद्रतां-दासत्वं &c. नी to reduce to the state of a Śūdra, slave &c.; साक्ष्यं नी to admit as a witness; दण्डं नी to inflict punishment upon, to punish; पुनरुक्ततां नी to render superfluous; विक्रयं नी to sell; भस्मतां-भस्मसात् नी to reduce to ashes &c. -8 To ascertain, investigate, inquire into, settle, decide; छलं निरस्य भूतेन व्यवहारान्नयेन्नृपः Y.2.19; एवं शास्त्रेषु भिन्नेषु बहुधा नीयते क्रिया Mb. -9 To trace, track, find out; एतैर्लिङ्गैर्नयेत् सीमाम् Ms.8.252,256; यथा नयत्यसृक्पातैर्मृगस्य मृगयुः पदम् 8.44; Y.2.151. -1 To marry. -11 To exclude from. -12 (Ātm.) To instruct, give instruction in; शास्त्रे नयते Sk. -Caus. (नाययति-ते) To cause to lead, carry &c. (with instr. of agent); तेन मां सरस्तीरम- नाययत् K.38. -Desid. (निनीषति-ते) To wish to carry &c.
nītiḥ नीतिः f. 1 Guidance, direction, management. -2 Conduct, manner of conducting oneself, behaviour, course of action. -3 propriety, decorum. -4 Policy, prudence, wisdom, right course; आर्जवं हि कुटिलेषु न नीतिः N.5.13; R.13.69; Ku.1.22. -5 A plan, contrivance, scheme; भूयः स्नेहविचेष्टितैर्मृगदृशो नीतस्य कोटिं पराम् Māl.6.3. -6 Politics, political scicence, statesmanship, political wisdom; आत्मोदयः परग्लानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3; दण्डो दमयतामस्मि नीतिरस्मि जिगीषताम् Bg.1.38. -7 Righteousness, moral conduct, morality. -8 The science of morality, morals, ethics, moral philosophy; निन्दन्तु नीति- निपुणा यदि वा स्तुवन्तु Bh.2.83. -9 Acquirement, acquisition. -1 Giving, offering, presenting. -11 Relation, support. -Comp. -कुशल, -ज्ञ, -निपुण, -निष्ण, -विद् a. 1 one versed in policits, a statesman, politician. -2 prudent, wise; किं चित्रं यदि राजनीतिकुशलो राजा भवेद्धार्मिकः Udb. -घोषः N. of the car of Bṛihaspati. -दोषः error of conduct, mistake in policy. -बीजम् a germ or source of intrigue; ˚निवार्पणं कृतम् Pt.1. -विद्या 1 political science, political economy. -2 moral science, ethics. -विषयः the sphere of morality or prudent conduct. -व्यतिक्रमः 1 transgression of the rules of moral or political science. -2 error of conduct, mistake in policy. -शतकम् the 1 verses on morality by Bhartṛihari. -शास्त्रम् the science of ethics or of politics; morality. -सन्धिः method of policy; सुकृत्यं विष्णुगुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च । बृहस्पतेर- विश्वासो नीतिसन्धिस्त्रिधा स्थितः ॥ Pt.2.41.
nyañj न्यञ्ज् 7 P. 1 To anoint, besmear. -2 To conceal oneself.
paṅgula पङ्गुल a. Lame, crippled; चक्षुषा विप्रहीणस्य पङ्गुलस्य जडस्य वा । हरेत यो वै सर्वस्वं तं विद्याद् ब्रह्मघातिनम् ॥ -लः 1 A horse of silvery white colour. -2 The planet Śani. पच् I. 1 U. (पचति-ते, पपाच-पेचे, आपक्षीत्-अपक्त, पक्ष्यति-ते, पक्तुम्, पक्व) 1 To cook, roast, dress (as food &c.) (said to govern two accusatives; as तण्डुलानोदनं पचति, but this use is very rare in classical Sanskrit); यः पचत्यात्मकारणात् Ms. 3.118; शूले मत्स्यानिवापक्ष्यन् दुर्बलान् बलवत्तराः 7.2; Bh.1.85. -2 To bake, burn (as bricks); see पक्व -3 To digest (as food); पचाम्यन्नं चतुर्विधम् Bg.15.14. -4 To ripen, mature, -5 To bring to perfection, develop (as understanding). -6 To melt (as metals). -7 cook (for oneself) (Ā.tm). -Pass. (पच्यते) 1 To be cooked. -2 To become ripe, matured or developed, ripen; (fig.) to bear fruit, attain perfection or fulfilment; सद्य एव सुकृतां हि पच्यते कल्पवृक्षफलधर्मि काङ्क्षितम् R.11.5. -3 To be inflamed. -Caus. 1 (पाचयति-ते) To cause to be cooked, to have cooked or dressed (food &c.). -2 To cause to ripen or develop, bring to maturity, perfection, or completion. -3 To cure, heal. -Desid. (पिपक्षति) To wish to cook &c. -With परि to ripen, mature, develop. -वि˚ 1 To mature, develop, ripen, bear fruit; गर्भशालिसधर्माणस्तस्य गूढं विपेचिरे R.17.53. -2 To digest. -3 To cook thoroughly. -II. 1 Ā. (पचते) To make clear or evident; see (पञ्चते) also. -Caus. 1 To explain fully, dilate upon, amplify. -2 To spread.
paṭh पठ् 1 P. (पठति, पठित) 1 To read or repeat aloud, recite, rehearse; यः पठेच्छृणुयादपि. -2 To read or recite to oneself; study, peruse; इत्येतन्मानवं शास्त्रं भृगुप्रोक्तं पठन् द्विजः Ms.15.126;4.98; नाक्षराणि पठता किमपाठि N.5.121. -3 To invoke (as a deity). -4 To cite, quote, mention (as in a book); एतदिच्छाम्यहं श्रोतुं पुराणे यदि पठ्यते Mb. -5 To declare, describe, express; भार्या च परमो ह्यर्थः पुरुषस्येह पठ्यते; Mb. -6 To teach. -7 To learn from (with abl.). -Caus. (पाठयति-ते) 1 To cause to read aloud. -2 To teach, instruct; राजन् राजसुता न पाठयति माम् K. P.1. -Desid. (पिपठिषति) To wish to recite &c. -With परि to mention, declare. (-Caus.) to teach; तौ सर्वविद्याः परिपाठितौ U.2. सम्- to read, learn; वेदाङ्गानि च सर्वाणि कृष्णपक्षेषु संपठेत् Ms.4.98.
paṇḍita पण्डित a. [पण्डा तारका˚ इतच् ] 1 Learned, wise; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः. -2 Shrewd, clever. -3 Skilled in, proficient, skilful (generally with loc. or in comp.); मधु- रालापनिसर्गपण्डिताम् Ku.4.16; so रतिपण्डित 4.18; नयपण्डित &c. -तः 1 A scholar, learned man, Paṇdita. -2 Incense. -3 An adept, expert. -Comp. -जातीय a. somewhat clever. -मण्डलम्, -सभा an assembly of learned men. -मानिक, -मानिन्, also -पण्डितंमन्य a. fancying oneself to be learned, a conceited person, a pedant who fancies himself to be a Paṇdita; रण्डे पण्डितमानिनि तूष्णीं भव Pt.4.1; अविद्यायामन्तरे वर्तमाना वयं धीराः पण्डितंमन्यमानाः. -वादिन् a. pretending to be wise; रे रे पण्डितवादिनि नाशङ्कसे प्रजल्पन्ती Pt.1.392.
pat पत् I. 1 P. (पतति, पतित) 1 To fall, fall down, come down, descend, drop down, alight; अवाङ्मुखस्योपरि पुष्पवृष्टिः पपात विद्याधरहस्तमुक्ता R.2.6; वृष्टिर्भवने चास्य पेतुषी 1.77; (रेणुः) पतति परिणतारुणप्रकाशः शलभसमूह इवाश्रमद्रुमेषु Ś.1.31; Me.17; Bk.7.9;21.6. -2 To fly, move through the air, soar; हन्तुं कलहकारो$सौ शब्दकारः पपात खम् Bk.5.1; see पतत् below. -3 To set, sink (below the horizon); सो$यं सोमः पतति गगनादल्पशेषमैर्यूखैः Ś.4.2 v. l.; पतत्पतङ्गप्रतिमस्तपो- निधिः Śi.1.12. -4 To cast oneself at, throw oneself down, मयि ते पादपतिते किंकरत्वमुपागते Pt.4.7; so चरणपतितम् Me.15; -5 To fall (in a moral sense), lose one's caste, forfeit one's rank or position, fall off; परधर्मेण जीवन् हि सद्यः पतति जातितः Ms.1.97;3.16;5.19;9.2; Y.1. 38. -6 To come down (as from heaven); पतन्ति पितरो ह्येषां लुप्तपिण्डोदकक्रियाः Bg.1.42. -7 To fall, be reduced to wretchedness or misery; प्रायः कन्दुकपातेनोत्पतत्यार्यः पतन्नपि Bh.2.123. -8 To go down into hell, go to perdition; Ms.11.37; प्रसक्ताः कामभोगेषु पतन्ति नरके$शुचौ Bg.16.16. -9 To fall, occur, come to pass, take place; लक्ष्मीर्यत्र पतन्ति तत्र विवृतद्वारा इव व्यापदः Subhāṣ. -1 To be directed to, light or fall upon (with loc.); प्रसादसौम्यानि सतां सुहृज्जने पतन्ति चक्षूंषि न दारुणाः शराः Ś.6.29. -11 To fall to one's lot or share. -12 To be in, fall in or into. -Caus. (पातयति-ते, पतयति rarely) 1 To cause to fall down, descend or sink &c.; निपतन्ती पतिमप्यपातयत् R.8.38;9.61;11.76. -2 To let fall, throw or drop down, fell down (as trees &c.). -3 To ruin, overthrow; व्यपदेशमाविलयितुं किमीहसे जनमिमं च पातयितुम् Ś.5. 21. -4 To shed (as tears). -5 To cast, direct (as the sight). -6 To dash or strike out. -7 To throw or put in, cause to enter. -8 To bring to ruin or misfortune. -9 To depreciate, lower the value of anything; अर्घतः पातिताः Bh.2.15. -1 (In arith.) To subtract, deduct. -11 To set in motion, set on foot. -Desid. (पिपतिषति or पित्सति) To wish to fall. -II. 4.Ā. (पत्यते) Ved. 1 To be master of. -2 To rule, control. -3 To possess. -4 To be fit for, serve for (with dat.) -III. 1. U. (पतयति-ते) 1 To go, move. -2 To be master of (intransitive).
patanam पतनम् [पत्-भावे ल्युट्] 1 The act of flying or coming down, alighting, descending, throwing oneself down at. -2 Setting (as of the sun). -3 Going down to hell; निरये चैव पतनम् Ms.6.61. -4 Apostacy. -5 Falling from dignity, virtue &c. अनिग्रहाच्चेन्द्रियाणां नरः पतन- मृच्छति Y.3.219. -6 Fall, decline, ruin, adversity (opp. उदय or उच्छ्राय); ग्रहाधीना नरेन्द्राणामुच्छ्रायाः पतनानि च Y.1.38. -7 Death. -8 Hanging down, becoming flaccid (as breasts). -9 Miscarriage. -1 (In arith.) Subtraction. -11 The latitude of a planet. -Comp. -धर्मिन् a. subject to the law of decay, perishable. -शील a. accustomed to fall down.
patita पतित p. p. 1 Fallen, descended, alighted. -2 Dropped. -3 Fallen (in a moral sense), abandoned, wicked; नष्टे मृते प्रव्रजिते क्लीबे च पतिते पतौ । -4 Apostate. -5 Degraded, outcast. -6 Fallen in battle, defeated or overthrown. -7 Being in, fallen into; as in अवंशपतित. -8 Placed, kept; निक्षेपे पतिते हर्म्ये श्रेष्ठी स्तौति स्वदेवताम् Pt. I.14. -9 (with पादयोः or पाद-) Having thrown oneself at (a person's feet). -तम् Flying. -Comp. -उत्पन्न a. sprung from an outcast. -गर्भा a woman who miscarries. -मूर्धज a. one whose hair has fallen out. -वृत्त a. one leading a life of an out-cast. -सावित्रीकः a man of the first three classes whose thread-ceremony has been improperly performed, or not performed at all. -स्थित a. lying on the ground.
paravat परवत् a. 1 Dependent upon or subject to another, ready to obey; सा बाला परवतीति मे विदितम् Ś.3.2; भगवन्- परवानयं जनः R.8.81;2.56; oft. with instr. or loc. of person; भ्रात्रा यदित्थं परवानसि त्वम् R.14.59. -2 Deprived of strength, rendered powerless; परवानिव शरीरोपतापेन Māl.3. -3 Completely under the influence of (another), not master of oneself, overpowered or overcome; विस्मयेन परवानस्नि U.5; आनन्देन परवानस्मि U.3; साध्वसेन Māl.6. -4 Devoted to.
parikaraḥ परिकरः 1 Retinue, train, attendants, followers. -2 A multitude, collection, crowd; संध्याकृष्टावशिष्टस्वकर- परिकरस्पृष्टहेमारपङ्क्तिः Ratn.3.5. -3 A beginning, commencement; गतानामारम्भः किसलयितलीलापरिकरः Bh.1.6. -4 A girth, waist-band, cloth worn round the loins; अहिपरिकरभाजः Śi.4.65; परिकरं बन्ध् or कृ 'to gird up one's loins, to make oneself ready, prepare oneself for any action'; बध्नन् सवेगं परिकरम् K.17; कृतपरिकरः कर्मसु जनः Śivamahimna 2; कृतपरिकरस्य भवादृशस्य त्रैलोक्यमपि न क्षमं परिपन्थीभवितुम् Ve.3; G. L.47; बद्धो मानपरिग्रहे परिकरः सिद्धिस्तु दैवे स्थिता Amaru.97; U.5.12. -5 A sofa. -6 (in Rhet.) N. of a figure of speech which consists in the use of significant epithets; विशेषणैर्यत् साकूतैरुक्तिः परिकरस्तु सः K. P.1; e. g. सुधांशुकलितोत्तंसस्तापं हरतु वः शिवः Chandr.5.59. -7 (In dramaturgy) Covet or indirect intimation of coming events in the plot or a drama, the germ or the बीज q. v; see S. D.34. -8 Judgment. -9 A helper, colleague, co-worker.
parici परिचि I. 5 U. 1 To heap up, accumulate. -2 To know; एता भुवः परिचिनोषि Mv.7.11. -3 To get, acquire. -4 To increase. -5 To cover or fill with. -II. 3 P. 1 To practise, familiarize oneself with -2 To become acquainted with. -3 Ved. To examine, investigate. -Caus. To search, seek for. -Pass. To grow, be developed; (यत्प्रेम परस्पराश्रयम्) विभक्तमप्येकसुतेन तत्तयोः परस्परस्योपरि पर्यचीयत R.3.24.
pariṇam परिणम् 1 U. 1 To stoop, bend down (as an elephant to strike with his tusks); विष्के नागः पर्यणंसीत् स्व एव Śi.18.27. -2 To bend or bow down, be inclined; लज्जापरिणतैः (वदनकमलैः) Bh.1.4. -3 To be changed or transformed into, assume the form of (with instr.); लताभावेन परिणतमस्या रूपम् V.4;4.28; क्षीरं जलं वा स्वयमेव दधिहिमभावेन परिणमते Ś. B.; स्रोतोमूर्त्या भुवि परिणतां रन्तिदेवस्य कीर्तिम् Me.47. -4 To result; happen; सर्वं विपरीतं परिणमति Mk.1. -5 To be developed or matured, be ripe; छन्नोपान्तः परिणतफलद्योतिभिः काननाम्रैः Me.18; शाखाभृतां परि- णमन्ति न पल्लवानि Ki.5.37; M.3.8; परिणतदलशाखाः (वृक्षाः) Ṛs.1.26; Mv.1.12; see परिणत below. -6 To be advanced (in age), grow old, be aged, decay; परिणत- शरच्चन्द्रिकासु क्षपासु Me.112; so जरापरिणत &c. -7 To set, decline in the west (as the sun); अनेन समयेन परिणतो दिवसः K.47. -8 To be digested; ग्रस्तं परिणमेच्च यत् Mb. -9 To be cooked or roasted; निष्टापस्विद्यदस्थ्नः क्वथनपरिणम- न्मेदसः प्रेतकायान् Māl.5.17. -1 To elapse (as time). -Caus. 1 To make ripe, mature, develop, perfect. -2 To pass (as the night); परिणाम्य निशां तत्र Rām. 3.8.1; तत्र काकसहस्राणि तां निशां पर्यणामयन् Mb.1.1.36. -3 To stoop, bend oneself down.
paridā परिदा Ved. 1 Giving oneself up to the favour of another. -2 Surrender. -3 Devotion.
paryavasthā पर्यवस्था 1 P. 1 To set out. -2 To be or exist everywhere. -3 To rely upon. -Caus. To compose or collect oneself; न पर्यवस्थापयत्यात्मानम् V.1. पर्यवस्था paryavasthā पर्यवस्थानम् paryavasthānam पर्यवस्था पर्यवस्थानम् 1 Opposition, resistance, obstruction. -2 Contradiction.
puraskāraḥ पुरस्कारः 1 Placing before or in front. -2 Preference. -3 Treating with honour, showing respect, deference. -4 Worshipping. -5 Accompanying, attending. -6 Preparing. -7 Arranging, making complete or perfect. -8 Attacking. -9 Accusation. -1 Consecrating. -11 Anticipating, expecting. -12 (At the end of comp.) Preceded or accompanied by. -13 Sprinkling with holy water. -14 Acceptance. -15 Manifesting oneself; कर्महेतुपुरस्कारं भूतेषु परिवर्तते Mb.12.19.19.
purodhā पुरोधा 3 U. To place or put in the front or at the head, make as a leader; तुरासाहं पुरोधाय धाम स्वायंभुवं ययुः Ku.2.1; R.12.43. -2 To make a family-priest of any one. -3 To appoint, place in office. -4 To entrust or charge with. -5 To place or set before or in front to. -6 To honour, esteem, respect. -7 To devote or apply oneself to. -8 To think, ponder over.
puruṣaḥ पुरुषः [पुरि देहे शेते शी-ड पृषो˚ Tv.; पुर्-अग्रगमने कुषन् Uṇ. 4.74] 1 A male being, man; अर्थतः पुरुषो नारी या नारी सार्थतः पुमान् Mk.3.27; Ms.1.32;7.17;9.2; R.2.41. -2 Men, mankind. -3 A member or representative of a generation. -4 An officer, functionary, agent, attendant, servant. -5 The height or measure of a man (considered as a measure of length); द्वौ पुरुषौ प्रमाणमस्य सा द्विपुरुषा-षी परिखा Sk. -6 The soul; द्वाविमौ पुरुषौ लोके क्षरश्चाक्षर एव च Bg.15.16 &c. -7 The Supreme Being, God (soul of the universe); पुरातनं त्वां पुरुषं पुराविदः (विदुः) Śi.1.33; R.13.6. -8 A person (in grammar); प्रथम- पुरुषः the third person, मध्यमपुरुषः the second person, and उत्तमपुरुषः the first person, (this is the strict order in Sk.). -9 The pupil of the eye. -1 (In Sāṅ. phil.) The soul (opp. प्रकृति); according to the Sāṅkhyas it is neither a production nor productive; it is passive and a looker-on of the Prakṛiti; cf. त्वामामनन्ति प्रकृतिं पुरुषार्थप्रवर्तिनीम् Ku.2.13 and the word सांख्य also. -11 The soul, the original source of the universe (described in the पुरुषसूक्त); सहस्रशीर्षः पुरुषः सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -12 The Punnāga tree. -13 N. of the first, third, fifth, seventh, ninth, and eleventh signs of the zodiac. -14 The seven divine or active principles of which the universe was formed; तेषामिदं तु सप्तानां पुरुषाणां महौजसाम् Ms.1.19. -षी A woman. -षम् An epithet of the mountain Meru. -Comp. -अङ्गम् the male organ of generation. -अदः, -अद् m. 'a man-eater', cannibal, goblin; अवमेने हि दुर्बुद्धिर्मनुष्यान् पुरुषादकः Mb.3.275.27. -अधमः the vilest of men, a very low or despicable man. -अधिकारः 1 a manly office or duty. -2 calculation or estimation of men; संसत्सु जाते पुरुषाधिकारे न पूरणी तं समुपैति संख्या Ki.3.51. -अन्तरम् another man. -अयणः, -अर्थः 1 any one of the four principal objects of human life; i. e. धर्म अर्थ, काम and मोक्ष. -2 human effort or exertion (पुरुषकार); धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाश्च पुरुषार्था उदाहृताः Agni P.; H. Pr.35. -3 something which when done results in the satisfaction of the performer; यस्मिन् कृते पदार्थे पुरुषस्य प्रीतिर्भवति स पुरुषार्थः पदार्थः ŚB. on MS.4.1.2. -अस्थिमालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -आद्यः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 a demon. -आयुषम्, -आयुस् n. the duration of a man's life; अकृपणमतिः कामं जीव्याज्जनः पुरुषायुषम् Ve.6.44; पुरुषायुषजीविन्यो निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1. 63. -आशिन् m. 'a man-eater', a demon, goblin. -इन्द्रः a king. -उत्तमः 1 an excellent man. -2 the highest or Supreme Being, an epithet of Viṣṇu or Kṛiṣṇa; यस्मात् क्षरमतीतो$हमक्षरादपि चोत्तमः । अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः ॥ Bg.15.18. -3 a best attendant. -4 a Jaina. -5 N. of a district in Orissa sacred to Viṣṇu. -कारः 1 human effort or exertion, manly act, manliness, prowess (opp. दैव); एवं पुरुषकारेण विना दैवं न सिध्यति H. Pr.32; दैवे पुरुषकारे च कर्मसिद्धिर्व्यवस्थिता Y.1.349; cf. 'god helps those who help themselves'; अभिमतसिद्धिर- शेषा भवति हि पुरुषस्य पुरुषकारेण Pt.5.3; Ki.5.52. -2 manhood, virility. -3 haughtiness, pride. -कुणपः, -पम् a human corpse. -केसरिन् m. man-lion, an epithet of Viṣṇu. in his fourth incarnation; पुरुषकेसरिणश्च पुरा नखैः Ś.7.3. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of mankind; Ms.7.211. -तन्त्र a. subjective. -दध्न, -द्वयस् a. of the height of a man. -द्विष् m. an enemy of Viṣṇu. -द्वेषिणी an illtempered woman (who hates her husband). -नाथः 1 a general, commander. -2 a king. -नियमः (in gram.) a restriction to a person. -पशुः a beast of a man, brutish person; cf. नरपशु. -पुङ्गवः, -पुण्डरीकः a superior or eminent man. -पुरम् N. of the capital of Gāndhāra, q. v. -बहुमानः the esteem of mankind; निवृत्ता भोगेच्छा पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9. -मानिन् a. fancying oneself a hero; कथं पुरुषमानी स्यात् पुरुषाणां मयि स्थिते Rām.2.24.35. -मेधः a human sacrifice. -वरः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -वर्जित a. desolate. -वाहः 1 an epithet of Garuḍa. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -व्याघ्रः -शार्दूलः, -सिंहः 'a tiger or lion among men', a distinguished or eminent man. उद्योगिनं पुरुषसिंहमुपैति लक्ष्मीः H. -2 a hero, brave man. -समवायः a number of men. -शीर्षकः A kind of weapon used by burglars (a sham head to be inserted into the hole made in a wall); Dk.2.2. -सारः an eminent man; Bhāg.1.16.7. -सूक्तम् N. of the 9th hymn of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda (regarded as a very sacred hymn).
prakṛtiḥ प्रकृतिः f. 1 The natural condition or state of anything, nature, natural form (opp. विकृति which is a change or effect); तं तं नियममास्थाय प्रकृत्या नियताः स्वया Bg. 7.2. प्रकृत्या यद्वक्रम् Ś1.9; उष्णत्वमग्न्यातपसंप्रयोगात् शैत्यं हि यत् सा प्रकृतिर्जलस्य R.5.54; मरणं प्रकृतिः शरीरिणां विकृति- र्जीवितमुच्यते बुधैः R.8.87; U.7.19; अपेहि रे अत्रभवान् प्रकृतिमापन्नः Ś.2. 'has resumed his wonted nature'; प्रकृतिम् आपद् or प्रतिपद् or प्रकृतौ स्था 'to come to one's senses', 'regain one's consciousness.' -2 Natural disposition, temper, temperament, nature, constitution; प्रकृतिः खलु सा महीयसः सहते नान्यसमुन्नतिं यया Ki.2.21; कथं गत एव आत्मनः प्रकृतिम् Ś.7. 'natural character'; अपश्यत् पाण्डवश्रेष्ठो हर्षेण प्रकृतिं गतः Mb.39.66 (com. प्रकृतिं स्वास्थ्यम्); so प्रकृतिकृपण, प्रकृतिसिद्ध; see below. -3 Make, form, figure; महानुभावप्रकृतिः Māl.1. -4 Extraction, descent; गोपालप्रकृतिरार्यको$स्मि Mk.7. -5 Origin, source, original or material cause, the material of which anything is made; नार्थानां प्रकृतिं वेत्सि Mb.4.49.1; प्रकृतिश्चोपादानकारणं च ब्रह्माभ्युपगन्तव्यम् Ś. B. (see the full discussion on Br. Sūt.1.4.23); यामाहुः सर्वभूतप्रकृतिरिति Ś.1.1; Bhāg.4.28.24. -6 (In Sāṅ. phil.) Nature (as distinguished from पुरुष,) the original source of the material world, consisting of the three essential qualities सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. It is also mentioned as one of the four contentments; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Sāṅ. K.5. -7 (In gram.) The radical or crude form of a word to which case-terminations and other affixes are applied; प्रकृतिप्रत्यययोरिवानुबन्धः Ki.13.19. -8 A model, pattern, standard, (especially in ritualistic works); Bhāg.5.7.5. -9 A woman. -1 The personified will of the Supreme Spirit in the creation (identified with माया or illusion); मयाध्यक्षेण प्रकृतिः सूयते सचराचरम् Bg.9.1. -11 The male or female organ of generation. -12 A mother. -13 (In arith.) A coefficient, or multiplier. -14 (In anatomy) Temperament of the humours; प्रकृतिं यान्ति भूतानि निग्रहः किं करिष्यति Bg.3.33. -15 An animal. -16 An artisan. -17 The Supreme Being; न ह्यस्ति सर्वभूतेषु दुःख- मस्मिन् कुतः सुखम् । एवं प्रकृतिभूतानां सर्वसंसर्गयायिनाम् ॥ Mb.12. 152.16. -18 Eight forms of the Supreme Being; भूमि- रापो$नलो वायुः खं मनो बुद्धिरेव च । अहंकार इतीयं मे भिन्ना प्रकृति- रष्टधा ॥ Bg.7.4. -19 The way of life (जीवन); सतां वै ददतो$न्नं च लोके$स्मिन् प्रकृतिर्ध्रुवा Mb.12.18.27. (pl.) 1 A king's ministers, the body of ministers or counsellors, ministry; अथानाथाः प्रकृतयो मातृबन्धुनिवासिनम् R.12.12; Pt.1.48; अशुद्धप्रकृतौ राज्ञि जनता नानुरज्यते 31. -2 The subjects (of a king); प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś.7.35; नृपतिः प्रकृतीरवेक्षितुम् R.8.18,1. -3 The constituent elements of the state (सप्ताङ्गानि), i. e. 1 the king; -2 the minister; -3 the allies; -4 treasure; -5 army; -6 territory; -7 fortresses &c.; and the corporations of citizens (which is sometimes added to the 7); स्वाम्यमात्य- सुहृत्कोशराष्ट्रदुर्गबलानि च Ak. -4 The various sovereigns to be considered in case of war; (for full explanation see Kull. on Ms.7.155 and 157). -5 The eight primary elements out of which everything else is evolved according to the Sāṅkhyas; see Sāṅ. K.3. -6 The five primary elements of creations (पञ्चमहाभूतानि) i. e. पृथ्वी, अप्, तेजस्, वायु and आकाश; प्रकृतिं ते भजिष्यन्ति नष्टप्रकृतयो मयि Mb.5.73.17. -Comp. -अमित्रः an ordinary foe; प्रकृत्यमित्रानुत्थाप्य Dk.2.4. -ईशः a king or magistrate. -कल्याण a. beautiful by nature. -कृपण a. naturally slow or unable to discern; Me.5. -गुणः one of the three constituent qualities of nature; see गुण. -ज a. innate, inborn, natural. -तरल a. fickle by nature, naturally inconsistent; प्रकृतितरले का नः पीडा गते हतजीविते Amaru.3. -पाठः a list of verbal roots (धातुपाठ). -पुरुषः a minister, a functionary (of the state); जानामि त्वां प्रकृतिपुरुषं कामरूपं मघोनः Me.6. -2 a standard or model of a man. -षौ nature and spirit. -भाव a. natural, usual. (-वः) natural or original state. -भोजनम् usual food. -मण्डलम् the whole territory of kingdom; अधिगतं विधिवद्यदपालयत् प्रकृतिमण्डलमात्म- कुलोचितम् R.9.2. -लयः absorption into the Prakṛiti, dissolution of the universe. -विकृतिः mutation of the original form. -श्रैष्ठ्यम् superiority of origin; Ms. 1.3. -सिद्ध a. inborn, innate, natural; सुजनबन्धुजने- ष्वसहिष्णुता प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि दुरात्मनाम् Bh.2.52. -सुभग a. naturally lovely or agreeable. -स्थ a. 1 being in the natural state or condition, natural, genuine; दृष्ट्वा चाप्रकृतिस्थां ताम् Rām.7.58.17. -2 inherent, innate, incidental to nature; रघुरप्यजयद् गुणत्रयं प्रकृतिस्थं समलोष्ट- काञ्चनः R.8.21. -3 healthy, in good health. -4 recovered. -5 come to oneself. -6 stripped of everything, bare.
prakram प्रक्रम् 1 U. 1 To go forward, proceed, walk on; प्राक्रंस्त क्षयमेघवत् Bk.15.23. -2 To go, set out, march forth. -3 To issue forth, depart. -4 To go across, pass. -5 To begin, commence (Ātm.) (with inf.); प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47;2.15; Ku.3.2; 5.18. -6 To undertake, apply oneself to. -7 To behave towards (with. loc).
praguṇībhū प्रगुणीभू To make oneself fit or ready for.
pracchad प्रच्छद् 1 U. 1 To cover, wrap up, veil, envelop (वनं) प्राच्छादयदमेयात्मा नीहारेणेव चन्द्रमाः Mb. -2 To hide, conceal, disguise, keep secret; प्रच्छादय स्वान् गुणान् Bh. 2.77; प्रदानं प्रच्छन्नम् 2.64; Ms.4.198;1.4; Ch. P.4. -3 To clothe oneself, put on clothes. -4 To stand in the way, become an obstacle.
praṇam प्रणम् 1 P. 1 To bow down, salute, make a low obeisance to, be humble (with acc. or dative); न प्रणमन्ति देवताभ्यः K.18; तां भक्तिप्रवणेन चेतसा प्रणनाम K. 228; Ku.7.27; तस्मात् प्रणम्य प्रणिधाय कायम् Bg.11.44; R.2.21. (साष्टाङ्गं प्रणम् 'to fall down on the eight limbs'; see अष्टाङ्ग; दण्डवत् प्रणम् 'to bow by throwing oneself down on the ground quite prostrate and flat like a stick placed horizontally, touching the ground at all points; cf. दण्डप्रणाम.) -Caus. (प्रणमयति) To cause to bow down; तामर्चिताभ्यः कुलदेवताभ्यः कुलप्रतिष्ठां प्रणमय्य माता Ku.7.27. -2 To bend, incline.
pratam प्रतम् 4 P. 1 To become exhausted of fatigued, faint. -2 To lose the breath, be beside oneself.
prati प्रति ind. 1 As a prefix to verbs it means (a) towards, in the direction of; (b) back, in return, again; तष्ठेदानीं न मे जीवन् प्रतियास्यसि दुर्मते Rām.7.18.13; (c) in opposition to, against, counter; (d) upon, down upon; (see the several roots with this preposition). -2 As a prefix to nouns not directly derived from verbs it means (a) likeness, resemblance, equality; (b) opposite, of the opposite side; प्रतिबल Ve.3.5. 'the opposing force'; so प्रतिद्विपाः Mu.2.13; (c) rivalry; as in प्रतिचन्द्रः 'a rival moon'; प्रतिपुरुषः &c. -3 As a separable preposition (with acc.) it means (a) towards, in the direction of, to; तौ दम्पती स्वां प्रति राजधानीं प्रस्थापयामास वशी वसिष्ठः R.2.7;1. 75; प्रत्यनिलं विचेरु Ku.3.31; वृक्षं प्रति विद्योतते विद्युत् Sk.; (b) against, counter, in opposition to, opposite; तदा यायाद् रिपुं प्रति Ms.7.171; प्रदुदुवुस्तं प्रति राक्षसेन्द्रम् Rām.; ययावजः प्रत्यरिसैन्यमेव R.7.55; (c) in comparison with, on a par with, in proportion to, a match for; त्वं सहस्राणि प्रति Ṛv.2.1.8; (d) near, in the vicinity of, by, at, in, on; समासेदुस्ततो गङ्गां शृङ्गवेरपुरं प्रति Rām.; गङ्गां प्रति; (e) at the time, about, during; आदित्यस्योदयं प्रति Mb; फाल्गुनं वाथ चैत्रं वा मासौ प्रति Ms.7.182; (f) on the side of, in favour of, to the lot of; यदत्र मां प्रति स्यात् Sk.; हरं प्रति हलाहलं (अभवत्) Vop.; (g) in each, in or at every, severally (used in a distributive sense); वर्षं प्रति, प्रतिवर्षम्; यज्ञं प्रति Y.1.11; वृक्षं वृक्षं प्रति सिञ्चति Sk.; (h) with regard or reference to, in relation to, regarding, concerning, about, as to; न हि मे संशीतिरस्या दिव्यतां प्रति K.132; चन्द्रोपरागं प्रति तु केनापि विप्रलब्धासि Mu.1; धर्मं प्रति Ś.5.18; मन्दौत्सुक्यो$स्मि नगरगमनं प्रति Ś.1; Ku.6.27; 7.83; त्वयैकमीशं प्रति साधु भाषितम् 5.81; Y.1.218; R.6. 12;1.29;12.51; (i) according to, in conformity with; मां प्रति in my opinion; (j) before, in the presence of; (k) for, on account of. -4 As a separable preposition (with abl.) it means either (a) a representative of, in place of, instead of; प्रद्युम्नः कृष्णात् प्रति Sk.; संग्रामे यो नारायणतः प्रति Bk.8.89; or (b) in exchange or return for; तिलेभ्यः प्रति यच्छति माषान् Sk.; भक्तेः प्रत्यमृतं शंभोः Vop. -5 As the first member of Avyayībhāva compound it usually means (a) in or at every; as प्रतिसंवत्सरम् 'every year', प्रतिक्षणम्, प्रत्यहम् &c.; (b) towards, in the direction of; प्रत्यग्नि शलभा डयन्ते. -6 प्रति is sometimes used as the last member of Avyayī. comp. in the sense of 'a little'; सूपप्रति, शाकप्रति. [Note:-In the compounds given below all words the second members of which are words not immediately connected with verbs, are included; other words will be found in their proper places.] -Comp. -अंशम् ind. on the shoulders. -अक्षरम् ind. in every syllable or letter; प्रत्यक्षरश्लेषमयप्रबन्ध Vās. -अग्नि ind. towards the fire. -अग्र = प्रत्यग्र q. v. -अङ्गम् 1 a secondary or minor limb (of the body), as the nose. -2 a division, chapter, section. -3 every limb. -4 a weapon. (-ङ्गम्) ind. 1 on or at every limb of the body; as in प्रत्यङ्ग- मालिङ्गितः Gīt.1. -2 for every subdivision. -3 in each case (in grammar). -अधिदेवता a tutelary deity who stays in front or near one; Hch. -अधिष्ठानम्, -आधानम् the principal place of residence; Bṛi. Up.2.2.1. -2 repository. -अनन्तर a. 1 being in immediate neighbourhood; दानमानादिसत्कारैः कुरुष्व प्रत्यनन्तरम् Rām.4.15.27. (com. प्रत्यनन्तरं स्वाधीनम्). -2 standing nearest (as an heir). -3 immediately following, closely connected with; जीवेत् क्षत्रियधर्मेण स ह्यस्य (ब्राह्मणस्य) प्रत्यनन्तरः; Ms.1. 82;8.185. (-रम्) ind. 1 immediately after. -2 next in succession. -रीभू to betake oneself close to; P. R. -अनिलम् ind. towards or against the wind. -अनीक a 1 hostile, opposed, inimical. -2 resisting, opposing. -3 opposite. -4 equal, vying with. (-कः) an enemy. (-कम्) 1 hostility, enmity, hostile attitude or position; न शक्ताः प्रत्यनीकेषु स्थातुं मम सुरासुराः Rām. -2 a hostile army; यस्य शूरा महेष्वासाः प्रत्यनीकगता रणे Mb.; ये$वस्थिताः प्रत्यनीकेषु योधाः Bg.11.32. (प्र˚ may have here sense 1 also). -3 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech in which one tries to injure a person or thing connected with an enemy who himself cannot be injured; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुं तिरस्क्रिया । या तदीयस्य तत्स्तुत्यै प्रत्यनीकं तदुच्यते K. P.1. -अनुप्रासः a kind of alliteration. -अनुमानम् an opposite conclusion. -अन्त a. contiguous, lying close to, adjacent, bordering. (-न्तः) 1 a border, frontier; स गुप्तमूलप्रत्यन्तः R.4.26. -2 a bordering country; especially, a country occupied by barbarian or Mlechchhas. ˚देशः a bordering country. ˚पर्वतः an adjacent hill; पादाः प्रत्यन्तपर्वताः Ak. -अन्धकार a. spreading shadow; Buddh. -अपकारः retaliation, injury in return; शाम्येत् प्रत्यप- कारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. -अब्दम् ind. every year -अमित्र a. hostile. (-त्रः) an enemy. (-त्रम्) ind. towards as enemy. -अरिः 1 a well-matched opponent. -2 the 9th, 14th or 23rd asterism from the जन्मनक्षत्र. -3 a particular asterism; दारुणेषु च सर्वेषु प्रत्यरिं च विवर्जयेत् Mb.13.14.28 (com. प्रत्यरिं स्वनक्षत्राद् दिननक्षत्रं यावद् गणयित्वा नवभिर्भागे हृते पञ्चमी तारा प्रत्यरिः ।). -अर्कः a mock sun; parhelion. -अर्गलम् the rope by which a churning stick is moved. -अवयवम् ind. 1 in every limb. -2 in every particular, in detail. -अवर a. 1 lower, less honoured; पुरावरान् प्रत्यवरान् गरीयसः Mb.13.94.12. -2 very low or degrading, very insignificant; Ms.1.19. -अश्मन् m. red chalk. -अष्ठीला a kind of nervous disease. -अहम् ind. every day, daily; day by day; गिरिशमुपचचार प्रत्यहं सा सुकेशी Ku.1.6. -आकारः a scabbard, sheath. -आघातः 1 a counter-stroke. -2 reaction. -आचारः suitable conduct or behaviour. -आत्मम् ind. singly, severally. -आत्मक a. belonging to oneself. -आत्म्यम् similarity with oneself. -आत्मेन ind. after one's own image; स किंनरान् कुंपुरुषान् प्रत्यात्म्येना- सृजत् प्रभुः Bhāg.3.2.45. -आदित्यः a mock sun. -आरम्भः 1 recommencement, second beginning. -2 prohibition. -आर्द्र a. fresh. -आशा 1 hope, expectation; न यत्र प्रत्याशामनुपतति नो वा रहयति Māl.9.8. -2 trust, confidence. -आसङ्गः Connection, contact; अथ प्रत्यासङ्गः कमपि महिमानं वितरति Mv.1.12. -आस्वर 1 returning. -2 reflecting; Ch.Up.1.3.2. -आह्वयः echo, resonance; छाया प्रत्याह्वयाभासा ह्यसन्तो$प्यर्थकारिणः Bhāg.11.28.5. -उत्तरम् a reply, rejoinder. -उलूकः 1 a crow; मृत्युदूतः कपोतो$यमुलूकः कम्पयन्मनः । प्रत्युलूकश्च कुह्वानैरनिद्रौ शून्यमिच्छतः ॥ Bhāg.1.14.14. -2 a bird resembling an owl. -ऋचम् ind. in each Rik. -एक a. each, each one, every single one. (-कम्) ind. 1 one at a time, severally; singly, in every one, to every one; oft. with the force of an adjective; विवेश दण्डकारण्यं प्रत्येकं च सतां मनः R.12.9. 'entered the mind of every good man'; 12.3;7.34; Ku.2.31. -एनस् m. 1 an officer of justice (who punishes criminals); Bṛi. Up.4.3.7. -2 a heir responsible for the debts of the deceased; surety. -कञ्चुकः 1 an adversary. -2 a critic. -कण्ठम् ind. 1 severally, one by one. -2 near the throat. -कलम् ind. constantly, perpetually. -कश a. not obeying the whip. -कष्ट a. comparatively bad. -कामिनी a female rival; Śi. -कायः 1 an effigy, image, picture, likeness. -2 an adversary; स वृषध्वजसायकावभिन्नं जयहेतुः प्रतिकाय- मेषणीयम् Ki.13.28. -3 a target, butt, mark. -कितवः an opponent in a game. -कुञ्जरः a hostile elephant. -कूपः a moat, ditch. -कूल a. 1 unfavourable, adverse, contrary, hostile, opposite, प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्व- मेति बहुसाधनता Śi.9.6; Ku.3.24. -2 harsh, discordant. unpleasant, disagreeable; अप्यन्नपुष्टा प्रतिकूलशब्दा Ku.1. 45. -3 inauspicious. -4 contradictory. -5 reverse, inverted. -6 perverse, cross, peevish, stubborn. ˚आचार- णम्, ˚आचरितम् any offensive or hostile action or conduct; प्रतिकूलाचरितं क्षमख मे R.8.81. ˚उक्तम्, -क्तिः f. a contradiction. ˚कारिन्, -कृत, -चारिन्, -वत्ति a. opposing. ˚दर्शन a. having an inauspicious or ungracious appearance. ˚प्रवर्तिन्, -वर्तिन् a. acting adversely, taking an adverse course. ˚भाषिन् a. opposing, contradicting. ˚वचनम् disagreeable or unpleasant speech. ˚वादः contradiction. (प्रतिकूलता, -त्वम् adverseness, opposition, hostility. प्रति- कूलयति 'to oppose'.). -कूल ind. 1 adversely, contrarily. -2 inversely, in inverted order. -कूलय Den. P. to resist, oppose. -कूलिक a. hostile, inimical. -क्षणम् ind. at every moment or instant, constantly; प्रतिक्षणं संभ्रमलोलदृष्टि- र्लीलारविन्देन निवारयन्ती Ku.3.56. -क्षपम् ind. everynight. -गजः a hostile elephant -गात्रम् ind. in very limb. -गिरिः 1 an opposite mountain. -2 an inferior mountain. -गृहम्, -गेहम् ind. in every house. -ग्रामम् ind. in every village. -चक्रम् a hostile army. -चन्द्रः a mock moon; paraselene. -चरणम् ind. 1 in every (Vedic) school or branch. -2 at every foot-step. -छाया, -यिका 1 a reflected image, reflection, shadow; रूपं प्रतिच्छायिक- योपनीतम् N.6.45. -2 an image, picture. -जङ्घा the forepart of the leg. -जिह्वा, -जिह्विका the soft palate, -तन्त्रम् ind. according to each Tantra or opinion. -तन्त्र- सिद्धान्तः a conclusion adopted by one of the disputants only; (वादिप्रतिवाद्येकतरमात्राभ्युपगतः). -त्र्यहम् ind. for three days at a time. -दण्ड a. Ved. disobedient. -दिनम् ind. every day; राशीभूतः प्रतिदिनमिव त्र्यम्बकस्याट्टहासः Me.6. -दिशम् ind. in every direction, all round, everywhere. -दूतः a messenger sent in return. -देवता a corresponding deity; गताः कलाः पञ्चदश प्रतिष्ठा देवाश्च सर्वे प्रतिदेवतासु Muṇḍa.3.2.7. -देशम् ind. in every country. -देहम् ind. in every body. -दैवतम् ind. for every deity. -द्वन्द्वः 1 an antagonist, opponent, adversary, rival. -2 an enemy. (-द्वम्) opposition, hostility. -द्वन्द्विन् a. 1 hostile, inimical. -2 adverse (प्रतिकूल); कृतान्तदुर्वृत्त इवापरेषां पुरः प्रतिद्वन्द्विनि पाण्डवास्त्रे Ki.16.29. -3 rivalling, vying with; किसलयोद्भेदप्रतिद्वन्दिभिः (करतलैः) Ś.4.5. (-m.) an opponent, adversary, rival; तुल्यप्रति- द्वन्द्वि बभूव युद्धम् R.7.37.;15.25. -द्वारम् ind. at every gate. -धुरः a horse harnessed by the side of another. -नप्तृ m. great-grandson, a son's grandson. -नव a. 1 new, young, fresh. -2 newly blown budded; सान्ध्यं तेजः प्रतिनवजपापुष्परक्तं दधानः Me.38. -नाडी a branch-vein. -नायकः the adversary of the hero of any poetic composition; धीरोद्धतः पापकारी व्यसनी प्रतिनायकः S. D., as रावण in the Rāmāyaṇa, शिशुपाल in Māgha-Kāvya &c. -नारी, -पत्नी, -युवतिः a female rival; Śi.7.45. -निनादः = प्रतिध्वनिः q. v. -न्यायम् ind. in inverted order; पुनः प्रतिन्यायं प्रतियोन्याद्रवति स्वप्नायैव Bṛi. Up.4.3.15. -पक्ष a. like, similar. (-क्षः) 1 the opposite side, party or faction, hostility; विमृश्य पक्षप्रतिपक्षाभ्यामवधारणं नियमः Gaut. S, -2 an adversary, enemy, foe, rival; प्रति- पक्षकामिनी, -लक्ष्मी 'a rival wife'; Bv.2.64; दासीकृतायाः प्रति- पक्षलक्ष्याः Vikr.1.73; प्रतिपक्षमशक्तेन प्रतिकर्तुम् K. P.1; Vikr.1.7; often used in comp. in the sense of 'equal' or 'similar'. -3 remedy, expiation; यादवस्य पापस्य प्रतिपक्षमुपदिशामि Nāg.5. -4 a defendant or respondent (in law). ˚ता 1 hostility, opposition. -2 obstacle. -पक्षित a. 1 containing a contradiction. -2 nullified by a contradictory premise; (as a hetu in न्याय); cf. सत्प्रतिपक्ष. -पक्षिन् m. an opponent, adversary. -पण्यम् merchandise in exchange; Buddh. -प्रथम् ind. along the road, towards the way; प्रतिपथगतिरासीद् वेगदीर्घीकृताङ्गः Ku.3.76. -पदम् ind. 1 at evry stop. -2 at every place, everywhere. -3 expressly. -4 in every word; प्रतिपदाख्याने तु गौरवं परिहरद्भिर्वृत्तिकारैः सर्वसामान्यः शब्दः प्रति- गृहीतः प्रकृतिवदिति ŚB. on MS.8.1.2. -पल्लवः an opposite or outstretched branch; R. -पाणः 1 a stake. -2 a counter-pledge. -3 a counter-stake; Mb.3. -पादम् ind. in each quarter. -पात्रम् ind. with regard to each part, of each character; प्रतिपात्रमाधीयतां यत्नः Ś.1 'let care be taken of each character'. -पादपम् ind. in every tree. -पाप a. returning sin for sin, requiting evil for evil. -पु(पू)रुषः 1 a like or similar man. -2 a substitute, deputy. -3 a companion. -4 the effigy of a man pushed by thieves into the interior of a house before entering it themselves (to ascertain if any body is awake). -5 an effigy in general. (-षम्) ind. man by man, for each man. -पुस्तकम् a copy of an original manuscript. -पूर्वाह्णम् ind. every forenoon. -प्रति a. counter-balancing, equal to. -प्रभातम् ind. every morning. -प्रसवः 1 (As opposed to अनुप्रसव) tracing causes back to the origin as -a pot, a lump of mud, mud, clay, Pātañjala Yogadarśana. -2 Negation of (or exception to) a negation. The force of a प्रतिप्रसव is positive, limiting as it does the scope of a प्रतिषेध or negation. Hence it is just the opposite of परिसंख्या whose force is negative or exclusive since it limits the scope of a positive statement. प्रतिप्रसवो$यं न परिसंख्या ŚB. on MS.1.7.45. -प्रकारः an outer wall or rampart. -प्रियम् a kindness or service in return; प्रतिप्रियं चेद् भवतो न कुर्यां वृथा हि मे स्यात् स्वपदोपलब्धिः R.5.56. -बन्धुः an equal in rank or station; Mb.5.121.13. -बलः a. 1 able, powerful. -2 equal in strength, equally matched or powerful. (-लम्) 1 a hostile army; अस्त्रज्वालावलीढप्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve.3.7. -2 strength. -बाहु 1 the forepart of the arm. -2 an opposite side (in a square or polygon). -बि (वि) म्बः, -म्बम् 1 a reflection, reflected image; ज्योतिषां प्रतिबिम्बानि प्राप्नु- वन्त्युपहारताम् Ku.6.42; Śi.9.18. -2 an image, a picture. -बीजम् a rotten seed. -भट a. vying with, rivalling; घटप्रतिभटस्तनि N.13.5. (-टः) 1 a rival, an opponent; निवासः कन्दर्पप्रतिभटजटाजूटभवने G. L.21. -2 a warrior on the opposite side; समालोक्याजौ त्वां विदधति विकल्पान् प्रतिभटाः K. P.1. -भय a. 1 fearful, formidable, terrible, frightful. -2 dangerous; स्वगृहोद्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दृष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभयकान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.171; Nāg.5.1.; Bhāg.1.6.14. (-यम्) a danger; सुनन्द, श्रुतं मया संनिहितगरुडप्रतिभयमुद्देशं जामाता जीमूतवाहनो गतः Nāg.5. -भैरव a. dreadful. -मञ्चः a kind of measure (in music.) -मञ्चाः Platforms opposite to each other; दशभागिकौ द्वौ प्रतिमञ्चौ Kau. A.2.3.21. -मण्डलम् 1 a secondary disc (of the sun &c.). -2 an eccentric orbit. -मन्दिरम् ind. in every house. -मल्लः an antagonist, a rival; उपेयिवांसं प्रतिमल्लतां रयस्मये जितस्य प्रसभं गरुत्मतः N.1.63; पातालप्रतिमल्लगल्ल &c. Māl.5.22. -मानना worship (पूजा); स्पर्शमशुचिवपुरर्हति न प्रतिमाननां तु नितरां नृपोचिताम् Śi.15.35. -माया a counter-spell or charm; प्रतिमाया कृतं च तत् Mb.1.34.22. -मार्गः the way back; Mb.4. -मार्गम् ind. back, backwards. -माला capping verses (Mar. भंडी). -मासम् ind. every month, monthly. -मित्रम् an enemy, adversary. -मुख a. standing before the face, facing; प्रतिमुखागत Ms.8.291. -2 near, present. (-खम्) a secondary plot or incident in a drama which tends either to hasten or retard the catastrophe; see S. D.334 and 351-364. (-खम्) ind. 1 towards. -2 in front, before. -मुखरी a particular mode of drumming. -मुद्रा 1 a counterseal. -2 the impression of a seal. -मुहूर्तम् ind. every moment. -मूर्तिः f. an image, a likeness. -मूषिका f. a musk-rat (Mar. चिचुंदरी). -यूथपः the leader of a hostile herd of elephants. -रथः an adversary in war (lit. in fighting in a war-chariot); दौष्यन्तिमप्रतिरथं तनयं निवेश्य Ś.4.2. -रथ्यम् in every road; अस्मिन् नगरे प्रतिरथ्यं भुजङ्गबद्धसंचारे Udb. -रवः, -ध्वनिः 1 an echo; प्रतिरवविततो वनानि चक्रे Ki.1.4. -2 quarrel; controversy. -3 (Ved.) life (प्राण). -रसितम् an echo; केनास्मत् सिंह- नादप्रतिरसितसखो दुन्दुभिस्ताड्यते$यम् Ve.1.22. -राजः a hostile king. -रात्रम् ind. every night. -रूप a. 1 corresponding, similar, having a counter-part in; अग्निर्यथैको भुवनं प्रविष्टो रूपं रूपं प्रतिरूपो बभूव Kaṭh.2.2.9. -2 beautiful. -3 suitable, proper; इदं न प्रतिरूपं ते स्त्रीष्वदाक्षिण्यमीदृशम् Bu. Ch.4.66; आत्मनः प्रतिरूपं सा बभाषे चारुहासिनी Rām.4. 19.17. -4 facing (अभिमुख); प्रतिरूपं जनं कुर्यान्न चेत् तद् वर्तते यथा Mb.12.97.16 (com. प्रतिरूपं युद्धाभिमुखम्). (-पम्) 1 a picture, an image, a likeness. -2 a mirror-like reflecting object; अदर्शनं स्वशिरसः प्रतिरूपे च सत्यपि Bhāg. 1.42.28. -4 an object of comparison (उपमान); भवान्मे खलु भक्तानां सर्वेषां प्रतिरूपधृक् Bhāg.7.1.21. -रूपक a. resembling, similar (at the end of comp.); जहीमान् राक्षसान् पापानात्मनः प्रतिरूपकान् Mb.3.29.11; चेष्टाप्रतिरूपिका मनोवृत्तिः Ś.1. (-कम्) 1 a picture, an image; अग्निदैर्गर- दैश्चैव प्रतिरूपककारकैः Mb.12.59.49. -2 a forged edict; जर्जरं चास्य विषयं कुर्वन्ति प्रतिरूपकैः Mb.12.56.52. -3 a reflection. -लक्षणम् a mark, sign, token. -लिपिः f. a transcript, a written copy. -लेखः a writ of reply; प्रावृत्तिकश्च प्रतिलेख एव Kau. A.2.1.28. -लोम a. 1 'against the hair or grain', contray to the natural order, inverted, reverse (opp. अनुलोम); नववर्षसहस्राक्षः प्रतिलोमो$भवद् गुरुः Bhāg.12.14.15. -2 contrary to caste (said of the issue of a woman who is of a higher caste than her husband). -3 hostile. -4 low, vile, base. -5 left (वाम). -6 obstinate, perverse; अपरिचितस्यापि ते$प्रतिलोमः संवृत्तः Ś.7. -7 disagreeable, unpleasant. (-मम्) any injurious or unpleasant act. (-मम्) ind. 'against the hair or grain', inversely, invertedly. ˚ज a. born in the inverse order of the castes; i. e. born of a mother who is of a higher caste than the father; cf. Ms.1.16,25. -लोमक a. reverse, inverted; राजन्यविप्रयोः कस्माद् विवाहः प्रतिलोमकः Bhāg.9.18.5. -कम् inverted order. -लोमतः ind. 1 in consequence of the inverted order or course; Ms.1.68. -2 in an unfriendly manner; यदा बहुविधां वृद्धिं मन्येत प्रतिलोमतः Mb.12.13.39. -वत्सरम् ind. every year. -वनम् ind. in every forest. -वर्णिक a. similar, corresponding. -वर्धिन् a. being a match for. -वर्षम् ind. every year. -वस्तु n. 1 an equivalent, a counterpart. -2 anything given in return. -3 a parallel. ˚उपमा a figure of speech thus defined by Mammaṭa:-- प्रतिवस्तूपमा तु सा ॥ सामान्यस्य द्विरेकस्य यत्र वाक्यद्वये स्थितिः । K. P.1; e. g. तापेन भ्राजते सूर्यः शूरश्चापेन राजते Chandr.5. 48. -वातः a contrary wind; प्रतिवाते$नुवाते च नासीत गुरुणा सह Ms.2.23. (-तम्) ind. against the wind; चीनांशुक- मिव केतोः प्रतिवातं नीयमानस्य Ś.1.33. -वारणः a hostile elephant. -वासरम् ind. every day. -विटपम् ind. 1 on every branch. -2 branch by branch. -विषम् an antidote. (-षा) a birch tree. -विष्णुकः a Muchakunda tree. -वीरः an opponent, antagonist. -वीर्यम् being equal to or a match for. -वृषः a hostile bull. -वेलम् ind. at each time, on every occasion. -वेशः 1 a neighbouring house, neighbourhood. -2 a neighbour. -वेशिन् a. a neighbour; दृष्ट्वा प्रभातसमये प्रतिवेशिवर्गः Mk.3.14. -वेश्मन् n. a neighbour's house. -वेश्यः a neighbour. -वैरम् requital of hostilities revenge. -शब्दः 1 echo, reverberation; वसुधाधरकन्दराभिसर्पी प्रतिशब्दो$पि हरेर्भिनत्ति नागान् V. 1.16; Ku.6.64; R.2.28. -2 a roar. -शशिन् m. a mock-moon. -शाखम् ind. for every branch or school (of the Veda). -शाखा a side-branch; महाभूतविशेषश्च विशेषप्रतिशाखवान् Mb.14.35.21. -संवत्सरम् ind. every year. -सङ्गक्षिका 1 a cloak to keep off the dust; Buddh. -संदेशः a reply to the message; दर्पसारस्य प्रति- संदेशमावेदयत् D. K.2.1. -सम a. equal to, a match for. -सव्य a. in an inverted order. -सामन्तः an enemy. -सायम् ind. every evening. -सूर्यः, -सूर्यकः 1 a mock-sun. -2 a lizard, chameleon; 'कृकलासस्तु सरटः प्रतिसूर्यः शयानकः ।' Hemchandra; तृष्यद्भिः प्रतिसूर्यकैरजगरस्वेदद्रवः पीयते U.2.16. -सेना, सैन्यम् a hostile army; निहतां प्रतिसैन्येन वडवामिव पातिताम् Rām.2.114.17. -स्थानम् ind. in every place, everywhere. -स्मृतिः N. of particular kind of magic; गृहाणेमां मया प्रोक्तां सिद्धिं मूर्तिमतीमिव । विद्यां प्रतिस्मृतिं नाम Mb.3.36.3. -स्रोतस् ind. against the stream; सरस्वतीं प्रतिस्रोतं ययौ ब्राह्मणसंवृतः Bhāg.1.78. 18. -a. going against the stream; अथासाद्य तु कालिन्दी प्रतिस्रोतः समागताम् Rām.2.55.5. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः a deputy, an agent, substitute, proxy; आश्रितानां भृतौ स्वामिसेवायां धर्मसेवने । पुत्रस्योत्पादने चैव न सन्ति प्रतिहस्तकाः ॥ H.2.33. -हस्तीकृ to take; Pratijñā 3. -हस्तिन् the keeper of a brothel; Dk.2.2.
pratigrah प्रतिग्रह् 9. U. 1 To hold, seize, take, support; वर्षधर- प्रतिगृहीतमेनम् M.4; Ms.2.48. -2 To take, accept, receive; ददाति प्रतिगृह्णाति Pt.2; अमोघाः प्रतिगृह्णन्तावर्ध्यानुपदमा- शिषः R.1.44;2.22. -3 To receive or accept as a present. -4 To receive inimically, oppose, encounter, resist; to attack, assault; प्रतिजग्राह कालिङ्गस्तमस्त्रैर्गजसाधनः R.4.4;12.47. -5 To take in marriage, marry; विधिवत् प्रतिगृह्यापि त्यजेत् कन्यां विगर्हिताम् Ms.9.72. -6 To obey, conform or listen to. -7 To resort to, betake oneself to. -8 To eclipse. -9 To assent to, admit. -1 To occupy, take possession of. -11 To deprive (one) of. -12 To welcome, receive; प्रत्यगृह्णाद्यथान्यायं विदुरश्च महामनाः Mb. 14.66.6. -13 To eat, drink. -Caus. 1 To cause to accept, give, present. -3 To allow to take or retain; मुष्टं प्रतिग्राहयता स्वमर्थं पात्रीकृतो दस्युरिवासि येन Ś.5.2.
pratipad प्रतिपद् 4 Ā. 1 To step or go towards, approach, resort or betake oneself to; उमामुखं तु प्रतिपद्य लोलाद् द्विसंश्रयां प्रीतिमवाप लक्ष्मीः Ku.1.43. -2 To enter upon, step upon, take, follow (as a way &c.); इतः पन्थानं प्रतिपद्यस्व Ś.4; प्रतिपत्स्ये पदवीमहं तवं Ku.4.1. -3 To arrive at, reach; attain; मरणमप्यपराः प्रतिपेदिरे Śi.6.16. -4 To get, gain, obtain, share, partake; स हि तस्य न केवलां श्रियं प्रतिपेदे सकलान् गुणानपि R.8.5,13;4.1,41; 11.34;12.7;19.55; तदोत्तमविदां लोकानमलान् प्रतिपद्यते Bg. 14.14; Śi.1.63. -5 To accept, take to; प्रतिपत्तुमङ्ग घटते च न तव नृपयोग्यमर्हणम् Śi.15.22;16.24. -6 To recover, reobtain, regain, receive; प्रायः स्वं महिमानं क्षोभात् प्रतिपद्यते जन्तुः Ś.6.31; Ku.4.16;7.22. -7 To admit, acknowledge; न मासे प्रतिपत्तासे मां चेन्मर्तासि मैथिलि Bk.8.95; Ś.5.23; प्रमदाः पतिवर्त्मगा इति प्रतिपन्नं हि विचेतनैरपि Ku.4.33. -8 To hold, grasp, seize; सुमन्त्रप्रतिपन्नरश्मिभिः R.14.47; -9 To consider, regard, deem, look upon; तद्धनुर्ग्रहणमेव राघवः प्रत्यपद्यत समर्थमुत्तरम् R.11.79. -1 To undertake, promise to do, take in hand; निर्वाहः प्रतिपन्नवस्तुषु सतामेतद् हि गोत्रव्रतम् Mu.2.18; कार्यं त्वया नः प्रतिपन्नकल्पम् Ku.3.14; R.1.4. -11 To assent or agree to, consent; तथेति प्रतिपन्नाय R.15.93. -12 To do, perform, practise, observe; आचार प्रतिपद्यस्व Ś.4; V.2 'do the formal obeisance'; शासनमर्हतां प्रतिपद्यध्वम् Mu.4.18 'act up to or obey'. -13 To act or behave towards, deal, do anything to any one (with gen. or loc.); स कालयवनश्चापि किं कृष्णे प्रत्यपद्यत Hariv.; स भवान् मातृपितृवदस्मासु प्रतिपद्यताम् Mb.; कथमहं प्रतिपत्स्ये Ś.5; न युक्तं भवतास्मासु प्रतिपत्तुमसांप्रतम् Mb. -14 To give or return (as a reply); कथं प्रतिवचनमपि न प्रतिपद्यसे Mu.6; न जाने किं तातः प्रतिपत्स्यत इति Ś.4. -15 To perceive, become aware of. -16 To know, understand, become acquainted with, learn, discover. -17 To roam, wander. -18 To take place, occur. -19 To restore. -2 To permit, allow. -21 To take place, happen. -22 To go back, return. (-Caus.) 1 To give, present, bestow, confer upon, impart; अर्थिभ्यः प्रतिपाद्यमानमनिशं प्राप्नोति वृद्धिं पराम् Bh.2.16; Ms.11.4; गुणवते कन्या प्रतिपादनीया Ś.4. -2 To substantiate, prove, establish by proof; उक्तमेवार्थ- मुदाहरणेन प्रतिपादयति. -3 To explain, expound. -4 To bring or lead back, convey or transport (to a place) -5 To regard, consider. -6 To assert, declare to be represent. -7 To procure. -8 To effect, accomplish. -9 To communicate, teach. -1 To appoint to, install (loc.) -11 To prepare, get ready. -12 To dispose off; एष हि न्यायो यदन्यत्र कृतार्थमन्यत्र प्रतिपाद्यते ŚB on MS.4.2.21
pratibhā प्रतिभा 2 P. 1 To shine, appear bright or luminous; प्रतिभान्त्यद्य वनानि केतकीनाम् Ghat.15. -2 To show oneself, become manifest. -3 To seem, appear; स्त्रीरत्नसृष्टिरपरा प्रतिभाति सा मे Ś.2.1; R.2.47; Ku.2.38;6.54. -4 To occur to, come into the mind of; as in नोत्तरं प्रतिभाति मे, इति प्रतिभाति मे मनः. -5 To fall to the lot or share of. -6 To seem fit or proper; appear good, please to; सा भार्या प्रतिभाति मे Ks; Pt.3.
pratibhās प्रतिभास् 1 Ā. 1 To shine. -2 To appear or look like. -3 To become clear, manifest oneself. -4 To be reflected.
pratimuc प्रतिमुच् 6 P. 1 To free, liberate, release, set free; गृहीतप्रतिमुक्तस्य R.4.43; अमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि 3.46. -2 To put on, wear, accoutre or arm oneself with; प्रतिमुञ्च शुभ्रं यज्ञोपवीतम्. -3 To quit, leave, abandon. -4 To throw, cast, or discharge at. -5 To pay off (a debt.). -6 To return, restore. -7 To fasten, bind; तमेकदा मणिं कण्ठे प्रति- मुच्य महाप्रभम् Bhāg.1.56.13. -8 To assume a form. -Caus. 1 To liberate, release. -2 To rescue, save, deliver.
pratisaṃdhā प्रतिसंधा 3 U. 1 To re-adjust. -2 To aim at, direct. -3 To conceive, comprehend. -4 To be, fasten. -5 To put on, wear. -6 To restore, return. -7 To compose oneself. -8 To fit (as an arrow to the bowstring.)
pratyabhijñā प्रत्यभिज्ञा 9 U. 1 To recognize; ततस्ते प्रत्यभिज्ञाय अर्जुनाय न्यवेदयन् Rām.7.33.5. -2 To come to oneself, recover consciousness.
prapat प्रपत् 1 P. 1 To fly forth or away., -2 To fly, fly or move about. -3 To fall down or upon, throw oneself down. -4 To hasten towards. -5 To be deprived of, fall from, lose, fall off or away from. -6 To come down, fall down, descend. -Caus. 1 To throw down. -2 To rout, put to flight. -3 To chase, pursue.
prapatanam प्रपतनम् 1 Flying forth or away. -2 Throwing oneself into, falling down. -3 Alighting. -4 Death, destruction. -5 A precipice, a steep crag. -6 Assualt; लीयन्ते यत्र शत्रुप्रपतनविवशाः कोटिशः शूरकीटाः Mv.6.32.
prapātaḥ प्रपातः 1 Going forth or away, departure. -2 Falling down or into, a fall; मनोरथानामतटप्रप्रातः Ś.6.1; Ku.6.57. -3 A sudden attack. -4 A cascade, waterfall, the place over which water falls down; गङ्गा- प्रपातान्तनिरूढशष्पं गौरीगुरोर्गह्वरमाविवेश R.2.26. -5 A bank, shore. -6 A precipice, steep rock; प्राप्ताः प्रपातनिकटं सङ्कटेन महीयसा Parṇāl.3.3. -7 Falling out or loss, as in केशप्रपात. -8 Emission, discharge, efflux, as in वीर्यप्रपात. -9 Throwing oneself down from a rock. -1 A particular mode of flight. -Comp. -अम्बु n. water falling from a rock.
prapad प्रपद् 4 Ā. 1 To enter upon, set forward, set foot in. -2 (a) To go to or towards, approach, resort or attain to, reach; तां जन्मने शैलवधूं प्रपेदे Ku.1.21; (क्षितीशं) कौत्सः प्रपेदे वरतन्तुशिष्यः R.5.1; Bk.4.1; Ki.1.9;11. 16; R.8.11. (b) To take shelter or refuge with, flee to for safety, submit; शरणार्थमन्यां कथं प्रपत्स्ये त्वयि दीप्यमाने R.14.64. -3 To go or come to a particular state, arrive at, attain to, arrive at or be in a particular condition; रेणुः प्रपेदे पथि पङ्कभावम् R.16.3; मुहूर्तकर्णोत्पलतां प्रपेदे Ku.7.81; बाल्यात्परं साथ वयः प्रपेदे Ku.1.31;5.24; ईदृशीमवस्थां प्रपन्नोस्मि Ś.5; ऋषिनिकरैरिति संशयः प्रपेदे Bv.4.33; Amaru.3. -4 To get, find, secure, obtain, attain to; partake of, share in; सहकार न प्रपेदे मधुपेन भवत्समं जगति Bv.1.21; कान्तं वपुर्व्योमचरं प्रपेदे R.5.51. -5 To behave or act towards, deal with; किं प्रपद्यते वैदर्भः M.1 'what does he propose to do'; पश्यामो मयि किं प्रपद्यते Amaru.24. -6 To admit, allow, agree or consent to; प्रपन्नं साधयन्नर्थम् Y.2.4. -7 To draw near, come on, approach (as time &c.). -8 To be going on, to proceed. -9 To take effect, thrive, prosper. -1 To throw oneself down, fall down (at another's feet). -11 Ved. To attack, assault.
prapanna प्रपन्न p. p. 1 Arriving at, reaching or going to. -2 Resorting to, betaking oneself to; इयं प्रपन्ना तपसे तपोवनम् Ku.5.59;3.5. -3 Taking refuge with, seeking protection with, suppliant or submissive to; शिष्यस्ते$हं शाधि मां त्वां प्रपन्नम् Bg.2.7; पुनर्भवक्लेशभयात् प्रपन्नः Ku; प्रपन्नार्तिहरे ! देवी ! Chaṇḍīpāṭha. -4 Adhering to. -5 Furnished or endowed with, possessed of; प्रत्यक्षाभिः प्रपन्नस्तनुभिः Ś.1.1. -6 Promised. -7 Got, obtained. -8 Poor, distressed. -9 Effecting, producing. -Comp. -पालः an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa.
prabhraṃś प्रभ्रंश् 1 Ā., 4 P. To fall or drop down, slip; प्रभ्रश्यमानाभरणप्रसूना R.14.54. -2 To lose, be deprived of; प्रभ्रश्यते तेजसः Mk.1.14. -3 To escape or free oneself from. -Caus. To throw or bringdown from, cause to fall down from; प्रभ्रंशयां यो नहुषं चकार R.13.36.
pramuc प्रमुच् 6 P. 1 To set free, liberate, release. -2 To throw, cast, hurl. -3 To shed, emit, end forth. -4 To abandon, forsake, give up, renounce. -5 To loosen, untie, unbind. -6 To expel, drive away, banish. -7 To utter. -8 To put on, wear (as a garland &c.). -9 To give, bestow; अत्र ते$हं प्रमोक्ष्यामि मालां कुब्जे हिरण्मयीम् Rām.2.9.47. -Pass. 1 To be loose or detached. -2 To leave off, cease. -3 To free oneself from. -Caus. 1 To loosen, unbind. -2 To liberate, release.
pramṛj प्रमृज् 2 P. 1 To wipe off or out, cleanse (fig. also); स्वभावलोलेत्ययशः प्रमृष्टम् R.6.41. -2 To wipe off, away or out, blow out, efface; नामान्येषां लिखामि ध्रुवमहमधुना चित्रगुप्तः प्रमार्ष्टु Mu.1.2. -3 To remove, rid oneself of. -4 To atone for, make amends for, expiate; प्रणिपातलङ्घनं प्रमार्ष्टुकामा V.3; सर्वथा प्रमार्जितं त्वया प्रत्यादेशदुःखम् Ś.6. -5 To stroke or rub gently. -6 To prepare. -7 To mark useless, frustrate.
pravṛt प्रवृत् 1 Ā. 1 To go forward, move on, proceed; स्वामिसेवकयोरेवं वृत्तिचक्रं प्रवर्तते Pt.1.81. -2 To arise, be produced, spring; प्रवर्तन्ते क्रियाः सर्वाः पर्वतेभ्य इवापगाः Pt. 1.6. -3 To happen, come to pass, take place. -4 To begin, commence (usually with inf.); हन्त प्रवृत्तं संगीतकम् M.1; Ś.7.34; Ku.3.25. -5 To strive, exert oneself; प्रवर्ततां प्रकृतिहिताय पार्थिवः Ś7.35. -6 To act up to, follow; न कौलीन्यान्न सौहार्दान्नृपो वाक्ये प्रवर्तते Pt.1.116. -7 To engage in, be occupied with; अपि स्वशक्त्या तपसि प्रवर्तसे Ku.5.33. -8 To act, do; न पुनरेवं प्रवर्तितव्यम् Ś.6. -9 To act or behave towards. -1 To prevail, exist; राजन् प्रजासु ते कश्चिदपचारः प्रवर्तते R.15.47. -11 To hold good. -12 To proceed uninterruptedly, thrive; तस्मादोमित्युदा- हृत्य यज्ञदानतपःक्रियाः । प्रवर्तन्ते ...... Bg.17.24; Ms.3.61. Caus. 1 To proceed with, continue; Mu.2. -2 To introduce. -3 To set on foot, establish, found. -4 To drive, propel, urge, stimulate. -5 To promote, advance. -6 To throw, cast. -7 To produce, create. -8 To invent, devise.
pravartanam प्रवर्तनम् 1 Going on, moving forward. -2 Beginning, commencement. -3 Setting on foot, founding, establishing, instituting. -4 Prompting, urging, simulating, inciting. -5 Engaging in, applying oneself to. -6 Happening, coming to pass. -7 Activity, action. -8 Behaviour, conduct, procedure. -9 Directing, superintending. -1 Employment. -11 Exhortation. -ना Inciting or prompting to action; अस्ति प्रवर्तनारूपमनुरूपं चतुर्ष्वपि Bh.
prasah प्रसह् 1 Ā. 1 To bear, endure; न तेजस्तेजस्वी प्रसृतमपरेषां प्रसहते U.6.14. -2 To withstand, resist, overpower; संयुगे सांयुगीनं तमुद्यतं प्रसहेत कः Ku.2.57. -3 To exert oneself, attempt. -4 To dare, venture, be able. -5 To have power or energy; see प्रसह्य.
prājña प्राज्ञ a. (-ज्ञा, -ज्ञी f.) [प्रज्ञ एव स्वार्थे अण्] 1 Intellectual. -2 Wise, learned, clever; किमुच्यते प्राज्ञः खलु कुमारः U.4. -ज्ञः 1 A wise or learned man; तेभ्यः प्राज्ञा न बिभ्यति Ve.2.14; देवद्विजगुरुप्राज्ञपूजनं शौचमार्जवम् ब्रह्मचर्यमहिंसा च शारीरं तप उच्यते ॥ Bg.17.14. -2 A kind of parrot. -3 Intelligence dependent on individuality; Vedāntasāra. -4 Supreme Being (Almighty); अयं पुरुषः प्राज्ञेनात्मना संपरिष्वक्तो न बाह्यं किंचन वेद नान्तरम् Bṛi. Up.4.3.21. -ज्ञा 1 Intelligence, understanding. -2 A clever or intelligent woman. -ज्ञी 1 A clever or learned woman. -2 The wife of a learned man. -3 N. of a wife of the sun (सूर्यपत्नी). -Comp. -कथा a story about a wise man. -मन्य, -मानिन् or प्राज्ञंमानिन् a. fancying oneself to be wise, conceited; न तु चिन्तयतश्चित्ते जनस्य प्राज्ञमानिनः Bu. Ch.4.52. -मानः respect for learned men.
prādurbha प्रादुर्भ 1 P. 1 To become manifest or visible, show oneself, appear. -2 To arise, come to light. -3 To become audible, be heard.
prāp प्राप् 5 P. To get, obtain, gain, acquire; अतिथिं नाम काकुत्स्थात् पुत्रं प्राप कुमुद्वती R.17.1. -2 To attain to, go to, reach; यथा महाह्रदं प्राप्य क्षिप्तं लोष्टं विनश्यति Ms.11.264; R.1.48; Bk.15.16; so आश्रमम्, नदीम्, वनम् &c.; प्राप्या- वन्तीन् Me.3. -3 To stretch, extend. -4 To meet with, find, light upon, overtake; जटायुः प्राप पक्षीन्द्रः परुषं रावणं वदन् Bk.5.96. -5 To result or follow (as a conclusion); परिच्छिन्नस्तावज्जीव इति प्राप्नोति Ś. B. -6 To incur, bring upon oneself (दोष, दण्ड &c.); स शतं प्राप्नुयाद्दण्डम् Ms.8. 225. -7 To suffer, endure; न वधं प्राप्नुयान्नरः Ms.8.364. -8 To be changed into (in gram.). -9 To be present, be at hand (Ved.). -Caus. 1 To lead or bring to, take to, convey; सपत्नीः प्रापयन्त्यब्धिं सिन्धवो नगनिम्नगाः Śi.2.14; वसतिं प्रिय कामिनां प्रियास्त्वदृते प्रापयितुं क ईश्वरः Ku.4.11,32; Ve.3.7; R.14.45,6. -2 To cause to obtain, give, provide; अभिमन्युतनयमसून् प्रापितवान् K.175 'restored to life, revived'. -3 To promote or advance, appoint to (an office). -4 To tell, communicate.
prāyaḥ प्रायः [प्र-अय् घञ्, इ-अच् वा] 1 Going away, departure, departure from life. -2 Seeking death by fasting, fasting, sitting down and abstaining from food with some object in view (generally with words like आस्, उपविश् &c.); see प्रायोपवेशन below; प्रायोपविष्टं गङ्गायां परीतं परमर्षिभिः Bhāg.1.3.43. -3 The largest portion, majority, plurality; majority of cases. -4 Excess, abundance, plenty. -6 A condition of life. [N. B.-At the end of comp. प्राय may be translated by (a) for the most part, generally, mostly, almost, nearly; पतनप्रायौ 'about to fall'; मृतप्रायः 'almost dead a little less than dead, nearly dead'; or (b) abounding or rich in, full of, excessive, abundant; कष्टप्रायं शरीरम् U.1; शालिप्रायो देशः Pt.3; कमलामोदप्राया वनानिलाः U.3.24 'full of the fragrance' &c., or (c) like, resembling; वर्षशतप्रायं दिनम्, अम्रतप्रायं वचनम् &c.] -Comp. -उपगमनम्, -उपवेशः, -उपवेशनम्, -उपवेशनिका sitting down and abstaining from food and thus preparing oneself for death, fasting oneself to death; मया प्रायोपवेशनं कृतं विद्धि Pt.4; प्रायोपवेशनमति- र्नृपतिर्बभूव R.8.94; प्रायोपवेशसदृशं व्रतमास्थितस्य Ve.3.1. -उपेत a. abstaining from food and thus awaiting the approach of death. -उपविष्ट, -उपवेशिन् a. fasting oneself to death, who sits without food at the door of another to exact compliance with his demands. -दर्शनम् an ordinary phenomenon. -भव a 1 common, usually met with. -2 executing; युगहृदौघमध्येन ब्रह्मप्रायभवेन च । धात्रा सृष्टानि भूतानि कृष्यन्ते यमसादनम् ॥ Mb.12.235.17 (com. ब्रह्मप्रायभावेन ब्रह्मकार्यभूतेन).
prāvṛ प्रावृ 5 U. 1 To put on, dress or clothe oneself in. -2 To surround, encompass, enclose.
bandh बन्ध् 9 P. (बध्नाति, बबन्ध, अभांत्सीत्, भंत्स्यति, बन्द्धुम्, बद्धः; pass. बध्यते) 1 To bind, tie, fasten; बन्द्धुं न संभावित एव तावत् करेण रुद्धो$पि च केशपाशः Ku.7.57,25; R.7.9; Bk.9.75. -2 To catch, capture, imprison, ensnare, make captive; कर्मभिर्न स बध्यते Bg 4.14; बलिर्बबन्धे Bk.2.39;14.56. -3 To chain, fetter. -4 To check, stop, suppress; as in बद्धकोप, बद्धकोष्ठ &c. -5 To put on, wear; न हि चूडामणिः पादे प्रभवामीति बध्यते Pt.1.72; बबन्धुरङ्गुलित्राणि Bk.14.7. -6 To attract, arrest (as eyes &c.); बबन्ध चक्षूंषि यवप्ररोहः Ku.7.17; or बध्नाति मे चक्षुः (चित्रकूटः) R.13.47. -7 To fix or set upon, direct towards (as the eyes or mind), cast upon (with loc.); दृष्टिं लक्ष्येषु बध्नन् Mu.1.2; R.3.4;6.86; Bk.2.22. -8 To bind or fasten together (as hair); पूर्णप्रतिज्ञेन मया केवल बध्यते शिखा Mu.7.17. -9 To build, construct, form, arrange; बद्धोर्मिनाकवनितापरिभुक्तमुक्तम् Ki.8.57; छायाबद्धकदम्बकं मृगकुलम् Ś.2.6; तस्याञ्जलिं बन्धुमतो बबन्ध R.16.5;4.38;11.35,78; Ku.2.47;5.3; Bk.7.77. -1 To put together, compose, construct (a poem, verse &c.); तुष्टैर्बद्धं तदलघु रघुस्वामिनः सच्चरित्रम् Vikr.18. 17; श्लोक एवास्त्वयं बद्धः Rām.1.2.31. -11 To form, produce, bear (as fruit &c.); काले खलु समारब्धाः फलं बध्नन्ति नीतयः R.12.69; Ku.5.6. (v. l.) Ś.6.3. -12 To have, possess, entertain, cherish, feel. -13 To punish, chastise. -14 To offer, sacrifice (as an animal). -15 To shut, close, stop. -16 To oppress, overpower. -17 To join, unite. -18 To produce, cause, effect. -19 To strike (as root). -2 To display, exhibit, show. (The senses of बन्ध् are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected; e. g. भ्रुकुटिं बन्ध् to knit or bend the eyebrows, to frown; मुष्टिं बन्ध् to clench the fist; अञ्जलिं बन्ध् to fold the hands together in supplication; चित्तं, धियं, मनः, हृदयं बन्ध् to set the heart on; प्रीतिं, भावं, रागं बन्ध् to fall in love with, be enamoured of; सेतुं बन्ध् to construct or build a bridge; वैरं बन्ध् to conceive hatred, contract enmity; सख्यं, सौहृदं बन्ध् to form friendship; गोलं बन्ध् to form a globe; मण्डलं बन्ध् to form a circle, sit or stand in a circle; मौनं बन्ध् to maintain silence; परिकरं, कक्षां बन्ध् to gird up one's loins, prepare oneself for any thing; see the compounds under बद्ध also). -Caus. To cause to bind, form, construct, build &c.; स सेतुं बन्धयामास प्लवगैर्लवणाम्भसि R.12.7.
brahman ब्रह्मन् n. [बृंह्-मनिन् नकारस्याकारे ऋतो रत्वम्; cf. Uṇ.4.145.] 1 The Supreme Being, regarded as impersonal and divested of all quality and action; (according to the Vedāntins, Brahman is both the efficient and the material cause of the visible universe, the all-pervading soul and spirit of the universe, the essence from which all created things are produced and into which they are absorbed; अस्ति तावन्नित्यशुद्धबुद्धमुक्तस्वभावं सर्वज्ञं सर्वशक्तिसमन्वितं ब्रह्म Ś. B.); ... यत्प्रयन्त्यभिसंविशन्ति । तद् विजिज्ञा- सस्व । तद् ब्रह्मेति Tai. Up.3.1; समीभूता दृष्टिस्त्रिभुवनमपि ब्रह्म मनुते Bh.3.84; Ku.3.15; दर्शनं तस्य लाभः स्यात् त्वं हि ब्रह्ममयो निधिः Mb. -2 A hymn of praise. -3 A sacred text; मैवं स्याद् ब्रह्मविक्रिया Bhāg.9.1.17. -4 The Vedas; ब्रह्मणः प्रणवं कुर्यात् Ms.2.74; यद् ब्रह्म सम्यगाम्नातम् Ku.6.16; U.1.15; समस्तवदनोद्गीतब्रह्मणे ब्रह्मणे नमः Bm.1.1; Bg.3.15. -5 The sacred and mystic syllable om; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -6 The priestly of Brahmanical class (collectively); तदेतद् ब्रह्म क्षत्रं विट् शूद्रः Bṛi. Up.1.4.15; ब्रह्मैव संनियन्तृ स्यात् क्षत्रं हि ब्रह्मसंभवम् Ms.9.32. -7 The power or energy of a Brāhmaṇa; पवनाग्निसमागमो ह्ययं सहितं ब्रह्म यदस्त्रतेजसा R.8.4. -8 Religious penance or austerities. -9 Celibacy, chastity; शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1. -1 Final emancipation or beatitude. -11 Theology, sacred learning, religious knowledge. -12 The Brāhmaṇa portion of the Veda. -13 Wealth. -14 Food. -15 A Brāhmaṇa. -16 Truth. -17 The Brāhmaṇahood (ब्राह्मणत्व); येन विप्लावितं ब्रह्म वृषल्यां जायतात्मना Bhāg.6.2.26. -18 The soul (आत्मा); एतदेषां ब्रह्म Bṛi. Up.1.6.1-3. -19 See ब्रह्मास्त्र. अब्राह्मणे न हि ब्रह्म ध्रुवं तिष्ठेत् कदाचन Mb.12.3.31. -2 The गायत्री mantra; उभे सन्ध्ये च यतवाग्जपन् ब्रह्म समाहितः Bhāg.7. 12.2. -m. 1 The Supreme Being, the Creator, the first deity of the sacred Hindu Trinity, to whom is entrusted the work of creating the world. [The accounts of the creation of the world differ in many respects; but, according to Manu Smṛiti, the universe was enveloped in darkness, and the self-existent Lord manifested himself dispelling the gloom. He first created the waters and deposited in them a seed. This seed became a golden egg, in which he himself was born as Brahmā-the progenitor of all the worlds. Then the Lord divided the egg into two parts, with which he constructed heaven and earth. He then created the ten Prajāpatis or mind-born sons who completed the work of creation. According to another account (Rāmāyaṇa) Brahmā sprang from ether; from him was descended marīchi, and his son was Kaśyapa. From Kaśyapa sprang Vivasvata, and Manu sprang from him. Thus Manu was the procreator of all human beings. According to a third account, the Supreme deity, after dividing the golden egg, separated himself into two parts, male and female, from which sprang Virāj and from him Manu; cf. Ku.2.7. and Ms.1.32 et seq. Mythologically Brahman is represented as being born in a lotus which sprang from the navel of Viṣṇu, and as creating the world by an illicit connection with his own daughter Sarasvatī. Brahman had originally five heads, but one of them was cut down by Śiva with the ring-finger or burnt down by the fire from his third eye. His vehicle is a swan. He has numerous epithets, most of which have reference to his birth, in a lotus.] -2 A Brāhmaṇa; Ś.4.4. -3 A devout man. -4 One of the four Ritvijas or priests employed at a Soma sacrifice. -5 One conversant with sacred knowledge. -6 The sun. -7 Intellect. -8 An epithet of the seven Prajāpatis :-मरीचि, अत्रि, अङ्गिरस्, पुलस्त्य, पुलह, क्रतु and वसिष्ठ. -9 An epithet of Bṛihaspati; ब्रह्मन्नध्ययनस्य नैष समयस्तूष्णीं बहिः स्थीयताम् Hanumannāṭaka. -1 The planet Jupiter; ब्रह्मराशिं समावृत्य लोहिताङ्गो व्यवस्थितः Mb. 3.6.18. -11 The world of Brahmā (ब्रह्मलोक); दमस्त्यागो- $प्रमादश्च ते त्रयो ब्रह्मणो हयाः Mb.11.7.23. -1 Of Śiva. -Comp. -अक्षरम् the sacred syllable om. -अङ्गभूः 1 a horse. -2 one who has touched the several parts of his body by the repetition of Mantras; स च त्वदेकेषुनिपात- साध्यो ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (see Malli. thereon). -अञ्जलिः 1 respectful salutation with folded hands while repeating the Veda. -2 obeisance to a preceptor (at the beginning and conclusion of the repetition of the Veda); अपश्यद्यावतो वेदविदां ब्रह्माञ्जलीनसौ N.17.183; ब्रह्मारम्भे$वसाने च पादौ ग्राह्यौ गुरोः सदा । संहत्य हस्तावध्येयं स हि ब्रह्माञ्जलिः स्मृतः ॥ Ms.2.71. -अण्डम् 'the egg of Brahman', the primordial egg from which the universe sprang, the world, universe; ब्रह्माण्डच्छत्रदण्डः Dk.1. ˚कपालः the hemisphere of the world. ˚भाण्डोदरम् the hollow of the universe; ब्रह्मा येन कुलालवन्नियमितो ब्रह्माण्ड- भाण्डोदरे Bh.2.95. ˚पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -अदि(द्रि)जाता an epithet of the river Godāvarī. -अधिगमः, अधिगमनम् study of the Vedas. -अम्भस् n. the urine of a cow. -अभ्यासः the study of the Vedas. -अयणः, -नः an epithet of Nārāyaṇa. -अरण्यम् 1 a place of religious study. -2 N. of a forest. -अर्पणम् 1 the offering of sacred knowledge. -2 devoting oneself to the Supreme Spirit. -3 N. of a spell. -4 a mode of performing the Śrāddha in which no Piṇḍas or rice-balls are offered. -अस्त्रम् a missile presided over by Brahman. -आत्मभूः a horse. -आनन्दः bliss or rapture of absorption into Brahma; ब्रह्मानन्दसाक्षात्क्रियां Mv.7.31. -आरम्भः beginning to repeat the Vedas; Ms.2.71. -आवर्तः N. of the tract between the rivers Sarasvatī and Dṛiṣavatī (northwest of Hastināpura); सरस्वतीदृषद्वत्योर्देवनद्योर्यदन्तरम् । तं देवनिर्मितं देशं ब्रह्मावर्तं प्रचक्षते Ms.2.17,19; Me.5. -आश्रमः = ब्रह्मचर्याश्रमः; वेदाध्ययननित्यत्वं क्षमा$थाचार्यपूजनम् । अथोपाध्यायशुश्रूषा ब्रह्माश्रमपदं भवेत् ॥ Mb.12.66.14. -आसनम् a particular position for profound meditation. -आहुतिः f. 1 the offering of prayers; see ब्रह्मयज्ञ. -2 the study of the Vedas. -उज्झता forgetting or neglecting the Vedas; Ms.11.57 (अधीतवेदस्यानभ्यासेन विस्मरणम् Kull.). -उत्तर a. 1 treating principally of Brahman. -2 consisting chiefly of Brāhmaṇas. -उद्यम् explaining the Veda, treatment or discussion of theological problems; ब्राह्मणा भगवन्तो हन्ताहमिमं द्वौ प्रश्नौ प्रक्ष्यामि तौ चेन्मे वक्ष्यति न वै जातु युष्माकमिमं कश्चिद् ब्रह्मोद्यं जेतेति Bṛi. Up. -उपदेशः instruction in the Vedas or sacred knowledge. ˚नेतृ m. the Palāśa tree. -ऋषिः (ब्रह्मर्षिः or ब्रह्माऋषिः) a Brahmanical sage. ˚देशः N. of a district; (कुरुक्षेत्रं च मत्स्याश्च पञ्चालाः शूरसेनकाः । एष ब्रह्मर्षिदेशो वै ब्रह्मावर्तादनन्तरः Ms.2.19). -ओदनः, -नम् food given to the priests at a sacrifice. -कन्यका an epithet of Sarasvatī. -करः a tax paid to the priestly class. -कर्मन् n. 1 the religious duties of a Brāhmaṇa, the office of Brahman, one of the four principal priests at a sacrifice. -कला an epithet of Dākṣāyaṇī (who dwells in the heart of man). -कल्पः an age of Brahman. -काण्डम् the portion of the Veda relating to spiritual knowledge. -काष्ठः the mulberry tree. -किल्बिषम् an offence against Brāhmaṇas. -कूटः a thoroughly learned Brāhmaṇa. -कूर्चम् a kind of penance; अहोरात्रोषितो भूत्वा पौर्णमास्यां विशेषतः । पञ्चगव्यं पिबेत् प्रातर्ब्रह्मकूर्चमिति स्मृतम् ॥. -कृत् one who prays. (-m.) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -कोशः the treasure of the Vedas, the entire collection of the Vedas; क्षात्रो धर्मः श्रित इव तनुं ब्रह्मकोशस्य गुप्त्यै U.6.9. -गायत्री N. of a magical mantra composed after the model of गायत्री mantra. -गिरिः N. of a mountain. -गीता f. The preaching of Brahmā as included in the Anuśāsana parva of the Mahābhārata. -गुप्तः N. of an astronomer born in 598. A. D. -गोलः the universe. -गौरवम् respect for the missile presided over by Brahman; विष्कम्भितुं समर्थो$पि ना$चलद् ब्रह्मगौरवात् Bk.9.76 (मा भून्मोघो ब्राह्मः पाश इति). -ग्रन्थिः 1 N. of a particular joint of the body. -2 N. of the knot which ties together the 3 threads of the यज्ञोपवीत. -ग्रहः, -पिशाचः, -पुरुषः, -रक्षस् n., -राक्षसः a kind of ghost, the ghost of a Brāhmaṇa, who during his life time indulges in a disdainful spirit and carries away the wives of others and the property of Brāhmaṇas; (परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212; cf. Ms.12.6 also). -ग्राहिन् a. worthy to receive that which is holy. -घातकः, -घातिन् m. the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -घातिनी a woman on the second day of her courses. -घोषः 1 recital of the Veda. -2 the sacred word, the Vedas collectively; U.6.9 (v. l.). -घ्नः the murderer of a Brāhmaṇa. -चक्रम् 1 The circle of the universe; Śvet. Up. -2 N. of a magical circle. -चर्यम् 1 religious studentship, the life of celibacy passed by a Brāhmaṇa boy in studying the Vedas, the first stage or order of his life; अविप्लुतब्रह्मचर्यो गृहस्थाश्रममाचरेत् Ms.3.2;2. 249; Mv.1.24; यदिच्छन्तो ब्रह्मचर्यं चरन्ति तत्ते पदं संग्रहेण ब्रवीम्योमित्येतत् Kaṭh. -2 religious study, self-restraint. -3 celibacy, chastity, abstinence, continence; also ब्रह्म- चर्याश्रम. (-र्यः) a religious student; see ब्रह्मचारिन्. (-र्या) chastity, celibacy. ˚व्रतम् a vow of chastity. ˚स्खलनम् falling off from chastity, incontinence. -चारिकम् the life of a religious student. -चारिन् a. 1 studying the Vedas. -2 practising continence of chastity. (-m.) a religious student, a Brāhmaṇa in the first order of his life, who continues to live with his spiritual guide from the investiture with sacred thread and performs the duties pertaining to his order till he settles in life; ब्रह्मचारी वेदमधीत्य वेदौ वेदान् वा चरेद् ब्रह्मचर्यम् Kaṭhaśrutyopaniṣad 17; Ms.2.41,175;6.87. -2 one who vows to lead the life of a celibate. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 of Skanda. -चारिणी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a woman who observes the vow of chastity. -जः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -जन्मन् n. 1 spirtual birth. -2 investiture with the sacred thread; ब्रह्मजन्म हि विप्रस्य प्रेत्य चेह च शाश्वतम् Ms.2.146,17. -जारः the paramour of a Brāhmaṇa's wife; Rāmtā. Up. -जिज्ञासा desire to know Brahman; अयातो ब्रह्मजिज्ञासा Brahmasūtra. -जीविन् a. living by sacred knowledge. (-m.) a mercenary Brāhmaṇa (who converts his sacred knowledge into trade), a Brāhmaṇa who lives by sacred knowledge. -ज्ञानम् knowledge about Brahman; वेदान्तसाङ्ख्यसिद्धान्त- ब्रह्मज्ञानं वदाम्यहम् Garuḍa. P. -ज्ञ, -ज्ञानिन् a. one who knows Brahma. (-ज्ञः) 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 of Viṣṇu. -ज्ञानम् true or divine knowledge, knowledge of the identity of the universe with Brahma; ब्रह्मज्ञान- प्रभासंध्याकालो गच्छति धीमताम् Paśupata. Up.7. -ज्येष्ठः the elder brother of Brahman; ब्रह्मज्येष्ठमुपासते T. Up.2.5. (-a.) having Brahmā as first or chief. -ज्योतिस् n. 1 the light of Brahma or the Supreme Being. -2 an epithet of Śiva. -तत्त्वम् the true knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. -तन्त्रम् all that is taught in the Veda. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -तेजस् n. 1 the glory of Brahman. -2 Brahmanic lustre, the lustre or glory supposed to surround a Brāhmaṇa. -दः a spiritual preceptor; Ms.4.232. -दण्डः 1 the curse of a Brāhmaṇa; एकेन ब्रह्मदण्डेन बहवो नाशिता मम Rām. -2 a tribute paid to a Brāhmaṇa. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 N. of a mythical weapon (ब्रह्मास्त्र); स्वरस्य रामो जग्राह ब्रह्मदण्डमिवापरम् Rām.3.3.24. -5 magic, spells, incantation (अभिचार); ब्रह्मदण्डमदृष्टेषु दृष्टेषु चतुरङ्गिणीम् Mb.12. 13.27. -दर्मा Ptychotis Ajowan (Mar. ओवा). -दानम् 1 the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge, received as an inheritance or hereditary gift; सर्वेषामेव दानानां ब्रह्मदानं विशिष्यते Ms.4.233. -दायः 1 instruction in the Vedas, the imparting of sacred knowledge. -2 sacred knowledge received as an inheritance; तं प्रतीतं स्वधर्मेण ब्रह्मदायहरं पितुः Ms.3.3. -3 the earthly possession of a Brāhmaṇa. -दायादः 1 one who receives the Vedas as his hereditary gift, a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the son of a Brāhmaṇa. -दारुः the mulberry tree. -दिनम् a day of Brahman. -दूषक a. falsifying the vedic texts; Hch. -देय a. married according to the Brāhma form of marriage; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. (-यः) the Brāhma form of marriage. (-यम्) 1 land granted to Brahmaṇas; श्रोत्रियेभ्यो ब्रह्मदेयान्यदण्डकराण्यभिरूपदायकानि प्रयच्छेत् Kau. A.2.1.19. -2 instruction in the sacred knowledge. -दैत्यः a Brāhmaṇa changed into a demon; cf. ब्रह्मग्रह. -द्वारम् entrance into Brahmā; ब्रह्मद्वारमिदमित्येवैतदाह यस्त- पसाहतपाप्मा Maitra. Up.4.4. -द्विष्, -द्वेषिन् a. 1 hating Brāhmaṇas; Ms.3.154 (Kull.). -2 hostile to religious acts or devotion, impious, godless. -द्वेषः hatred of Brāhmaṇas. -धर a. possessing sacred knowledge. -नदी an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -नाभः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -निर्वाणम् absorption into the Supreme Spirit; स्थित्वास्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -2 = ब्रह्मानन्द q. v.; तं ब्रह्मनिर्वाणसमाधिमाश्रितम् Bhāg.4.6.39. -निष्ठ a. absorbed in or intent on the contemplation of the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मनिष्ठस्तथा योगी पृथग्भावं न विन्दति Aman. Up.1.31. (-ष्ठः) the mulberry tree. -नीडम् the resting-place of Brahman. -पदम् 1 the rank or position of a Brāhmaṇa. -2 the place of the Supreme Spirit. -पवित्रः the Kuśa grass. -परिषद् f. an assembly of Brāhmṇas. -पादपः, -पत्रः the Palāśa tree. -पारः the final object of all sacred knowledge. -पारायणम् a complete study of the Vedas, the entire Veda; याज्ञवल्क्यो मुनिर्यस्मै ब्रह्मपारायणं जगौ U.4.9; Mv.1.14. -पाशः N. of a missile presided over by Brahman; अबध्नादपरिस्कन्दं ब्रह्मपाशेन विस्फुरन् Bk.9.75. -पितृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पुत्रः 1 a son of Brahman. -2 N. of a (male) river which rises in the eastern extremity of the Himālaya and falls with the Ganges into the Bay of Bengal. (-त्रा) 1 a kind of vegetable poison. -2 See ब्रह्मपुत्रः (2). (-त्री) an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -पुरम् the heart; दिव्ये ब्रह्मपुरे ह्येष व्योम्न्यात्मा प्रतिष्ठितः Muṇḍ.2.2.7. -2 the body; Ch. Up. -पुरम्, -पुरी 1 the city of Brahman (in heaven). -2 N. of Benares. -पुराणम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas. -पुरुषः a minister of Brahman (the five vital airs). -प्रलयः the universal destruction at the end of one hundred years of Brahman in which even the Supreme Being is supposed to be swallowed up. -प्राप्तिः f. absorption into the Supreme spirit. -बलम् the Brahmanical power. -बन्धुः 1 a contemptuous term for a Brāhmaṇa, an unworthy Brāhmaṇa (cf. Mar. भटुर्गा); वस ब्रह्मचर्यं न वै सोम्यास्मत्कुलीनो$ननूज्य ब्रह्मबन्धुरिव भवतीति Ch. Up.6.1.1; ब्रह्मबन्धुरिति स्माहम् Bhāg.1.81.16; M.4; V.2. -2 one who is a Brāhmaṇa only by caste, a nominal Brāhmaṇa. -बिन्दुः a drop of saliva sputtered while reciting the Veda. -बीजम् 1 the mystic syllable om; मनो यच्छेज्जितश्वासो ब्रह्मबीजमविस्मरन् Bhāg.2.1.17. -2 the mulberry tree. -ब्रुवः, -ब्रुवाणः one who pretends to be a Brāhmaṇa. -भवनम् the abode of Brahman. -भागः 1 the mulberry tree. -2 the share of the chief priest; अथास्मै ब्रह्मभागं पर्याहरन्ति Śat. Br. -भावः absorption into the Supreme Spirit -भावनम् imparting religious knowledge; छेत्ता ते हृदयग्रन्थिमौदर्यो ब्रह्मभावनः Bhāg.3.24.4. -भिद् a. dividing the one Brahma into many. -भुवनम् the world of Brahman; आ ब्रह्म- भुवनाल्लोकाः पुनरावर्तिनो$र्जुन Bg.8.16. -भूत a. become one with Brahma, absorbed into the Supreme Spirit; आयुष्मन्तः सर्व एव ब्रह्मभूता हि मे मताः Mb.1.1.14. -भूतिः f. twilight. -भूमिजा a kind of pepper. -भूयम् 1 identity with Brahma, absorption or dissolution into Brahma, final emancipation; स ब्रह्मभूयं गतिमागजाम R.18.28; ब्रह्मभूयाय कल्पते Bg.14.26; Ms.1.98. -2 Brahmanahood, the state or rank of a Brāhmaṇa. धृष्टाद्धार्ष्टमभूत् क्षत्र ब्रह्मभूयं गतं क्षितौ Bhāg.9.2.17. -भूयस n. absorption into Brahma. -मङ्गलदेवता an epithet of Lakshmī. -महः a festival in honour of Brāhmaṇas. -मित्र a. having Brāhmaṇas for friends. -मीमांसा the Vedānta philosophy which inquires into the nature of Brahma or Supreme Spirit. -मुहूर्तः a particular hour of the day. -मूर्ति a. having the form of Brahman. -मूर्धभृत् m. an epithet of Śiva. -मेखलः the Munja plant. -यज्ञः one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices (to be performed by a householder), teaching and reciting the Vedas; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः Ms.3.7 (अध्यापनशब्देन अध्य- यनमपि गृह्यते Kull.) -योगः cultivation or acquisition of spiritual knowledge. -योनि a. 1 sprung from Brahman; गुरुणा ब्रह्मयोनिना R.1.64. (-निः) f. 1 original source in Brahman. -2 the author of the Vedas or of Brahman; किं पुनर्ब्रह्मयोनेर्यस्तव चेतसि वर्तते Ku.6.18. ˚स्थ a. intent on the means of attaining sacred knowledge; ब्राह्मणा ब्रह्मयोनिस्था ये स्वकर्मण्यवस्थिताः Ms.1.74. -रत्नम् a valuable present made to a Brāhmaṇa. -रन्ध्रम् an aperture in the crown of the head through which the soul is said to escape on its leaving the body; आरोप्य ब्रह्मरन्ध्रेण ब्रह्म नीत्वोत्सृजेत्तनुम् Bhāg.11.15.24. -राक्षसः See ब्रह्मग्रह; छिद्रं हि मृगयन्ते स्म विद्वांसो ब्रह्मराक्षसाः Rām. 1.8.17. -रवः muttering of prayers. -रसः Brahma's savour. ˚आसवः Brahma's nectar. -रातः an epithet of Śuka; Bhāg.1.9.8. -रात्रः early dawn. -रात्रिः an epithet of Yājñavalkya, (wrong for ब्रह्मरातिः) -राशिः 1 the whole mass or circle of sacred knowledge. -2 an epithet of Paraśurāma. -3 a particular constellation. -रीतिः f. a kind of brass. -रे(ले)खा -लिखितम्, -लेखः lines written by the creator on the forehead of a man which indicate his destiny, the predestined lot of any man. -लोकः the world of Brahman. -लौकिक a. inhabiting the ब्रह्मलोक. -वक्तृ m. an expounder of the Vedas. -वद्यम् knowledge of Brahma. -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या the murder of a Brāhmaṇa. -वर्चस् n., -वर्चसम् 1 divine glory or splendour, spiritual pre-eminence or holiness resulting from sacred knowledge; स य एवमेतद्रथन्तरमग्नौ प्रोतं वेद ब्रह्मवर्चस्यन्नादो भवति Ch. Up.2.12.2; (तस्य) हेतुस्त्वद्ब्रह्मवर्चसम् R.1.63; Ms.2.37;4.94. -2 the inherent sanctity or power of a Brāhmaṇa; Ś.6. -वर्चसिन्, -वर्चस्विन् a. holy or sanctified by spiritual pre-eminence, holy; अपृथग्धीरुपा- सीत ब्रह्मवर्चस्व्यकल्मषः Bhāg.11.17.32. (-m.) an eminent or holy Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवर्चस्विनः पुत्रा जायन्ते शिष्टसंमताः Ms. 3.39. -वर्तः see ब्रह्मावर्त. -वर्धनम् copper. -वाच् f. the sacred text. -वादः a discourse on the sacred texts; ब्रह्मवादः सुसंवृत्तः श्रुतयो यत्र शेरते Bhāg.1.87.1. -वादिन् m. 1 one who teaches or expounds the Vedas; U.1; Māl.1. -2 a follower of the Vedānta philosophy; तस्याभिषेक आरब्धो ब्राह्मणैर्ब्रह्मवादिभिः Bhāg.4.15.11. (-नी) an epithet of Gāyatrī; आयाहि वरदे देवि त्र्यक्षरे ब्रह्मवादिनि Gāyatryāvāhanamantra. -वासः the abode of Brāhmaṇas. -विद्, -विद a. 1 knowing the Supreme Spirit; ब्रह्मविद् ब्रह्मैव भवति. (-m.) a sage, theologian, philosopher. -विद्या, -वित्त्वम् knowledge of the Supreme Spirit. ब्रह्मविद्यापरिज्ञानं ब्रह्मप्राप्तिकरं स्थितम् Śuka. Up.3.1. -विन्दुः see ब्रह्मबिन्दु. -विवर्धनः an epithet of Indra. -विहारः a pious conduct, perfect state; Buddh. -वीणा a particular Vīṇā. -वृक्षः 1 the Palāśa tree. -2 the Udumbara tree. -वृत्तिः f. livelihood of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्मवृत्त्या हि पूर्णत्वं तया पूर्णत्वमभ्यसेत् Tejobindu Up.1.42. -वृन्दम् an assemblage of Brāhmaṇas. -वेदः 1 knowledge of the Vedas. -2 monotheism, knowledge of Brahma. -3 the Veda of the Brāhmaṇas (opp. क्षत्रवेद). -4 N. of the Atharvaveda; ब्रह्मवेदस्याथर्वर्णं शुक्रमत एव मन्त्राः प्रादु- र्बभूवुः Praṇava Up.4. -वेदिन् a. knowing the Vedas; cf. ब्रह्मविद्. -वैवर्तम् N. of one of the eighteen Purāṇas -व्रतम् a vow of chastity. -शल्यः Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ). -शाला 1 the hall of Brahman. -2 a place for reciting the Vedas. -शासनम् 1 a decree addressed to Brāhmaṇas. -2 a command of Brahman. -3 the command of a Brāhmaṇa. -4 instruction about sacred duty. -शिरस्, -शीर्षन् n. N. of a particular missile; अस्त्रं ब्रह्मशिरस्तस्मै ततस्तोषाद्ददौ गुरुः Bm.1.649. -श्री N. of a Sāman. -संसद् f. an assembly of Brāhmaṇas. -संस्थ a. wholly devoted to the sacred knowledge (ब्रह्म); ब्रह्मसंस्थो$मृतत्वमेति Ch. Up.2.23.1. -सती an epithet of the river Sarasvatī. -सत्रम् 1 repeating and teaching the Vedas (= ब्रह्मयज्ञ q. v.); ब्रह्मसत्रेण जीवति Ms.4.9; ब्रह्मसत्रे व्यवस्थितः Mb.12.243.4. -2 meditation of Brahma (ब्रह्मविचार); स्वायंभुव ब्रह्मसत्रं जनलोके$भवत् पुरा Bhāg.1.87.9. -3 absorption into the Supreme Spirit. -सत्रिन् a. offering the sacrifice of prayer. -सदस् n. the residence of Brahman. -सभा the hall or court of Brahman. -संभव a. sprung or coming from Brahman. (-वः) N. of Nārada. -सर्पः a kind of snake. -सवः distillation of Soma. -सायुज्यम् complete identification with the Supreme Spirit; cf. ब्रह्मभूय. -सार्ष्टिता identification or union or equality with Brahma; Ms.4.232. -सावर्णिः N. of the tenth Manu; दशमो ब्रह्मसावर्णिरुपश्लोकसुतो महान् Bhāg.8.13.21. -सुतः 1 N. of Nārada, Marīchi &c. -2 a kind of Ketu. -सुवर्चला f. 1 N. of a medicinal plant (ब्राह्मी ?). -2 an infusion (क्वथितमुदक); पिबेद् ब्रह्मसुवर्चलाम् Ms.11.159. -सूः 1 N. of Aniruddha. -2 N. of the god of love. -सूत्रम् 1 the sacred thread worn by the Brāhmaṇas or the twice-born (द्विज) over the shoulder; Bhāg. 1.39.51. -2 the aphorisms of the Vedānta philosophy by Bādarāyaṇa; ब्रह्मसूत्रपदैश्चैव हेतुमद्भिर्विनिश्चितैः Bg.13.4. -सूत्रिन् a. invested with the sacred thread. -सृज् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्तम्बः the world, universe; ब्रह्मस्तम्बनिकुञ्जपुञ्जितघनज्याघोषघोरं धनुः Mv.3.48. -स्तेयम् acquiring holy knowledge by unlawful means; स ब्रह्मस्तेयसंयुक्तो नरकं प्रतिपद्यते Ms.2.116. -स्थली a place for learning the Veda (पाठशाला); ...... ब्रह्मस्थलीषु च । सरी- सृपाणि दृश्यन्ते ... Rām.6.1.16. -स्थानः the mulberry tree. -स्वम् the property or possessions of a Brāhmaṇa; परस्य योषितं हृत्वा ब्रह्मस्वमपहृत्य च । अरण्ये निर्जले देशे भवति ब्रह्मराक्षसः ॥ Y.3.212. ˚हारिन् a. stealing a Brāhmaṇa's property. -स्वरूप a. of the nature of the Supreme Spirit. -हत्या, -वधः Brahmanicide, killing a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महत्यां वा एते घ्नन्ति Trisuparṇa. हन् a. murderer of a Brāhmaṇa; ब्रह्महा द्वादश समाः कुटीं कृत्वा वने वसेत् Ms.11.72. -हुतम् one of the five daily Yajñas or sacrifices, which consists in offering the rites of hospitality to guests; cf. Ms.3.74. -हृदयः, -यम् N. of a star (Capella).
brū ब्रू 2 U. (ब्रवीति, ब्रूते or आह; this root is defective in the non-conjugational tenses, its forms being made up from वच्). 1 To say, tell, speak (with two acc.); तां ... ... ब्रूया एवम् Me.13; रामं यथास्थितं सर्वं भ्राता ब्रूते स्म विह्वलः Bk.6.8; or माणवकं धर्मं ब्रूते Sk.; किं त्वां प्रति ब्रूमहे Bv.1.46. -2 To say or speak about, refer to (a person or thing); अहं तु शकुन्तलामधिकृत्य ब्रवीमि Ś.2. -3 To declare, proclaim, publish, prove, indicate; ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48; स्तनयुगपरिणाहं मण्डलाभ्यां ब्रवीति Ratn.2.12. -4 To name, call, designate; छन्दसि दक्षा ये कवयस्तन्मणिमध्यं ते ब्रुवते Śrut.15. -5 To answer; ब्रूहि मे प्रश्नान्. -6 To call or profess oneself to be. -With -अति 1 to insult, abuse; Mb.3. -2 to argue, dispute; परस्परं केचिदुपाश्रयन्ति परस्परं केचिदतिब्रुवन्ति Rām.5.61.17. -अनु to say, speak, declare; अथ यदनुब्रूते तेन ऋषीणाम् Bṛi. Up.1.4.16. -निस् to explain, derive. -प्र to say, speak, tell; पापानुवासितं सीता रावणं प्राब्रबीद्वचः Bk.8.85. -प्रति to speak in reply; प्रत्यब्रवीच्चैनम् R.2.42. -वि 1 to say, speak. -2 to speak falsely or wrongly; अब्रुवन् विब्रुवन् वापि नरो भवति किल्बिषी Ms.8.13; अब्रुवन् विब्रुवन्नज्ञो नरः किल्बिषमश्नुते Bhāg.1.44.9.
bhakta भक्त p. p. [भज्-क्त] 1 Distributed, allotted, assigned; वामहस्ताहृतं चान्नं भक्तं पर्युषितं च यत् Mb.12.36.31. -2 Divided. -3 Served, worshipped. -4 Engaged in, attentive to. -5 Attached or devoted to, loyal, faithful; मन्मना भव मद्भक्तो मद्याजी मां नमस्कुरु Bg.9.34. -6 Dressed, cooked (as food). -7 Forming a part of, belonging to. -8 Loved, liked (at the end of comp.). -क्तः A worshipper, adorer, devotee, votary, faithful attendant; भक्तो$सि मे सखा चेति Bg.4.3;7.23;9.31; भक्तानां त्रिविधानां च लक्षणं श्रूयतामिति । तृणशय्यारतो भक्तो मन्नाम- गुणकीर्तिषु । मनो निवेशयेत् त्यक्त्वा संसारसुखकारणम् ॥ Brav. P. -क्तम् 1 A share, portion. -2 Food; वन्यं सुविहितं नित्यं भक्तमश्नाति पञ्चमम् Rām.5.36.41; भक्तं भुक्तं ततः किम् Bh.3. 74; also meal; तथैव सप्तमे भक्ते भक्तानि षडनश्नता Ms.11.16; चतुर्थभक्तक्षपणं वैश्ये शूद्रे विधीयते Mb.13.16. -3 Boiled rice; गन्धेन स्फुरता मनागनुसृतो भक्तस्य सर्पिष्मतः U.4.1. -4 Any eatable grain boiled with water. -5 Adoration, worship. -6 The grain; यस्य त्रैवार्षिकं भक्तं पर्याप्तं भृत्यवृत्तये Ms.11.7; Mb.12.165.5 (भक्तं एकाहपर्याप्तं धान्यम् Nīlakaṇṭha). -7 The wages, remuneration (वेतन); Mb. 13.23.7. -Comp. -अग्रः, -ग्रम् a refectory; Buddh. -अभिलाषः desire of food, appetite. -उद्भवः gruel ब्रुव bruva ब्रुवाण bruvāṇa ब्रुव ब्रुवाण a. Professing or pretending to be, calling oneself by a name to which he has no real title (at the end of comp.), as in ब्राह्मणब्रुव, क्षत्रियब्रुव &c.
bhaj भज् I. 1 U. (भजति-ते but usually Atm. only; बभाज, भेजे, अभाक्षीत्, अभक्त, भक्ष्यति-ते, भक्त) 1 (a) To share, distribute, divide; भजेरन् पैतृकं रिक्थम् Ms.9.14; न तत्पुत्रै- र्भजेत् सार्धम् 29,119. (b) To assign, allot, apportion; गायत्रीमग्नये$भजत् Ait. Br. -2 To obtain for oneself, share in, partake of; पित्र्यं वा भजते शीलम् Ms.1.59. -3 To accept, receive; चामुण्डे भगवति मन्त्रसाधनादावुद्दिष्टामुपनिहितां भजस्व पूजाम् Māl.5.25. -4 (a) To resort to, betake oneself to, have recourse to; शिलातलं भेजे K.179; मातर्लक्ष्मि भजस्व कंचिदपरम् Bh.3.64; न कश्चिद्वर्णानामपथमप- कृष्टो$पि भजते Ś.5.1; Bv.1.83; R.17.28. (b) To practise, follow, cultivate, observe; तृष्णां छिन्धि भज क्षमाम् Bh.2.77; भेजे धर्ममनातुरः R.1.21; Mu.3.1. -5 To enjoy, possess, have, suffer, experience, entertain; विधुरपि भजतेतरां कलङ्कम् Bv.1.74; न भेजिरे भीमविषेण भीतिम् Bh.2.8; व्यक्तिं भजन्त्यापगाः Ś.7.8; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43; Māl.3.9; U.1.35. -6 To wait or attend upon, serve; (दोग्ध्रीं) भेजे भुजोच्छिन्नरि- पुर्निषण्णाम् R.2.23; Pt.1.181; Mk.1.32. -7 To adore, honour, worship (as a god). -8 To choose, select, prefer, accept; सन्तः परीक्ष्यान्यतरद्भजन्ते M.1.2. -9 To enjoy carnally; वसोर्वीर्योत्पन्नामभजत मुनिर्मत्स्यतनयाम् Pt.4.5. -1 To be attached or devoted to; आसन्नमेव नृपतिर्भजते मनुष्यं विद्याविहीनमकुलीनमसंस्कृतं वा Pt.1.35. -11 To take possession of. -12 To fall to the lot of any one. -13 To grant, bestow. -14 To supply, furnish (Ved.). -15 To favour; ये यथा मां प्रपद्यन्ते तांस्तथैव भजाम्यहम् Bg.4.11. -16 To decide in favour of, declare for. -17 To love, court (affection). -18 To apply oneself to, be engaged in. -19 To cook, dress (food). -2 To employ, engage. (The meanings of this root are variously modified according to the noun with which it is connected:-e. g. निद्रां भज् to go to sleep; मूर्छां भज् to swoon; भावं भज् to show love for &c. &c.). -Caus. 1 To divide. -2 To put to flight, pursue. -3 To cook, dress. -II. 1.U. (भाजयति-ते, regarded by some as the caus. of भज् I) 1 To cook. -2 To give.
bhā भा 2 P. (भाति, भात; caus. भापयति-ते; desid. बिभासति) 1 To shine, be bright or splendid, be luminous; पङ्कैर्विना सरो भाति सदः खलजनैर्विना । कटुवर्णैर्विना काव्यं मानसं विषयैर्विना Bv.1.116; समतीत्य भाति जगती जगती Ki.5.2; R.3.18; भाति श्रीरमणावतारदशकं बाले भवत्याः स्तने Udb. -2 To seem, appear; बुभुक्षितं न प्रति भाति किंचित् Mbh. -3 To be, exist. -4 To be pleased. -5 To show oneself. -6 To blow; [the following verse gives different meanings of the verb; -बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स-मुद्रो (to shine) बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स-मुद्रः । (to be pleased) -बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रो (to be) बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः स मुद्रः ॥ (to blow). Bk.1.19].
bhāj भाज् a. (Usually at the end of comp.) 1 Sharing or participating in, liable to. पाप˚ cf. न केवलं यो महतो$प- भाषते शृणोति तस्मादपि यः स पापभाक् Ku.5.83; दोष˚ guilty. -2 Having, enjoying, possessing, obtaining; सुख˚, रिक्थ˚. -3 Entitled to. -4 Feeling, experiencing, being sensible of. -5 Devoting oneself to. -6 Living in, inhabiting, dwelling in; as in कुहरभाज् (U.2.21.); दरीभाज् &c. -7 Going or resorting to, seeking. -8 Worshipping. -9 Falling to the lot of. -1 What must be done, a duty (कर्तव्य); (व्यरंसीत्) कृता$कृतेभ्यः क्षितिपालभाग्भ्यः Bk.3.21.
bhid भिद् I.1.P. (भिन्दति) To divide or cut into parts. -II. 7 U. (भिनत्ति, भिन्त्ते, बिभेद, बिभिदे, अभैत्सीत्, अभिनत्, अभिन्त्त, भेत्स्यति-ते, भेत्तुम् भिन्न) 1 To break, cleave, split, cut asunder, rend, pierce, break through or down; अतिशीतलमप्यम्भः किं भिनत्ति न भूभृतः H.3.38; तेषां कथं नु हृदयं न भिनत्ति लज्जा Mu.3.34; Śi.8.39; Ms.3.33; R.8. 93;12.77. -2 To dig or tear up, excavate; U.1.23. -3 To pass through; यदि रोहिण्याः शकटं भिनत्ति रविनन्दनो गगनवीथ्याम् Pt.1.211,212. -4 (a) To divide, separate; द्विधा भिन्ना शिखण्डिभिः R.1.39. (b) To displace; आनन्दजः शोकजमश्रु बाष्पस्तयोरशीतं शिशिरो बिभेद R.14.3. -5 To violate, break, infringe; समयं लक्ष्मणो$भिनत् R.15.94; निहतश्च स्थितिं भिन्दन् दानवो$सौ बलद्विषा Bk.7.68. -6 To remove, take away; धैर्यमभिनदुदितं शिशुना Śi.15.87. -7 To disturb, interrupt; as in समाधिभेदिन्; असिपत्रवने चैव भिद्यमानानधार्मिकान् Rām.7.21.15. -8 To change, alter; (न) भिन्दन्ति मन्दां गतिमश्वमुख्यः Ku.1.11; or विश्वासोपगमा- दभिन्नगतयः शब्दं सहन्ते मृगाः Ś.1.14. -9 To expand, cause to open or blossom, open; सूर्यांशुभिर्भिन्नमिवारविन्दम् Ku.1.32; नवोषसा भिन्नमिवैकपङ्कजम् Ś.7.16; Me.19. -1 To disperse, scatter, scare away; भिन्नसारङ्गयूथः Ś.1.32; V.1.16. -11 To disjoin, disunite, set at variance; भेत्स्यामि स्वमतेन भेदकुशलो ह्येष प्रतीपं द्विषः Mu.3.13. -12 To loosen, relax, dissolve; पर्यङ्कबन्धं निबिडं बिभेद Ku.3.59. -13 To disclose, divulge. -14 To perplex, distract. -15 To distinguish, discriminate. -16 To explain or to understand; वचांसि योगग्रथितानि साधो न नः क्षमन्ते मनसापि भेत्तुम् Bhāg.5.1.18. -Pass. (भिद्यते) 1 To be split, rent or shivered; धरा धारापातै- र्मणिमयशरैर्भिद्यत इव Mk.5.22. -2 To be divided or separated. -3 To expand, blossom, open. -4 To be loose or relaxed; प्रस्थानभिन्नां न बबन्ध नीविम् R.7.9,66. -5 To be different from (with abl.); न कारणात् स्वाद् बिभिदे कुमारः प्रवर्तितो दीप इव प्रदीपात् R.5.37; U.4. -6 To be destroyed. -7 To be divulged or betrayed, get abroad; षट्कर्णो भिद्यते मन्त्रः &c. Pt.1.99. -8 To be harassed, pained or afflicted. -9 To be frightened or alarmed; अम्भसा भिद्यते सेतुस्तथा मन्त्रो$प्यरक्षितः । पैशुन्याद् भिद्यते स्नेहो वाचा भिद्येत कातरः ॥ Pt.1.12. -1 To separate oneself from, keep aloof from. -Caus. (भेदयति-ते) 1 To split, cleave, divide, tear &c. -2 To destroy, dissolve. -3 To disunite, set at variance. -4 To perplex. -5 To seduce. -Desid. (बिभित्सति-ते) To wish to break &c.
bhū भू I. 1 P. (rarely Ā.) (भवति, बभूव, अभूत्, भविष्यति, भवितुम्, भूत) 1 To be, become; कथमेवं भवेन्नाम; अस्याः किमभवत् Māl.9.29 'what has become her fate', 'what has become of her' U.3.27; यद्भावि तद्भवतु U.3 'come what may'; so दुःखितो भवति, हृष्टो भवति &c. -2 To be born or produced; यदपत्यं भवेदस्याम् Ms.9.127; भाग्यक्रमेण हि धनानि भवन्ति यान्ति Mk.1.13. -3 To spring or proceed from, arise; क्रोधाद् भवति संमोहः Bg.2.63;14.17. -4 To happen, take place, occur; नाततायिवधे दोषो हन्तुर्भवति कश्चन Ms.8.351; यदि संशयो भवेत् &c. -5 To live, exist; अभूदभूतपूर्वः ... राजा चिन्तामणिर्नाम Vās.; अभून्नृपो विबुधसखः परंतपः Bk.1.1. -6 To be alive or living, breathe; त्वमिदानीं न भविष्यसि Ś.6; आः चारुदत्तहतक, अयं न भवसि Mk.4; दुरात्मन्, प्रहर नन्वयं न भवसि Māl.5 ('thou art a dead man', thou shalt breathe no longer); ऋते$पि त्वा न भविष्यन्ति सर्वे Bg.11.32. -7 To remain or be in any state or condition, fare; भवान् स्थले कथं भविष्यति Pt.2. -8 To stay, abide; remain; अस्मिन्नेव लतागृहे त्वमभवस्तन्मार्ग- दत्तेक्षणः U.3.37. -9 To serve, do; इदं पादोदकं भविष्यति Ś.1. -1 To be possible (usually with a future tense in this sense); भवति भवान् याजयिष्यति Sk. -11 To lead or tend to, conduce to, bring about (with dat.); वाताय कपिला विद्युत् ...... पीता भवति सस्याय दुर्भिक्षाय सिता भवेत् Mbh.; सुखाय तज्जन्मदिनं बभूव Ku.1.23; संस्मृतिर्भव भवत्यभवाय Ki. 18.27; न तस्या रुचये बभूव R.6.44. -12 To be on the side of, assist; देवा अर्जुनतो$भवन् । -13 To belong or pertain to (often expressed by 'have'); तस्य ह शतं जाया बभूवुः Ait. Br.; तस्य तेजोमया लोका भवन्ति ब्रह्मवादिनः Ms.6.39. -14 To be engaged in, be occupied (with loc); चरण- क्षालने कृष्णो ब्राह्मणानां स्वयं ह्यभूत् Mb. -15 To conduct oneself, behave. -16 Ved. To be prosperous, succeed; ततो देवा अभवन् Bṛi. Up 1.3.7; Mb.12.228.1. Used with a preceding noun or adjective भू serves to form verbs in the sense of 'becoming what it previously is not' or 'becoming' in general; श्वेतीभू to become white; कृष्णीभू to become black; पयोधरीभूत 'becoming or serving the purpose of teats'; so क्षपणीभू to be or become a mendicant; प्रणिधीभू to act the spy; आर्द्रीभू to melt; भस्मीभू to be reduced to ashes; विषयीभू to form the subject of; so एकमतीभू; तरुणीभू &c. &c. Note-The senses of भू may be variously modified according to the adverbs with which it is connected; e. g. पुनर्भू to marry again; आविर्भू to appear, arise, to be evident or clear; see आविस्; तिरोभू to disappear; प्रादुर्भू to arise, be visible, appear; अग्रेभू to be in front, take the lead; अन्तर्भू to be absorbed or included; ओजस्यन्तर्भवन्त्यन्ये K. P.8; दोषाभू to grow evening or dusk-time; अन्यथा भू to be otherwise, be changed; न मे वचनमन्यथा भवितुमर्हति Ś.4; पुरो भू to come forward; stand forth; मिथ्या भू to turn out false; वृथा भू to become useless &c. &c. -Caus. (भावयति-ते) 1 To cause to be or become, call into existence, call into being; ते वै ब्रह्मण आदेशात् कथमेतदभावयन् Bhāg.3.2.1. -2 To cause, produce, effect. -3 To manifest, display, exhibit. -4 To foster, cherish, support, preserve, enliven; पुनः सृजति वर्षाणि भगवान् भावयन् प्रजाः Mb.; देवान् भावयतानेन ते देवा भावयन्तु वः । परस्परं भावयन्तः श्रेयः परमवाप्स्यथ ॥ Bg.3.11; Bk.16.27. -5 To think or reflect, consider, fancy, imagine. -6 To look upon, consider or regard as; अर्थमनर्थं भावय नित्यम् Moha M.2. -7 To prove, substantiate, establish; निह्नवे भावितो दद्याद्धनं राज्ञे च तत्समम् Y.2.11. -8 To purify. -9 To get, obtain. -1 To mingle or mix. -11 To change or transform into. -12 To soak, steep. -13 To devote or addict oneself to. -14 To convince. -15 To perfume, scent. -Desid. (बुभूषति) To wish to be or become &c. -II. 1 U. (भवति-ते) To get, obtain. -III. 1 Ā. (भावयते) To obtain, gain. -IV. 1 U. (भावयति-ते) 1 To think, reflect. -2 To mix, mingle. -3 To be purified (connected with caus. of भू q. v. above).
bhūṣ भूष् 1 P., 1 U. (भूषति, भूषयति-ते, भूषित) 1 To adorn, deck, decorate; शुचि भूषयति श्रुतं वपुः Bk.2.15. -2 To decorate oneself (Ātm.); भूषयते कन्या स्वयमेव -3 To spread or strew with, overspread; नखप्रभाभूषितकङ्कपत्रे R.2.31. -With अभि to adorn, grace, give beauty to; अहरत सुतरामतो$स्य चेतः स्फुटमभिभूषयति स्त्रियस्त्रपैव Śi.7.38.
bhṛguḥ भृगुः 1 N. of a sage, regarded as the ancestor of the family of the Bhṛigus, and described in Ms.1.35 as one of the ten patriarchs created by the first Manu; (said to be so called because he was produced along with flames; सह ज्वालाभिरुत्पन्ने भृगुस्तस्माद् भृगुः स्मृतः ।). [On one occasion when the sages could not agree as to which of the three gods, Brahman, Viṣṇu and Śiva, was best entitled to the worship of Brāhmaṇas, the sage Bhṛigu was sent to test the character of the three gods. He first went to the abode of Brahman, and, on approaching him, purposely omitted an obeisance. Upon this the god reprehended him severely, but was pacified by apologies. Next he entered the abode of Śiva in Kailāsa, and omitted, as before, all tokens of adoration. The vindictive deity was enraged and would have destroyed him, had he not conciliated him by mild words. (According to another account, Bhṛigu was coldly received by Brahman, and he, therefore, cursed him that he would receive no worship or adoration; and condemned Śiva to take the form of a Liṅga, as he got no access to the deity who was engaged in private with his wife). Lastly he went to Viṣṇu, and finding him asleep, he boldly gave the god a kick on his breast which at once awoke him. Instead of showing anger, however, the God arose, and on seeing Bhṛigu, inquired tenderly whether his foot was hurt, and then began to rub it gently. 'This', said Bhṛigu, 'is the mightiest god. He overtops all by the most potent of all weapons--kindness and generosity'. Viṣṇu was therefore, declared to be the god who was best entitled to the worship of all.] -2 N. of the sage Jamadagni. -3 An epithet of Śukra. -4 The planet Venus. -5 A cliff, precipice; कृत्वा पुंवत्पातमुच्चैर्मृगुभ्यः Śi.4.23; भृगुपतनकारणमपृच्छम् Dk. -6 Table-land, the level summit of a mountain. -7 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -8 An epithet of Śiva. -9 Friday. -Comp. -उद्वहः an epithet of Paraśurāma. -कच्छः, -च्छम् N. of a place on the north bank of the Narmadā (modern Broach). -जः, -तनयः 1 an epithet of Śukra. -2 the planet Venus. -नन्दनः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma; वीरो न यस्य भगवान् भृगुनन्दनो$पि U.5.34. -2 of Śukra. -3 of Śaunaka; एवं निशम्य भृगुनन्दनसाधुवादम् Bhāg.1.1. 14. -पतनम् a fall from a precipice. -पतिः an epithet of Paraśurāma; भृगुपतियशोवर्त्म यत् क्रौञ्चरन्ध्रम् Me.59; so भृगूणांपतिः. -पातः Throwing oneself down from a cliff or a precipice; thus committing suicide; तत्र तत्यजुरा मानं भृगुपातेन केचन Śiva B.2.39. -वंशः N. of a family descended from Paraśurāma;. -वारः, -वासरः Friday. -शार्दूलः, -श्रेष्ठः, -सत्तमः epithets of Paraśurāma;. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 an epithet of Paraśurāma;. -2 of Venus or Śukra; भृगुसूनुधरापुत्रौ शशिजेन समन्वितौ Mb.9.11.17.
maṇḍalāyate मण्डलायते Den. Ā. To form oneself into a circle, to coil oneself.
manas मनस् n. [मन्यते$नेन मन् करणे असुन्] 1 The mind, heart, understanding, perception, intelligence; as in सुमनस्, दुमर्नस् &c. -2 (In phil.) The mind or internal organ of perception and cognition, the instrument by which objects of sense affect the soul; (in Nyāya phil. मनस् is regarded as a Dravya or substance, and is distinct from आत्मन् or the soul); तदेव सुखदुःखाद्युपलब्धि- साधनमिन्द्रियं प्रतिजीवं भिन्नमणु नित्यं च Tarka K. -3 Conscience, the faculty of discrimination or judgment. -4 Thought, idea, fancy, imagination, conception; पश्यन्न- दूरान्मनसाप्यधृष्यम् Ku.3.51; R.2.27; कायेन वाचा मनसापि शश्वत् 5.5; मनसापि न विप्रियं मया (कृतपूर्वम्) 8.52. -5 Design, purpose, intention. -6 Will, wish, desire, inclination; in this sense मनस् is frequently used with the infinitive form with the final म् dropped, and forms adjectives; अयं जनः प्रष्टुमनास्तपोधने Ku.5.4; cf. काम. -7 Reflection (ध्यान); मनसा जपैः प्रणतिभिः प्रयतः समुपेयिवानधिपतिं स दिवः Ki.6.22. -8 Disposition, temper, mood. -9 Spirit, energy, mettle; मनोवीर्यवरोत्सिक्तमसृण्यमकुतोभयम् Bhag.3. 17.22. -1 N. of the lake called Mānasa. -11 Breath or living soul. -12 Desire, longing after. (मनसा गम् &c. to think of, contemplate, remember; जगाम मनसा रामं धर्मज्ञो धर्मकाङ्क्षया Rām.2.82.9; (अगमत्) मनसा कार्यसंसिद्धौ त्वरादिगुणरंहसा Ku.2.63; मनः कृ to fix the mind upon, direct the thoughts towards, with dat. or loc.; मनो बन्ध् to fix the heart or affection upon; (अभिलाषे) मनो बबन्धान्यरसान् विलङ्ध्य सा R.3.4; मनः समाधा to collect oneself; मनसि उद्भू to cross the mind; मनसि कृ to think, to bear in mind; to resolve, determine, think of.) N. B. In comp. मनस् is changed to मनो before अ and soft consonants, as मनो$नुग, मनोज्ञ, मनोहर &c.). -Comp. -अधिनाथः a lover, husband. -अनवस्थानम् inattention. -अनुग a. suiting the mind, agreeable; ततस्तदग्ऱ्यं वचनं मनोनुगं समस्तमाज्ञाय ततो हि हेतुमत् Mb.12.167.49; Rām.7.72.18. -अप- हारिन् a. captivating the heart. -अभिनिवेशः close application of mind, firmness of purpose, -अभिराम a. pleasing the mind, gratifying to the heart; मनोभिरामाः (केकाः) R.1.39. -अभिलाषः the desire or longing of the heart. -आप a. gaining the heart, attractive, pleasing. -कान्त a. (मनस्कान्त or मनःकान्त) dear to the mind, pleasant, agreeable. -कारः perfect perception, full consciousness (of pleasure or pain), mental concentration, resolution; भवन्मनस्कारलवोद्गमेन क्रमेलकानां निलयः पुरेव N.14.84. (cf. मनसः ऐकाग्ऱ्यकरणं मनस्कारः Nārayaṇa com. on N.) दिदृक्षादत्तदृष्टीनां मनस्कारमनीषयोः । सप्रीतिरससन्तोषं दिशन्तौ देहकान्तितः ॥ Yādavābhyudaya 1.9. -क्षेपः (मनःक्षेपः) distraction of the mind, mental confusion. -गत a. 1 existing or passing in the mind, concealed in the breast, internal, inward, secret; नेयं न वक्ष्यति मनोगतमाधिहेतुम् Ś.3. 11. -2 affecting the mind, desired. (-तम्) 1 a wish, desire; मनोगतं सा न शशाक शंसितुम् Ku.5.51. -2 an idea, thought, notion, opinion. -गतिः f. desire of the heart. -गवी wish, desire. -गुप्त a. hidden in the mind, thought secretly. (-प्ता) red arsenic. -ग्रहणम् captivating the mind. -ग्रहिन् a. captivating or fascinating the mind. -ग्राह्य a. to be grasped by the mind. -ह्यम् the pleasures of sense; यो वृणीते मनोग्राह्यमसत्त्वात् कुमनीष्यसौ Bhāg.1. 48.11. -ग्लानिः depression of mind. -ज, -जन्मन् a. mindborn. (-m.) the god of love. -जल्पः imagination. -जव a. 1 quick or swift as thought; मनोजवं मारुततुल्यवेगम् Rāma-rakṣā Stotra 33. -2 quick in thought or conception. -3 fatherly, paternal. -जवस a. resembling a father, fatherly. -जवा 1 N. of one of the tongues of Agni. -2 N. of one of the शक्तिs of Durgā 'काली कराली च मनोजवा च' Śruti. -जात a. mind-born, arisen or produced in the mind. -जिघ्र a. scenting out, i. e. guessing the thoughts. -ज्ञ a. pleasing, lovely, agreeable, beautiful, charming; इयमधिकमनोज्ञा वल्कलेनापि तन्वी Ś.1.2; R.3.7; 6.1. (-ज्ञः) N. of a Gandharva. (-ज्ञा) 1 red arsenic. -2 an intoxicating drink. -3 a princess. -तापः, -पीडा 1 mental pain or agony, anguish. -तालः the lion of Durgā. -तुष्टिः f. satisfaction of the mind. -तोका an epithet of Durgā. -दण्डः complete control over the mind or thoughts; Ms.12.1; cf. त्रिदण्डिन्. -दत्त a. devoted in thought, mentally dedicated. -दाहः, -दुःखम् mental distress or torment. -दाहिन् the god of love. -दुष्ट a. depraved in mind; रजसा स्त्री मनोदुष्टा संन्यासेन द्विजोत्तम (शुद्ध्यति) Ms.5.18. -धारणम् conciliating the favour of. -नाशः loss of the mind or understanding, dementedness. -नीत a. approved, chosen. -पतिः (-मनःपतिः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पर्यायः (with Jainas) N. of the last but one stage in the perception of truth. -पूत a. (मनःपूत) 1 considered pure by the mind, approved by one's conscience; मनःपूतं समाचरेत् Ms.6.46. -2 of a pure mind, conscientious. -प्रणीत a. (मनःप्रणीत) agreeable or pleasing to the mind. -प्रसादः (मनः- प्रसादः) composure of mind, mental calm. -प्रिय a. dear to the heart. -यः cinammon (Mar. दालचिनी). -प्रीतिः f. (मनःप्रीतिः) mental satisfaction, joy, delight. -भव a. mind-born, created by fancy; दृश्यमाना विनार्थेन न दृश्यन्ते मनोभवाः Bhāg. -भवः, -भूः 1 the god of love, Cupid; रे रे मनो मम मनोभवशासनस्य पादाम्बुजद्वयमनारतमानमन्तम् Bv.4.32; Ku.3.27; R.7.22; श्यामा शुशुभे शशिना तया मनोभूः Kalāvilāsa. -2 love, passion, lust; अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33. -मथनः the god of love. -मय see separately. -यायिन् a. 1 going at will or pleasure. -2 swift, quick as thought; उत्पत्य खं दशग्रीवो मनोयायी शितास्त्रभृत् Bk.5.3. -3 keen desire; अहं हि तस्याद्य मनोभवेन संपीडिता तद्गतसर्वभावा Rām.5.32.12. -योगः close application of the mind, close attention. -योनिः the god of love. -रञ्जनम् 1 pleasing the mind. -2 pleasantness. -रथः 1 'the car of the mind', a wish, desire; अवतरतः सिद्धिपथं शब्दः स्वमनोरथस्येव M.1.22; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; R.2.72;12.59; उत्पद्यन्ते विलीयन्ते दरिद्राणां मनोरथाः Udb.; आशा नाम नदी मनोरथजला Bh.3.45. -2 a desired object; मनोरथाय नाशंसे Ś.7.13. -3 (in dramas) a hint, a wish expressed indirectly or covertly. ˚तृतीया N. of the third day in the bright half of Chaitra. ˚दायक a. fulfilling one's expectations. (-कः) N. of a Kalpa-taru. ˚द्रुमः the god of love. ˚बन्धः cherishing or entertaining of desire. ˚बन्धुः the friend of (who satisfies) desires; तस्या भवानपि मनोरथबन्धबन्धुः Māl.1.34. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's desires. ˚सृष्टिः f. a creation of the fancy, a castle in the air. -रम a. attractive, pleasing, agreeable, lovely, beautiful; अरुण- नखमनोरमासु तस्याः (अङ्गुलीषु) Ś.6.11; पुरस्ताद्विमले पात्रे सुविस्तीर्णे मनोरमे Suśruta. (-मा) 1 a lovely woman. -2 a kind of pigment. -रागः affection, passion (of the heart). -राज्यम् 'kingdom of the fancy', a castle in the air; मनोराज्यविजृम्भणमेतत् 'this is building castles in the air'. -रुज् f. pain or grief of the heart. -लयः loss of consciousness. -लौल्यम् freak, caprice. -वल्लभा a beloved woman. -वहा N. of a particular artery; ('अश्वत्थपत्रनाडीव द्विसप्ततिशताधिका । नाडी मनोवहेत्युक्तं योगशास्त्र- विशारदैः'); मध्ये च हृदयस्यैका शिरा तत्र मनोवहा । शुकं संकल्पजं नॄणां सर्वगात्रैर्विमुञ्चति ॥ Mb.12.214.19. -वाक्कर्मन् n. pl. thoughts, words and deeds. -वाञ्छा, -वाञ्छितम् a wish of the heart, a desire, -विकारः, -विकृतिः f. emotion of the mind. -विनयनम् mental discipline. -विरुद्ध a. 1 incomprehensible. -2 against the dictates of mind or conscience. -वृत्तिः f. 1 working of the mind, volition. -2 disposition, temper. -वेगः quickness of thought. -व्यथा mental pain or anguish. -शल्य a. rankling in the mind; (बाहुः) कुबेरस्य मनःशल्यं शंसतीव पराभवम् Ku.2.22. -शिलः, -ला red arsenic; मनःशिला- विच्छुरिता निषेदुः Ku.1.55; R.12.8; टङ्कैर्मनःशिलगुहैरवदीर्य- माणा Mk.; गन्धाश्मानं मनःशिलाम् Śiva B.3.19; मनःशिला- पङ्कलिखितेन च विद्योतितललाटपट्टाम् K. -शीघ्र a. quick as thought. -संकल्पः desire of the heart. -संगः attachment of the mind (to anything). -संचेतनाहारः (with Buddhists) one of the four kinds of food (in a material and spiritual senses) -संतापः anguish of the mind. -समृद्धिः heart's content; Bhāg. -संवरः coercion of mind. -सुख a. agreeable to the mind. -स्थ a. being in the heart, mental. -स्थैर्यम् firmness of mind. -हत a. disappointed. -हर a. pleasing, charming, attractive, fascinating, lovely; अव्याजमनोहरं वपुः Ś.1.18; Ku.3.39; R.3.32. (-रः) a kind of jasmine. (-रम्) gold. -हर्तृ, -हारिन् a. heart-stealing, captivating, agreeable, pleasing; हितं मनोहारि च दुर्लभं वचः Ki.1.4; गाङ्गं वारि मनोहारि मुरारिचरणच्युतम् Gaṅgāṣṭaka by Vālmīki 7. -हारी an unchaste or unfaithful woman. -ह्लादः gladness of heart. -ह्वा red arsenic; मनःशिला मनोगुप्ता मनोह्वा नागजिह्विका Bhāva. P.
manya मन्य a. (At the end of comp.) 1 Thinking oneself to be, as in पण्डितंमन्य. -2 Appearing as.
mama मम (Gen. sing. of अस्माद् the first personal pronoun) My, mine. -Comp. -कारः, -कृत्यम् interesting oneself about anything, self-interest.
masj मस्ज् 6 P. (मज्जति, मग्न; caus. मज्जयति; desid. मिम- ङ्क्षति) 1 To bathe, plunge, dip or throw oneself into water; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत् संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् R.15.11; Bv.2.95. -2 To sink, sink into or down, sink under, plunge (with loc. or acc.); सीदन्नन्धे तमसि विधुरो मज्जती- वान्तरात्मा U.3.38; Māl.9.2; सो$संवृतं नाम तमः सह तेनैव मज्जति Ms.4.81; R.16.72. -3 To be drowned, perish (in water). -4 To sink into misfortune. -5 To despond, be discouraged or disheartened. -Caus. (मज्जयति) -1 To cause to sink, immerse, dip, drown. -2 To deluge, inundate, overwhelm. -3 To thrust, to pass into; ततो मर्मसु मर्मज्ञो मज्जयन् निशितान् शरान् Rām.6.45.15.
muc मुच् I. 1 Ā. (मोचते) To deceive, cheat; see मुञ्च्. -II. 6 U. (मुञ्चति-ते, मुमोच-मुमुचे, अमुचत्-अमुक्त, मोक्ष्यति-ते, मोक्तुम्, मुक्त] 1 To loose, set free, release, let go, let loose, liberate, deliver (from captivity &c.); वनाय... यशोधनो धेनुमृषेर्मुमोच R.2.1;3.2; Ms.8.22; मोक्ष्यते सुरबन्दीनां वेणीर्वीर्यविभूतिभिः Ku.2.61; R.1.47; मा भवानङ्गानि मुञ्चतु V.2 'let not thy limbs droop', 'do not despond'. -2 To set free, loosen (as the voice); कण्ठं मुञ्चति बर्हिणः समदनः Mk.5.14 'loosens his throat or voice' i. e. raises a cry. -3 To leave, abandon, quit, give up, lay aside, relinquish; रात्रिर्गता मतिमतां वर मुञ्च शय्याम् R.5.66; मुञ्च मयि मानमनिदानम् Gīt.1; मुनिसुताप्रणयस्मृतिरोधिना मम च मुक्तमिदं तमसा मनः Ś.6.7; मौनं मुञ्चति किं च कैरवकुले Bv.1.4; आविर्भूते शशिनि तमसा मुच्यमानेव रात्रिः V.1.8; Me.41,96; R.3.11. -4 To set apart, take away, except. See मुक्त्वा. -5 To dismiss, send away. -6 To cast, throw, hurl, fling, discharge; मृगेषु शरान् मुमुक्षोः R.9.58; Bk.15.53. -7 To emit, drop, pour forth or down, shed, let fall (tears &c.); अपसृतपाण्डुपत्रा मुञ्चन्त्यश्रूणीव लताः Ś.4.12; चिरविरहजं मुञ्चतो बाष्पमुष्णम् Me.12; स शरवृष्टिमुचा धनुषा R.9.12; Bk.7.2. -8 To utter, give forth; मदमुखरमयूरीमुक्तसंसक्तकेकाः Māl. 9.5; Bk.7.57. -9 To give away, grant, bestow. -1 To put on (Ā). -11 To void (as excrement). -12 To sacrifice. -Pass. (मुच्यते) 1 To be loosed or released, be freed or absolved from (with abl. or instr.); मुच्यते सर्वपापेभ्यः &c. -2 To become loose or relaxed. -3 To free oneself, escape. -4 To abandon, deviate or swerve from. -Caus. (मोचयति-ते) 1 To cause to be freed or liberated. -2 To cause to shed. -3 To loose, set at liberty, liberate. -4 To extricate, disentangle. -5 To unyoke, unharness. -6 To give away, bestow. -7 To gladden, delight. -8 To open (a road). -9 To redeem from.. -Desid. (मुमुक्षति) 1 To wish to free or liberate &c. -2 (मुमुक्षते, मोक्षते) To long for final emancipation.
mokṣaḥ मोक्षः [मोक्ष्-घञ्] 1 Liberation, release, escape, freedom; सा$धुना तव बन्धे मोक्षे च प्रभवति K.; Me.63; लब्धमोक्षाः शुकादयः R.17.2; धुर्याणां च धुरो मोक्षम् 17.19. -2 Rescue, deliverance, delivery; ते यतध्वं परं शक्त्या सर्वे मोक्षाय पार्थिवाः Mb.5.173.15. -3 Final emancipation, deliverance of the soul from recurring births or transmigration, the last of the four ends of human existence; see अर्थ; धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाणां यस्यैको$पि न विद्यते । अजागलस्तनस्येव तस्य जन्म निरर्थकम् ॥; Bg.5.28;18.3; Ms.6.35; R.1.84. -4 Death. -5 Falling down, dropping down, falling off; वनस्थलीर्मर्मरपत्रमोक्षाः Ku.3.31. -6 Loosening, untying, unbinding; वेणिमोक्षोत्सुकानि Me.11; मदकलयुवतीनां नीवि- मोक्षस्तु मोक्षः -7 Shedding, causing to fall down or flow; बाष्पमोक्ष, अश्रुमोक्ष. -8 Shooting, casting, discharging; बाणमोक्षः Ś.3.5. -9 Scattering, strewing. -1 Acquittance or discharge of an obligation (debt &c.). -11 (In astr.) The liberation of an eclipsed planet, the end of an eclipse. -12 N. of a tree (पाटलि). -13 Utterance (of a curse). -14 Settling (a question). -Comp. -उपायः a means of obtaining final emancipation. -ज्ञानम् knowledge of final emancipation. -देवः an epithet applied to Hiouen Thsang, the celebrated Chinese traveller. -द्वारम् the sun. -पतिः (in music) a kind of measure. -पुरी an epithet of the town called काञ्ची. -भावः liberation. -वार्त्तिक a. reflecting upon final emancipation.
yat यत् 1 Ā. (यतते, यतित) 1 To attempt, endeavour, strive, try (usually with inf. or dat.); सर्वः कल्ये वयसि यतते लब्धुमर्थान् कुटुम्बी V.3.1. -2 To strive after, be eager or anxious for, long for; या न ययौ प्रियमन्यवधूभ्यः सारतरा- गमना यतमानम् Śi.4.45; R.9.7. -3 To exert oneself, persevere, labour. -4 To observe caution, be watchful; यततो ह्यपि कौन्तेय पुरुषस्य विपश्चितः Bg.2.6. -5 Ved. To excite, stir up, rouse. -6 To join. associate with. -7 To go, proceed. -Caus. (यातयति-ते) To return, rapay, requite, recompense, restore. -2 To despise, censure. -3 To encourage, animate. -4 To torture, distress, annoy. -5 To prepare, elaborate. -6 Ved. To join unite. -7 To cause to be returned or restored.
yata यत p. p. [यम्-क्त] 1 Restrained, curbed, controlled, subdued; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21. -2 Striving, diligent; तांश्चानुसंचार्य ततः कृतार्थाः पतन्ति विप्रेषु यतेषु भूयः Mb.12.31.111. -3 Limited, moderate; see यम्. -तम् The spurring of an elephant by means of the rider's feet; Mātanga L. -Comp. -आत्मन् a. governing oneself, self-restrained, curbing the senses; (तस्मै) यतात्मने रोचयितुं यतस्व Ku.3.16;1.54. -आहार a. moderate or temperate in eating, abstemious. -इन्द्रिय a. one who has restrained his senses or subdued his passions, pure, chaste. -गिर् a. silent. -चित्त, -मनस्, -मानस a. subdued in mind. -मैथुन a. abstaining from sexual intercourse. -वाच् a. restraining one's speech, observing silence, reticent; see वाग्यत. -व्रत a. 1 observing vows; इन्द्रो$न्यः सर्वदेवानां भवेदिति यतव्रताः Mb.1.31. 13 -2 keeping to one's engagements or promised observances.
ram रम् 1 Ā. (रमते, but Paras. when preceded by वि, आ, परि and उप; रेमे, अरंस्त, अरंसीत् P. रंस्यते, रन्तुम्, रत) 1 To be pleased or delighted, rejoice, be gratified; रहसि रमते Māl 3.2; Ms.2.223; U.2.18. -2 To rejoice at, be pleased with, take delight in, be fond of (with instr. or loc.); लोलापाङ्गैर्यदि न रमसे लोचनैर्बञ्चितो$सि Me. 27; व्यजेष्ट षड्वर्गमरंस्त नीतौ Bk.1.2. -3 To play, sport, dally, amuse oneself with; राजप्रियाः कैरविण्यो रमन्ते मधुपैः सह Bv.1.126 (where the next meaning is also hinted); Bk.6.15,67; रंरम्यते (अतिशयेन रमते) सरस- नागरिकण नाम्ना श्रीबिह्लणेन कविना क्षितिपालपुत्री Bil. Ch.48. -4 To have sexual intercourse with; सा तत्पुत्रेण सह रमते H.3; विशङ्कमाना रमितं कयापि जनार्दनम् Gīt.7. -6 To remain, stay, pause. -6 To take rest, remain quiet. -7 To gladden, delight. -Caus. (रमयति-ते) To please, delight, satisfy. -Desid. (रिरंसते) To wish to sport &c.; Śi.15.18.
rāgaḥ रागः [रञ्ज्-भावे घञ् नि˚ नलोपकुत्वे] 1 (a) Colouring, dyeing, tinging. (b) Colour, hue, dye; वचस्तत्र प्रयोक्तव्यं यत्रोक्तं लभते फलम् । स्थायीभवति चात्यन्तं रागः शुक्लपटे यथा ॥ Pt.1.33. -2 Red colour, redness; अधरः किसलयरागः Ś.1.21; Śi.8.15; Ki.16.46. -3 Red dye, red lac; रागेण बालारुणकोमलेन चूतप्रवालोष्ठमलंचकार Ku.3.3;5.11. -4 Love, passion, affection, amorous or sexual feeling; मलिने$पि रागपूर्णाम् Bv.1.1 (where it means 'redness' also); Śi.17.2; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; see चक्षूराग also; चरणयुगलादिव हृदयमविशद्रागः K.142. -5 Feeling, emotion, sympathy, interest. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 Anger, wrath; निध्वनज्जवहारीभा भेजे रागरसात्तमः Śi. 19.34. -8 Loveliness, beauty. -9 A musical mode or order of sound; (there are six primary Rāgas; भैरवः कौशिकश्चैव हिन्दोलो दीपकस्तथा । श्रीरागो मेघरागश्च रागाः षडिति कीर्तिताः Bharata; other writers give different names. Each rāga has six rāgiṇīs regarded as its consorts, and their union gives rise to several musical modes). -1 Musical harmony, melody; तवास्मि गीतरागेण हारिणा प्रसभं हृतः Ś.1.5; अहो रागपरिवाहिणी गीतिः Ś.5. -11 Regret, sorrow. -12 Greediness, envy; 'रागस्तु मात्सर्ये लोहिता- दिषु' Medinī.; राजकामस्य मूढस्य रागोपहतचेतसः Mb.7.85. 54. -13 The quality called Rajas q. v. -14 Nasalization. -15 A process in the preparation of quicksilver. -16 A king, prince. -17 The sun. -18 The moon. -19 Inflammation. -2 Seasoning, condiment; Mb.4. -Comp. -अङ्गी, -आढ्या Rubia Munjiṣṭa (Mar. मञ्जिष्ठा). -अशनिः a Buddha or Jina. -आत्मक a. impassioned; रजो रागात्मकं विद्धि Bg.14.7. -आयातम्, -उद्रेकः excess of passion. -खाडव, -खाण्डव See रागषाडव; a kind of sweet rice preparation; रागखाण्डवभोज्यैश्च मत्ताः पतिषु शेरते Mb.7. 61.8 (com. रागखाण्डवं गुडोदनं पर्पटिकेति वैदर्भाः). -चूर्णः 1 Acasia Catechu or Khadira tree. -2 red lead. -3 lac. -4 red powder thrown by people over one another at the festival called holi. -5 the god of love. -छन्नः the god of love. -द्रव्यम् a colouring substance, a paint, dye. -दः cristal. -दालिः a kind of pulse (मसूर). -दृश् a ruby. -पट्टः a kind of precious stone. (-ट्टी) the chinese rose. -पुष्पः, -प्रसवः the red globe-amaranth. -बन्धः manifestation of feeling, interest created by a proper representation (of various emotions); भावो भावं नुदति विषयाद्रागबन्धः स एव M.2.9. -युज् m. a ruby. -रज्जुः the god of love. -लता N. of Rati, wife of Cupid. -लेखा a streak or mark of paint. -वर्धनः (in music) a kind of measure. -वृन्तः the god of love. -षाडवः a kind of sweetmeat. -सूत्रम् 1 any coloured thread. -2 a silk-thread. -3 the string of a balance.
rājāyate राजायते Den. Ā. To act like a king, consider oneself a king.
lag लग् I. 1 P. (लगति, लग्न) 1 To adhere or stick to, cling to, attach oneself to; श्यामाथ हंसस्य करानवाप्तेर्मन्दाक्षलक्ष्या लगति स्म पश्चात् N.3.8; गमनसमये कण्ठे लग्ना निरुध्य निरुध्य माम् Māl.3.2. -2 To touch, come in contact with; लगितुमिव कृतप्रयत्ना K.193; कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते Pt.1.35; यथा यथा लगति शीतवातः Mk.5.1. -3 To touch, affect, have an effect on, go home; विदितोङ्गिते हि पुर एव जने सपदीरिताः खलु लगन्ति गिरः Śi.9.69. -4 To become united, to meet, cut (as lines). -5 To follow closely, ensue or happen immediately; अनावृष्टिः संपद्यते लग्ना Pt.1. -6 To engage, detain, occupy (one); तत्र दिनानि कतिचिल्लगिष्यन्ति Pt.4 'I shall be detained there for some days'. -II. 1 U. (लागयति-ते) 1 To taste. -2 To obtain.
līlāyati लीलायति ते Den. U. To sport, play, divert oneself.
varṇ वर्ण् 1 U. (वर्णयति-ते, वर्णित) 1 To colour, paint, dye; यथा हि भरता वर्णैर्वर्णयन्त्यात्मनस्तनुम् Subhāṣ. -2 To describe, relate, explain, write, depict, delineate, illustrate; वर्णितं जयदेवेन हरेरिदं प्रणतेन Gīt.3; Ki.5.18. -3 To praise; extol. -4 To spread, extend. -5 To illuminate. -6 To exert oneself. -7 To send, cast. -8 To pound, grind.
vaśa वश a. [वश् कर्तरि अच् भावे अप् वा] 1 Subject to, influenced by, under the influence or control of, usually in comp; शोकवशः, मृत्युवशः &c. -2 Obedient, submissive, compliant. -3 Humbled, tamed. -4 Charmed, fascinated. -5 Subdued by charms. -शः, -शम् 1 Wish, desire, wil; Ait. Up.5.2. -2 Power, influence, control, mastership, authority, subjection, submission; स्ववश 'subject to oneself', independent; परवश 'under the influence of others'; अनयत् प्रभुशक्तिसंपदा वशमेको नृपती- ननन्तरान् R.8.19; वशं नी, or आनी to reduce to subjection, subdue, win over; वशं गम्-इ-या &c. to become subject to, give way, yield, submit; विषमालोड्य पास्यामि मा कीचकवशं गमम् Mb.4.21.48; न शुचो वशं वशिनामुत्तम गन्तुमर्हसि R.8.9; वशे कृ or वशीकृ to subdue, overcome, win over; to fascinate, bewitch; वशात् (abl.) is frequently used adverbially in the sense of 'through the force, power or influence of', 'on account of', 'for the purpose of'; दैववशात्, वायुवशात्, कार्यवशात् &c. -3 Being tamed. -4 Birth. -शः The residence of harlots. -Comp. -अनुग, -ग, -वर्तिन् (so वशंगत) a. obedient to the will of another, submissive, subject; नमस्यामो देवान्ननु हतविधेस्ते$पि वशगाः Bh.2.94. (-m.) a servant. -आढ्यकः a porpoise. -इन्द्रिय a. one who has the command of his senses. -उपनयनम् an instrument to bring people under control; न ह्येवंविधं वशोपनयनमस्ति भूतानां यथा दण्डः Kau. A.1.4. -कारक a. leading to subjection. -क्रिया winning over, subjection. -ग a. subject, obedient; नमस्यामो देवान्ननु हतविधेस्ते$पि वशगाः Bh.2.94; Pt.1.139. (-गा) an obedient wife.
vastrayati वस्त्रयति Den. P. To dress or clothe oneself.
vāh वाह् 1 &Amacr. (वाहते) To try, exert oneself, endeavour.
viceṣṭ विचेष्ट् 1 Ā. 1 To stir, move, be in motion, move about. -2 To act, behave. -3 To exert oneself, strive, try. -4 To roll, wallow, struggle, writhe.
vitap वितप् 1 Ā. To shine; रविर्वितपते$त्यर्थम् Bk.8.14. -2 To warm, heat. -3 To warm oneself.
vidita विदित p. p. 1 Known, understood, learnt; अविदित- गतयामा रात्रिरेव व्यरंसीत् U.1.27. -2 Informed. -3 Renowned, celebrated, well-known; भुवनविदिते वंशे Me.6. -4 Promised, agreed to. -तः A learned man, scholar. -तम् 1 Knowledge, information. -2 Celebrity, fame. -3 Acquisition, gaining. -Comp. -आत्मन् 1 Celebrated; तस्य चिन्तयतो नित्यं धर्मेण विदितात्मनः Rām.1.42.7. -2 One who knows oneself; ततो नित्यानुगस्तेषां विदितात्मा महामतिः Rām.2.13.22. -m. the almighty (परमेश्वर); सर्वमार्षं हि मन्यन्ते व्याहृतं विदितात्मनः Mb.12.268.1.
vinam विनम् 1 P. To bend oneself, stoop, be bent; विनमन्ति चास्य तरवः प्रचये Ki.6.34; Bh.1.67; Bk.7.52. -Caus. 1 To bend (a bow). -2 (In gram.) To change into a cerebral letter.
vinirgam विनिर्गम् 1 P. 1 To go out. -2 To disappear, vanish. -3 To go away, depart. -4 To escape from, liberate oneself from. -5 To be beside one's self.
vinud विनुद् 6 P. 1 To strike, pierce; चोदयामास तानश्वान् विनुन्नान् भीष्मसायकैः Mb.6.16.45. -2 To play on a musical instrument (वीणाम्, आतोद्यम् &c.). -3 To remove, drive away, dispel. -Caus. 1 To remove, drive away, dispel, cast off; तापं विनोदय दृष्टिभिः Gīt.1; Śi.4.66; Ś.3.21; Māl.9.41. -2 To pass, spend (as time). -3 To divert, amuse, entertain; क्व नु खल्वात्मानं विनोदयामि Ś.3; लतासु दृष्टिं विनोदयामि Ś.6; R.14.77. -4 To amuse oneself with; लक्ष्मीर्विनोदयति येन दिगन्तलम्बी सो$पि त्वदाननरुचिं विजहाति चन्द्रः R.5.67.
vimuc विमुच् 6 P. 1 To free, liberate. -2 To loosen, unbind, unfasten, untie; ततो विमुक्त्वा सशरं शरासनम् Rām.6.111.124; आसीद्विवृत्तवदना च विमोचयन्ती (वल्कलम्) Ś.2.13. -3 To give up, lay aside, abandon, quit; विमुच्य रोषं रिपुनिग्रहात्ततः Rām.6.111.124; विमुच्य वासांसि गुरूणि सांप्रतम् Ṛs.1.7. -4 To let go, let loose; Bk.7.5. -5 To except, set aside, set apart; ननु मां कामवधे विमुञ्चता Ku.4.31. -6 To shed, pour down (tears); चिरमश्रूणि विमुच्य राघवः R.8.25. -7 To throw, cast. -8 To take off (clothes), undress oneself. -9 To stop, cease. -1 To take, assume; समाविशति संसृष्टस्तदा मूर्ति विमुञ्चति Ms.1.56. -11 To utter (a sound). -12 To lay (eggs). -Pass. 1 To be deprived of, be freed from. -2 To drop, be expelled (as a fœtus).
vilas विलस् 1 P. 1 To shine, flash, glitter; वियति च विललास तद्वदिन्दुर्विलसति चन्द्रमसो न यद्वदन्यः Bk.1.69; Me. 49; R.13.76. -2 To appear, arise, become manifest; प्रेम विलसति महत्तदहो Śi.15.14;9.87. -3 To sport, amuse oneself, play, frolic about sportively; कापि चपला मधुरिपुणा विलसति युवतिरधिकगुणा &Gimacr;t.7; or हरिरिह मुग्धवधू- निकरे विलासिनि विलसति केलिपरे Gīt.1; पर्यङ्के तया सह विललास H.1. -4 To sound, echo, reverberate. -5 To act upon, work upon, show oneself; (खेदः) त्वयि विलसति तुल्यं वल्लभालोकनेन Māl.3.8. -6 To move about, dart, shoot upwards.
vivaśa विवश a. 1 Uncontrolled, independent, unsubdued. -2 Having lost control over oneself, dependent, subject, under control (of another), helpless; विवशां धर्षयित्वा च कां त्वं प्रीतिमवाप्स्यसि Mb.3.281.22; परीता रक्षोभिः श्रयति विवशा कामपि दशाम् Bv.1.83; मित्रस्नेहाद्विवशमधुना साहसे मां नियुङ्क्ते Mu.6.18; जातं जातमवश्यमाशु विवशं मृत्युः करोत्यात्मसात् Bh. 3.15; Śi.2.58; सोद्योगं नरमायान्ति विवशाः सर्वसंपदः H. 1.151; Mv.6.32,63; Bhāg.1.1.14. -3 Insensible, not master of oneself; विवशा कामवधूर्विबोधिता Ku.4.1. -4 Dead, perished; उपलब्धवती दिवशच्युतं विवशा शापनिवृत्ति- कारणम् R.8.82. -5 Desirous or apprehensive of death.
vihṛ विहृ 1 P. 1 To take away, seize away. -2 To remove, destroy. -3 To let fall, shed (as tears); as in बाष्पं विहरति. -4 To pass (as time). -5 To amuse, or divert oneself, sport, play; विहरति हरिरिह सरसवसन्ते Gīt.1; गन्धमादनवनं विहर्तुं गता V.4; U.3.6. -6 To go in various directions. -7 To live. -8 To change, alternate.
vihārin विहारिन् a. 1 Diverting or amusing oneself by; मृगयाविहारिणः Ś.1; Pt.2.2; व्योमैकान्तविहारिणो$पि विहगाः संप्राप्नुवन्त्यापदम् H. -2 Expanding. -3 Beautiful, lovely.
vihvala विह्वल a. 1 Agitated, disquieted, perturbed, confused; क्षणमात्रसखीं सुजातयोः स्तनयोस्तामवलोक्य विह्वला R.8.37. -2 Overcome with fear, alarmed. -3 Delirious, beside oneself. -4 Afflicted, distressed; वित्तव्याधिविकारविह्वलगिरां नामापि न श्रूयते Bh.3.59; Ku.4.4. -5 Desponding. -6 Fused, liquid. -Comp. -चेतस् a. low-spirited. -तनु a. one whose body is exhausted.
vṛ वृ I. 1, 5, 9 U. (वरति-ते, वृणोति-वृणुते, वृणाति-वृणीते, वृत; pass. व्रीयते) 1 To choose, select as a boon; वृतं तेनेदमेव प्राक् Ku.2.56; ववार रामस्य वनप्रयाणम् Bk.3.6. -2 To choose for oneself (Ātm.); वृणते हि विमृश्यकारिणं गुणलुब्धाः स्वयमेव संपदः Ki.2.3; यदेव वब्रे तदपश्यदाहृतम् R.3.6. -3 To choose in marriage, woo, court; अयोनिजां राजसुतां वरीतुम् Mv.3.28; A. R.3.42. -4 To beg, solicit, ask for. -5 To cover, conceal, hide, screen, envelop; मेघैर्वृतश्चन्द्रमाः Mk.5.14. -5 To surround, encompass; वृतस्त्वं पात्रेसमितैः खट्वा$$रूढः प्रमादवान् Bk.5.1; U.4.18; R.12.61. -7 To ward off, keep away, restrain, check. -8 To hinder, oppose, obstruct. -9 To love, adore. -Caus. (वारयति-ते) 1 To cover, conceal. -2 To avert from (with abl.). -3 To prevent, ward off, restrain, suppress, check, hinder; शक्यो वारयितुं जलेन हुतभुक् Bh.2. 11. -Desid. (वुवूर्षति-ते, विवरिषति-ते; विवरीषति-ते) To wish to choose. -II. 1 U. (वरयति-ते) 1 To choose, select; वरं वरयते कन्या माता वित्तं पिता श्रुतम् Pt.4.68. -2 To choose in marriage. -3 To ask for, beg, solicit, (with two acc.); तां त्वां संवरणस्यार्थे वरयामि विभावसो Mb.; शैलेन्द्रं वर- यामासुर्गङ्गां त्रिपथगां नदीम् Rām.
vṛt वृत् I. 4 Ā. (वृत्यते) 1 To choose, like; cf. वावृत्. -2 To distribute, divide. -II. 1 U. (वर्तयति-ते) To shine. III. 1 Ā. (वर्तते but Paras. also in the Aorist, Second Future and Conditional; also in the Desiderative; ववृते, अवृतत्-अवर्तिष्ट, वर्तिष्यते-वर्त्स्यति, वर्तितुम्, वृत्त) 1 To be, exist, abide, remain, subsist, stay; इदं मे मनसि वर्तते Ś.1; अत्र विषये$स्माकं महत् कुतूहलं वर्तते Pt.1; मरालकुलनायकः कथय रे कथं वर्तताम् Bv.1.3; often used merely as a copula; अतीत्य हरितो हरींश्च वर्तन्ते वाजिनः Ś.1. -2 To be in any particular condition or circumstances; पश्चिमे वयसि वर्तमानस्य K.; so दुःखे, हर्षे, विषादे &c. वर्तते. -3 To happen, take place, occur, come to pass; सीतादेव्याः किं वृत्तमित्यस्ति काचित् प्रवृत्तिः U.2; सायं संप्रति वर्तते पथिक रे स्थानान्तरं गम्यताम् Śubhas. 'now it is evening' &c.; Ś. Til.6; अभितो ब्रह्मनिर्वाणं वर्तते विदिता- त्मनाम् Bg.5.26. -4 To move on, proceed in regular course; सर्वथा वर्तते यज्ञः Ms.2.15; निर्व्याजमज्या ववृते Bk. 2.37; R.12.56. -5 To be maintained or supported by, live on, subsist by (fig. also); कस्त्वं किं वर्तसे ब्रह्मन् ज्ञातु- मिच्छामहे वयम् Rām.1.1.12; फलमूलवारिभिर्वर्तमाना K.172; Ms.3.77. -6 To turn, roll on, revolve; यावदियं लोकयात्रा वर्तते Ve.3. -7 To occupy or engage oneself, be occupied or engaged in, set about (with loc.); भगवान् काश्यपः शाश्वते ब्रह्मणि वर्तते Ś.1; इतरो दहने स्वकर्मणां ववृते ज्ञानमयेन वह्निना R.8.2; Ms.8.346; नानवाप्तमवाप्तव्यं वर्त एव च कर्मणि Bg. 3.22. -8 To act, behave, conduct or demean oneself towards, do, perform, practise (usually with loc. or by itself); आर्यो$स्मिन् विनयेन वर्तताम् U.6; कविर्निसर्गसौहृदेन भरतेषु वर्तमानः Māl.1; औदासीन्येन वर्तितुम् R.1.25; मित्रवन् मय्यवर्तिष्ट Dk.; Ms.7.14;8.173;11.3. -9 To act a part, enter upon a course of conduct; साध्वीं वृत्तिं वर्तते 'he acts an honest part'. -1 To act up to, abide by, follow; तदशक्यारम्भादुपरम्य मातुर्मते वर्तस्व Dk. -11 To have the sense of, signify, be used in the sense of; पुष्यसमीपस्थे चन्द्रमसि पुष्यशब्दो वर्तते Mbh. on P.IV.2.3 (often used in lexicons in this sense). -12 To tend or conduce to (with dat.); पुत्रेण किं फलं यो वै पितृदुःखाय वर्तते. -18 To rest or depend upon. -Caus. (वर्तयति-ते) 1 To cause to be or exist. -2 To cause to move or turn round, cause to revolve; ज्योतींषि वर्तयति च प्रविभक्तरश्मिः Ś.7.6. -3 To brandish, flourish, whirl round; हस्तवर्तमवीवृतत् Bk.15. 37. -4 To do, practise, exhibit; नान्तर्वर्तयति ध्वनत्सु जलदे- ष्वामन्द्रमुद्गर्जितम् Māl.9.33. -5 To perform, discharge, attend or look to; सो$धिकारमभिकः कुलोचितं कश्चन स्वयमवर्तयत् समाः R.19.4; Mv.3.23. -6 To spend, pass (as time). -7 To live on, subsist; रामो$पि सह वैदेह्या वने वन्येन वर्तयन् R.12.8; sometimes Ātm. also; मदसिक्तमुखैर्मृगाधिपः करभि- र्वर्तयते स्वयं हतैः Ki.2.18. -8 To relate, describe; तत्र ते वर्तयिष्यामि यथा नैतत् प्रधानतः Mb.12.19.1;1.116.18. -9 To perceive, comprehend. -1 To study. -11 To shine. -12 To speak. -13 To shed (as tears); ताबुभौ च समालङ्ग्य रामो$प्यश्रूण्यवर्तयत् Rām.2.99.4. -Desid. (विवृत्सति, विवर्तिषते).
śram श्रम् 4 P. (श्राम्यति, श्रान्त) 1 To exert oneself, take pains, toil, labour. -2 To perform austerities, mortify the body (by act of penance); कियच्चिरं श्राम्यसि गौरि Ku.5.5. -3 To be wearied or fatigued, be exhausted; रतिश्रान्ता शेते रजनिरमणी गाढमुरसि K. P.1; Śi.14.38; Bk.14.11. -4 To be afflicted or distressed; यो वृन्दानि त्वरयति पथि श्राम्यतां प्रोषितानाम् Me.11. -Caus. (श्र-श्रा- मयति-ते) To cause to be fatigued &c. -2 To overcome, conquer, subdue.
śri श्रि 1 U. (श्रयति-ते, शिभ्राय-शिश्रिये, अशिश्रियत्-त, श्रयिष्यति- ते, श्रयितुम्, श्रित; Caus. श्राययति-ते; desid. शिश्रीषति-ते, शिश्र- यिषति-ते) 1 To go to, approach, resort to, have recourse to, approach for protection; यं देशं श्रयते तमेव कुरुते बाहु- प्रतापार्जितम् H.1.15; R.3.7;19.1; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विष्रद्रुमम् U.1.46. -2 To go or attain to, reach, undergo, assume (as a state); परीता रक्षोभिः श्रयति विवशा कामपि दशाम् Bv.1.83; द्विपेन्द्रभावं कलभः श्रयन्निव R.3.32. -3 To cling to, lean or rest on, depend on; नीलः स्निग्धः श्रयति शिखरं नूतनस्तोयवाहः U.1.33. -4 To dwell in, inhabit. -5 To honour, serve, worship. -6 To use, empoly. -7 To devote oneself to, be attached to. -8 To assist, help.
śriyaṃmanya श्रियंमन्य a. 1 Thinking oneself worthy. -2 Proud.
saṃvarjanam संवर्जनम् 1 Appropriating to oneself. -2 Consuming, devouring.
saṃviś संविश् 6 P. 1 To enter. -2 To sleep, lie down to rest; संविष्टः कुशशयने निशां निनाय R.1.95; क्रमेण सुप्तामनु संविवेश 2.24; Ms.4.55;7.225. -3 To cohabit, have sexual intercourse with; षोडशर्तुनिशाः स्त्रीणां तस्मिन् युग्मासु संविशेत् Y.1.79; Ms.3.48. -4 To enjoy. -5 To engage oneself in; मनःसंस्पर्शजान् दृष्ट्वा भोगान् स्वप्स्यामि संविशन् Bhāg. 7.13.26;9.19.2.
saṃstambh संस्तम्भ् 5, 9 P. (caus. also) 1 To stop, restrain, control; प्रयत्नसंस्तम्भितवक्रियाणां कथंचिदीशा मनसां बभूवुः Ku. 3.34. -2 To paralyze, benumb; वृत्तिः मोहेन संस्तम्भयतेन्द्रिया- णाम् Ku.3.73. -3 To take heart or courage, cheer up, compose, collect (oneself); संस्तम्भ राम भद्रं ते मा शुचः पुरुषोत्तम Rām.4.1.115; देवि संस्तम्भयात्मानम् U.4. -4 To make firm or immoveable; एवं बुद्धेः परं बुद्ध्वा संस्तभ्यात्मान- मात्मना Bg.3.43. -5 To support, prop up. -6 To confirm, establish, corroborate.
saṃsthā संस्था 1 Ā. 1 To dwell or live in, stand close together; तीक्ष्णादुद्विजते मृदौ परिभवत्रासान्न संतिष्ठते Mu.3.5. -2 To stand on. -3 To be, exist, live. -4 To abide by, obey, act up to; दारिद्र्यात् पुरुषस्य बान्धवजनो वाक्ये न संतिष्ठते Mk. 1.36. -5 To be completed; सद्यः संतिष्ठते यज्ञस्तथाशौचमिति स्थितिः Ms.5.98 (= यज्ञपुष्येन युज्यते Kull.). -6 To come to an end, be interrupted; न तत् संस्थास्यते कार्यं दक्षेणोरीकृतं त्वया Bk.8.11. -7 To stand still, come to a stand (Paras.); क्षणं न संतिष्ठति जीवलोकः क्षयोदयाभ्यां परिवर्तमानः Hariv. -7 To die, perish. -8 To agree, conform to. -9 To stand firmly. -1 To prosper, succeed. -Caus. 1 To establish, settle. -2 To place. -3 To compose, collect (oneself). -4 To subject, keep under control; विषयेषु च सज्जन्त्यः संस्थाप्या आत्मनो वशे (स्त्रियः) Ms.9.2. -5 To stop, restrain. -5 To kill. -7 To build (a town). -8 To restore. -9 To heap, store up. -1 To cremate.
saṃnam संनम् 1 P. 1 To bend, stoop, incline; संनताङ्गी Ku. 1.34; Bk.2.31; पर्वसु संनता V.4.26. -2 To submit or subject oneself to, obey; संनमतामरीणाम् R.18.34. -3 To bend down, bow down to. -4 To make ready, prepare. -5 To be accomplished. -Caus. 1 To contract, bend together. -2 To cause to bend or stoop. -3 To make ready, prepare.
saṃnah संनह् 4 U. 1 To tie, bind, fasten. -2 To wear, put on, dress. -3 To put on (as armour), arm oneself, be accoutred; समनात्सीत्ततो सैन्यम् Bk.15.111,112;14. 7;16.4. -4 To make oneself ready, prepare oneself (for any action) (Ātm. in this sense); युद्धाय संनह्यते Mbh.; छेत्तुं वज्रमणीञ् शिरीषकुसुमप्रान्तेन संनह्यते Bh.2.6.
saṃnahanam संनहनम् 1 Preparing, equipping, arming oneself. -2 Preparation. -3 Fastening tightly. -4 Industry, effort. -5 Tightness; यज्ञाङ्गानि च चत्वारि तस्य संनहने$भवन् Mb.1.18.7. -6 A band, rope.
saṃnāhaḥ संनाहः 1 Arming (oneself) or preparation for battle, putting on armour. -2 Warlike preparation, equipment; संनाहगुणाः Kau. A.9; संनाहो$यं साहसमवगमयति Dk. 2.4. -3 Armour, mail; अस्मिन् कलौ खलोत्सृष्टदुष्टवाग्बाणदारुणे कथं जीवेज्जगन्न स्युः संनाहाः सज्जना यदि Kir. K.1.36; Ki. 16.12. -4 Materials, accoutrements; सदश्वै रुक्मसन्नाहैर्भटैः पुरटवर्मभिः Bhāg.9.1.38.
samādhā समाधा 3 U. 1 To place or put together, join, unite; राक्षसाः सत्त्वसंपन्नाः पुनर्धैर्यं समादधुः Rām.7.7.26; मूर्तीः सर्वाः समाधाय त्रैलोक्यस्य ततस्ततः Mb.8.34.16. -2 To place, put, put or place upon, apply to; पदं मूर्ध्नि समाधत्ते केसरी मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327. -3 To install, place on the throne; तदात्मसंभवं राज्ये मन्त्रिवृद्धाः समादधुः R.17.8. -4 To compose, collect (as the mind); मनः समाधाय निवृत्तशोकः Rām.;न शशाक समाधातुं मनो मदनवेपितम् Bhāg. -5 To concentrate, fix or apply intently upon (as the eye, mind &c.); समाधाय मतिं राम निशामय वदाभ्यहम् Rām.7.35.18; अथ चित्तं समाधातुं न शक्नोषि मयि स्थिरम् Bg.12.9; Bh.3.48. -6 To satisfy, clear or solve (a doubt), answer an objection; इति समाधत्ते (in commentaries); ततो दुहितरं वेश्यां समाधायेतिकार्यताम् Mb.3.111.5. -7 To repair, redress, set right, remove; न ते शक्याः समाधातुम् H.3.37; अत्पन्नामापदं यस्तु समाधत्ते स बुद्धिमान् 4.7. -8 To think over; चिरं मुधीरभ्यधिकं समाधात् Bk.12.6. -9 To entrust, commit to, deliver over. -1 To produce, effect, accomplish. -11 To place a burden, load. -12 To assume, take upon oneself. -13 To conceive (in the womb.). -14 To establish. -15 To put on (a garment or dress). -16 To assume (a shape). -17 To show, exhibit. -18 To admit, grant; Kull. on Ms.8.54.
samālamb समालम्ब् 1 Ā. 1 To lay or catch, hold of, seize; स्वरूपमास्थाय च तां कृतस्मितः समाललम्बे वृषराजकेतनः Ku.5.84. -2 To rest or depend on, be supported by; to cling or adhere to. -3 To devote or give oneself up to. -4 To assume., maintain. -5 To settle down or abide in.
samāśvas समाश्वस् 2 P. 1 To take courage, take heart, calm or compose oneself; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः । लोकत्रयपतिर्भ्राता यस्य मे स्वपिति क्षितौ ॥ Bk.18.1. -2 To regain confidence. -3 To believe in. -Caus. To console, encourage, cheer up.
samutkarṣaḥ समुत्कर्षः 1 Exaltation. -2 Setting oneself up, belonging to a tribe higher than his own; अनृतं च समुत्कर्षे Ms.11.56. -3 Laying aside (a girdle).
samutpad समुत्पद् 4 Ā. 1 To happen, take place, occur. -2 To arise, spring up. -3 To present oneself. -Caus. To cause, effect, produce.
samunnaddha समुन्नद्ध p. p. 1 Elevated, exalted. -2 Swollen. -3 Full, excessive; परोक्षेण समुन्नद्धप्रणयौत्कण्ठ्यकातरः Bhāg. 1.15.3. -4 Proud, arrogant, overbearing. -5 Conceited, thinking oneself to be learned; अचिन्त्यं चापि तं ज्ञात्वा... विचरेद्यो$समुन्नद्धः Mb.12.351.12. -6 Unfettered. -7 Bound up. -8 Supreme.
saṃprapad संप्रपद् 4 Ā. 1 To set out (on a journey). -2 To come to, arrive at. -3 To have recourse to, betake oneself to. -4 To set about, begin. -5 To succeed. -6 To become, turn out to be.
siddhiḥ सिद्धिः f. [सिध्-क्तिन्] 1 Accomplishment, fulfilment, completion, perfection, complete attainment (of an object); विरोधि सिद्धेरिति कर्तुमुद्यतः Ki.14.8; क्रियासिद्धिः सत्त्वे भवति महतां नोपकरणे Subhāṣ. -2 Success, prosperity, welfare, well-being. -3 Establishment, settlement. -4 Substantiation, demonstration, proof, indisputable conclusion. -5 Validity (of a rule, law &c.). -6 Decision; adjudication, settlement (of a law-suit); कार्यकारण- सिद्धौ च प्रसन्ना बुद्धिरव्यया Rām.4.18.47; तस्मान्न लेखसामर्थ्यात् सिद्धिरैकान्तिकी मता Śukra. 4.726. -7 Certainty, truth, accuracy, correctness. -8 Payment, liquidation (of a debt); अधमर्णार्थसिद्ध्यर्थमुत्तमर्णेन चोदितः Ms.8.47. -9 Preparing, cooking (as of drugs &c.). -1 The solution of a problem. -11 Readiness. -12 Complete purity or sanctification. -13 A superhuman power of faculty; (these faculties are eight:-- अणिमा लघिमा प्राप्तिः प्राकाम्यं महिमा तथा । ईशित्वं च वशित्वं च तथा कामावसायिता ॥). -14 The acquisition of supernatural powers by magical means. -15 Marvellous skill or capability. -16 Good effect or result. -17 Final beatitude, final emancipation. -18 Understanding, intellect. -19 Concealment, vanishing, making oneself invisible. -2 A magical shoe (supposed to convey the wearer wherever he likes). -21 A kind of Yoga. -22 N. of Durgā. -23 Complete knowledge. -24 Advantage, use, good effect. -25 N. of Śiva (m. in this sense). -26 Efficacy, efficiency. -27 Becoming intelligible (as sounds or words). -28 (In Rhet.) The pointing out in the same person of various good qualities. -Comp. -द a. 1 granting success or supreme felicity. -2 giving the eight superhuman faculties; हृदि विनिहितरूपः सिद्धिदस्तद्विदां यः Māl.5.1. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -दात्री an epithet of Durgā. -योगः a particular suspicious conjunction of planets. -विनायकः a form of Gaṇeśa.
sirā सिरा 1 Any tubular vessel of the body (as a vein, artery, nerve &c.). -2 A bucket, baling vessel. -3 Ved. A stream; त्वं वृत्रमाशयानं सिरासु महो वज्रेण सिष्वपो वराहुम् Ṛ.v.1.121.11. -Comp. -उत्पातः 1 a disease of the veins &c. -2 redness and inflammation of the eyes. -जालम् 1 enlargement of the vessels of the eye. -2 a network of veins. -पत्रः the sacred fig-tree. -मूलम् the navel. -मोक्षः, -व्यधः, -व्यधनम् venesection.
su सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:-1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि. -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c. -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः ......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22. -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v. -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c. -6 Worthy of respect or reverence. -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress. -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 having good eyes. -2 having keen organs, acute. -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely. -अच्छ a. see s. v. -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well. -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v. -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v. -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful. -आगत see s. v. -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172. -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22. -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41. -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (-क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका). (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97. -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to something else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f. 1 a hymn. -2 praise, a word of praise. -उक्तिः f. 1 a good or friendly speech. -2 a good or clever saying. -3 a correct sentence. -उत्तर a. 1 very superior. -2 well towards the north. -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (-नम्) vigorous effort or exertion. -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic. -उपसदन a. easy to be approached. -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments. -कण्टका the aloe plant. -कण्ठ a. sweetvoiced. (-ण्ठी) the female cuckoo. -कण्डुः itch. -कन्दः 1 an onion. -2 a yam. -3 a sort of grass. -कन्दकः onion. -कर a. (-रा or -री f.) 1 easy to be done, practicable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'. -2 easy to be managed. (-रः) a good-natured horse. (-रा) a tractable cow. (-रम्) charity, benevolence. -कर्मन् a. 1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good. -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman. -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,) -कलिल a. well filled with. -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7. -कल्पित a. well equipped or armed. -कल्य a. perfectly sound. -काण्डः the Kāravella plant. -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper. -काण्डिन् a. 1 having beautiful stems. -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee. -काष्ठम् fire-wood. -कुन्दकः an onion. -कुमार a. 1 very delicate or soft, smooth. -2 beautifully young or youthful. (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth. -2 a kind of sugar-cane. -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक). -4 a kind of mustard. -5 the wild Champaka. (-रा) 1 the double jasmine. -2 the plantain. -3 the great-flowered jasmine. -कुमारकः 1 a beautiful youth. -2 rice (शालि). (-कम्) 1 the Tamālapatra. -2 a particutar part of the ear. -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine. -कृत् a. 1 doing good, benevolent. -2 pious, virtuous, righteous. -3 wise, learned. -4 fortunate, lucky. -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.) 1 a skilful worker. -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri. -कृत a. 1 done well or properly. -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2. -3 well made or constructed. -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended. -5 virtuous, righteous, pious. -6 lucky, fortunate. (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17. -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16. -3 fortune, auspiciousness. -4 recompense, reward. -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29. -कृतिः f. 1 well-doing, a good act. -2 kindness, virtue. -3 practice of penance. -4 auspiciousness. -कृतिन् a. 1 acting well or kindly. -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16. -3 wise, learned. -4 benevolent. -5 fortunate, lucky. -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45. -केश(स)रः the citron tree. -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Indra. -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa. -5 of the sun. -6 of Soma. -क्रयः a fair bargain. -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb. -खल्लिका luxurious life. -ग a. 1 going gracefully or well. -2 graceful, elegant. -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148. -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (-गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34. (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces. -2 happiness. -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well. -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer. -गत a. 1 well-gone or passed. -2 well-bestowed. (-तः) an epithet of Buddha. -गतिः 1 Welfare, happiness. -2 a secure refuge. -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume. -2 sulphur. -3 a trader. (-न्धम्) 1 sandal. -2 small cumin seed. -3 a blue lotus. -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (-न्धा) sacred basil. -गन्धकः 1 sulphur. -2 the red Tulasee. -3 the orange. -4 a kind of gourd, -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B. -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva. -गन्धि a. 1 sweet-smelling, fragrant, redolent with perfumes. -2 virtuous, pious. (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (-न्धि n.) 1 the root of long pepper. -2 a kind of fragrant grass. -3 coriander seed. ˚त्रिफला 1 nutmeg. -2 areca nut. -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat. -गन्धिकः 1 incense. -2 sulphur. -3 a kind of rice. (-कम्) the white lotus. -गम a. 1 easy of access, accessible. -2 easy. -3 plain, intelligible. -गरम् cinnabar. -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above. -गात्री a beautiful woman. -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for. -गृह a. (-ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39. -गृहीत a. 1 held well or firmly, grasped. -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a. 1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhiṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1. -ग्रासः a dainty morsel. -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck. (-वः) 1 a hero. -2 a swan. -3 a kind of weapon. -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa. -5 of Śiva. -6 of Indra. -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8. -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued. -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (-षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16. -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.) 1 discerning or wise man, learned man. -2 The glomerous fig-tree. -चरित, -चरित्र a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116. -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (-तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds. -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (-ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife. -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree. -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher. -2 a kind of speckled snake. -चित्रा a kind of gourd. -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration. -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long. -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity. -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs. -चेतस् a. 1 well-minded. -2 wise. -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; welldisposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2. -चेलकः a fine cloth. -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves. -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (-त्रा) the river Sutlej. -जन a. 1 good, virtuous, respectable. -2 kind, benevolent. (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man. -2 a gentleman. -3 N. of Indra's charioteer. -जनता 1 goodness, kindness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82. -2 a number of good men. -3 bravery. -जन्मन् a. 1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34. -2 legitimate, lawfully born. -जलम् a lotus. -जल्पः 1 a good speech. -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥ -जात a. 1 well-grown, tall. -2 well made or produced. -3 of high birth. -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8. -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31. -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्). -तनु a. 1 having a beautiful body. -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin. -3 emaciated. (-नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24. -तन्त्री a. 1 well-stringed. -2 (hence) melodious. -तपस् a. 1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3. -2 having great heat. (-m.) 1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite. -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance. -तप्त a. 1 greatly harassed, afflicted. -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239. -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best. -तराम् ind. 1 better, more excellently. -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24. -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3. -4 consequently. -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco. -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा). -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regions below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33. -2 the foundation of a large building. -तान a. melodious. -तार a. 1 very bright. -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2. -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (-रः) a kind of perfume. (-रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence. -तिक्तकः the coral tree. -तीक्ष्ण a. 1 very sharp. -2 very pungent. -3 acutely painful. (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree. -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva. -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor. -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed. -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall. (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the culminating point of a planet. -तुमुल a. very loud. -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (-नः) a well-pointed arrow. -तेजस् a. 1 very sharp. -2 very bright, or splendid. -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun. -दक्षिण a. 1 very sincere or upright. -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31. -3 very skilful. -4 very polite. (-णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1. -दण्डः a cane, ratan. -दत् a. (-ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37. -दन्तः 1 a good tooth. -2 an actor; a dancer. (-न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter. -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः). -दर्शन a. (-ना or -नी f.) 1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome. -2 easily seen. (-नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 of mount Meru. -4 a vulture. (-नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (-नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa. -दर्शना 1 a handsome woman. -2 a woman. -3 an order, a command. -4 a kind of drug. -दास् a. very bountiful. -दान्तः a Buddhist. -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.) 1 a cloud. -2 a mountain. -3 the sea. -4 N. of Indra's elephant. -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory. -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift. -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions. -3 one who offers such a gift. -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day. -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense. -दिह् a. well-polished, bright. -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (-र्घा) a kind of cucumber. -दुराधर्ष a. 1 very hard to get. -2 quite intolerable. -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced. -दुरासद a. unapproachable. -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested. -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind. -दुर्मर्ष a. quite intolerable. -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare. -दुश्चर a. 1 inaccessible. -2 very painful. -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured. -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon. -दूर a. very distant or remote. (-सुदूरम् means 1 to a great distance. -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12. -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance'). -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact. -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman. -देशिकः a good guide. -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.) 1 a good archer or bowman. -2 Ananta, the great serpent. -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23. -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.) 1 the hall or palace of Indra. -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family. -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27. -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34. -धात a. well cleaned. -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow). -धित a. Ved. 1 perfect, secure. -2 kind, good. -3 happy, prosperous. -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon). -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (-धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good understanding, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः 1 a particular kind of royal palace. -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (-स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या 1 a woman. -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female companions. -3 a sort of pigment. -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire. -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18. -नन्दः a kind of royal palace. -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman. -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B. -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B. -नयः 1 good conduct. -2 good policy. -नयन a. having beautiful eyes. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes. -2 a woman in general. -नाभ a. 1 having a beautiful navel. -2 having a good nave or centre. (-भः) 1 a mountain. -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (-भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24. -नालम् a red water-lily. -निःष्ठित a. quite ready. -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (-तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately. -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka. -निरूहणम् a good purgative. -निर्णिक्त a. well polished. -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva. -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू). -निहित a. well-established. -नीत a. 1 well-conducted, well-behaved. -2 polite, civil. (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour. -2 good policy or prodence. -नीतिः f. 1 good conduct, good manners, propriety. -2 good policy. -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v. -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, virtuous, good. (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa. -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11. -3 Ved. a good leader. -नील a. very black or blue. (-लः) the pomegranate tree. (-ला) common flax. (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem. -नु n. water. -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes. -पक्व a. 1 well-cooked. -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (-क्वः) a sort of fragrant mango. -पठ a. legible. -पत्नी a woman having a good husband. -पत्र a. 1 having beautiful wings. -2 well-feathered (an arrow). -पथः 1 a good road. -2 a good course. -3 good conduct. -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road. -पद्मा orris root. -परीक्षित a. well-examined. -पर्ण a. (-र्णा or -र्णी f.) 1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11. -2 having good or beautiful leaves. (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun. -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine character. -3 any supernatural bird. -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44. -5 a cock. -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55. -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23. -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण. -पर्णा, -पर्णी f. 1 a number of lotuses. -2 a pool abounding in lotuses. -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa. -पर्यवदात a. very clean. -पर्याप्त a. 1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76. -2 well-fitted. -पर्वन् a. welljointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.) 1 a bamboo. -2 an arrow. -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76. -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight). -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass. -पलायित a. 1 completely fled or run away. -2 skilfully retreated. -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण). -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle. -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person. -पाद् (-पाद् or -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet. -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष). -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu. -पालि a. distinguished. -पीतम् 1 a carrot. -2 yellow sandal. (-तः) the fifth Muhūrta. -पुंसी a woman having a good husband. -पुरम् a strong fortress. -पुष्प a. (-ष्पा or -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers. (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree. -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (-ष्पी) the plantain tree. (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves. -2 the menstrual excretion. -पुष्पित a. 1 well blossomed, being in full flower. -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling. -पूर a. 1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25. -2 well-filling. (-रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर). -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree. -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34. -प्रकाश a. 1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245. -2 public, notorious. -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment. -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor. -प्रतिष्ठ a. 1 standing well. -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous. (-ष्ठा) 1 good position. -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity. -3 establishment, erection. -4 installation, consecration. -प्रतिष्ठित a. 1 well-established. -2 consecrated. -3 celebrated. (-तः) the Udumbara tree. -प्रतिष्णात a. 1 thoroughly purified. -2 well-versed in. -3 well-investigated, clearly ascertained or determined. -प्रतीक a. 1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2. -2 having a beautiful trunk. (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva. -2 of Śiva. -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter. -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31. -प्रपाणम् a good tank. -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (-भा) one of the seven tongues of fire. -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6. -2 the earliest dawn. -प्रभावः omnipotence. -प्रमाण a. large-sized. -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer. -प्रयोगः 1 good management or application. -2 close contact. -3 dexterity. -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence. -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera. -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (-दः) N. of Śiva. -प्रातम् a fine morning. -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (-यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables. (-या) 1 a charming woman. -2 a beloved mistress. -प्रौढा a marriageable girl. -फल a. 1 very fruitful, very productive. -2 very fertile. (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree. -2 the jujube. -3 the Karṇikāra tree. -4 a kind of bean. (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd. -2 the plantain tree. -3 a variety of brown grape. -4 colocynth. -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone. -बन्धः sesamum. -बभ्रु a. dark-brown. -बल a. very powerful. (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 N. of the father of Śakuni. -बान्धवः N. of Śiva. -बाल a. very childish. -बाहु a. 1 handsomearmed. -2 strong-armed. (-हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29. -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. -बोध a. 1 easily apprehended or understood. (-धः) good information or advice. -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya. -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice. -भग a. 1 very fortunate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured. -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9. -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3. -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5. -5 illustrious. (-गः) 1 borax. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Champaka tree. -4 red amarnath. (-गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a. 1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96. -2 vain, flattering oneself. -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her husband, a favourite wife. -2 an honoured mother. -3 a kind of wild jasmine. -4 turmeric. -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper. -6 the holy basil. -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9. -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals. -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favourite wife. -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree. -भटः a great warrior, champion, soldier. -भट्टः a learned man. -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (-द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (-द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu. -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god. -2 the Bilva tree. -भाषित a. 1 spoken well or eloquent. (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2. -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ. -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्). -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging. -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c. -भीरकः the Palāśa tree. -भीरुकम् silver. -भूतिः 1 well-being, welfare. -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa. -भूतिकः the Bilva tree. -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of conception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354. -भृत a. 1 well-paid. -2 heavily laden. -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (-भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.) -मङ्गल a. 1 very auspicious. -2 abounding in sacrifices. -मति a. very wise. (-तिः f.) 1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship. -2 a favour of the gods. -3 a gift, blessing. -4 a prayer, hymn. -5 a wish or desire. -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons. -मदनः the mango tree. -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel. -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words. -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted. -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman. -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful. (-नः) 1 wheat. -2 the thorn-apple. (-ना) the great-flowered jasmine. -मनस् a. 1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1. -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.) 1 a god, divinity. -2 a learned man. -3 a student of the Vedas. -4 wheat. -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.) 1 the great-flowered jasmine. -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg. -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy. -मन्तु a. 1 advising well. -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser. -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha. -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate. -मर्दित a. much harassed. -मर्षण a. easy to be borne. -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna. -मुख a. (-खा or -खी f.) 1 having a beautiful face, lovely. -2 pleasing. -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42. -4 favourable, kind. -5 well-pointed (as an arrow). -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance. (-खः) 1 a learned man. -2 an epithet of Garuḍa. -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1. -4 of Śiva. (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail. -2 a kind of building. (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman. -2 a mirror. -मूलकम् a carrot. -मृत a. stone-dead. -मेखलः the Muñja grass. -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea. -मेरुः 1 the sacred mountain Meru, q. v. -2 N. of Śiva. -यन्त्रित a. 1 well-governed. -2 self-controlled. -यमाः a particular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2. -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage. -यामुनः 1 a palace. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -युक्तः N. of Śiva. -योगः 1 a favourable juncture. -2 good opportunity. -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v. -रक्त a. 1 well coloured. -2 impassioned. -3 very lovely. -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33. -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk. -2 a kind of mango tree. -रङ्गः 1 good colour. -2 the orange. -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense). (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders. -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker. -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant. -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree. -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree. -रत a. 1 much sported. -2 playful. -3 much enjoyed. -4 compassionate, tender. (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment. -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली 1 a female messenger, a go-between. -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19. -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satisfaction. -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury. -2 sweet. -3 elegant (as a composition). (-सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (-सा) N. of Durgā. (-सा, -सम्) the sacred basil. (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh. -2 fragrant grass. -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.) 1 a good king. -2 a divinity. -राजिका a small house-lizard. -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison. -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra. -रूप a. 1 well-formed, handsome, lovely; सुरूपा कन्या. -2 wise, learned. (-पः) an epithet of Śiva. -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass. -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14. -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (-भम्) tin. -लक्षण a. 1 having auspicious or beautiful marks. -2 fortunate. (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining. -2 a good or auspicious mark. -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43. -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment. -लभ a. 1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6. -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4. -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible. -लिखित a. well registered. -लुलित a. 1 moving playfully. -2 greatly hurt, injured. -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (-नः) a deer. (-ना) 1 a beautiful woman. -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit. -लोहकम् brass. -लोहित a. very red. (-ता) one of the seven tongues of fire. -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth. -2 correct utterance. (-क्त्रः) N. of Śiva. -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent. -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite. -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali. -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3. -2 linseed. -वर्चसः N. of Śiva. -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant. -वर्ण see s. v. -वर्तित 1 well rounded. -2 well arranged. -वर्तुलः a water-melon. -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season. -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense). -वह a. 1 bearing well, patient. -2 patient, enduring. -3 easy to be borne(-हा) 1 a lute. -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1. -वासः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 a pleasant dwelling. -3 an agreeable perfume or odour. -वासकः a water-melon. -वासरा cress. -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house. -2 a married woman whose husband is alive. -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (-न्तः) a hero. (-न्तम्) heroism. -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure. -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise. -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman. -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments. -2 a king. -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute. -विदत् m. a king -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family. -2 wealth. -3 grace, favour. -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apartments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (-ल्लम्) the women's apartments, harem. -विदल्ला a married woman. -विध a. of a good kind. -विधम् ind. easily. -विधिः a good rule, ordinance. -विनीत a. 1 well trained, modest. -2 well executed. (-ता) a tractable cow. -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated. -विभक्त a. well proportioned, symmetrical. -विरूढ a. 1 fully grown up or developed. -2 well ridden. -विविक्त a. 1 solitary (as a wood). -2 well decided (as a question). -विहित a. 1 well-placed, well-deposited. -2 well-furnished, wellsupplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1. -3 well done or performed. -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16. -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed. (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the poppy. (-जम्) good seed. -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium. -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38. -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel. -वीर्य a. 1 having great vigour. -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous. (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism -2 abundance of heroes. -3 the fruit of the jujube. (-र्या) wild cotton. -वृक्तिः f. 1 a pure offering. -2 a hymn of praise. -वृत्त a. 1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77. -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (-त्तम्) a good or virtuous con
sev सेव् 1 Ā. (सेवते, सेवित; caus. सेवयति-ते; desid. सिसे- विषते; the स् of सेव् is generally changed to ष् after prepositions ending in इ such as नि, परि, वि) 1 To serve, wait or attend upon, honour, worship, obey; प्रायो भृत्यास्त्यजन्ति प्रचलितविभवं स्वामिनं सेवमानाः Mu.4.21; आचार- पूतं पवनः सिषेवे R.2.13. 'served or refreshed'; ऐश्वर्यादन- पेतमीश्वरमयं लोको$र्थतः सेवते Mu.1.14. -2 To go after, pursue, follow. -3 To use, enjoy; किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तूरिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R. G. -4 To enjoy carnally; केतकीं सेवसे हन्त कथं रोलम्ब निस्त्रपः Bv.1.118. -5 To attach or devote oneself to, attend to, cultivate, practice, perform; विद्वद्भिः सेवितः (धर्मः) Ms.2.1; त्वया मनोनिर्विषयार्थ- कामया यदेक एव प्रतिगृह्य सेव्यते Ku.5.38; R.17.49. -6 To resort to, betake oneself to, dwell in, frequent, inhabit; तप्तं वारि विहाय तीरनलिनीं कारण्डवः सेवते V.2.23; Pt.1.9. -7 To watch over, guard, protect.
sthā स्था 1 P. (Ātm. also in certain senses; तिष्ठति- ते, तस्थौ, तस्थे, अस्थात्-अस्थित, स्थास्यति-ते, स्थातुं, स्थित; pass. स्थीयते; the स् of this root is changed to ष् after a pre position ending in इ or उ) 1 To stand; अयं स ते तिष्ठति संगमोत्सुकः Ś.3.13; चलत्येकेन पादेन तिष्ठत्येकेन बुद्धिमान् Subhāṣ -2 To stay, abide, dwell, live; ग्रामे or गृहे तिष्ठति -3 To remain, be left; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति. Ms.4.111; एको गङ्गदत्तस्तिष्ठति Pt.4. -2 To delay, wait; किमिति स्थीयते Ś.2. -5 To stop, cease, desist, stand still; तिष्ठत्येष क्षणमधिपतिर्ज्योतिषां व्योममध्ये V.2.1. -6 To be kept aside; तिष्ठतु तावत् पत्रलेखागमनवृत्तान्तः K. 'never mind the account of' &c. -7 To be, exist, be in any state or position; often with participles; मेरौ स्थिते दोग्धरि दोहदक्षे Ku.1.2; व्याप्य स्थितं रोदसी V.1.1; या स्थिता व्याप्य विश्वं Ś.1.1; कालं नयमाना तिष्ठति Pt.1; Ms.7.8. -8 To abide by, conform to, obey (with loc.); शासने तिष्ठ भर्तुः V.5. 17. R.11.65. -9 To be restrained; यदि ते तु न तिष्ठेयुरुपायैः प्रथमैस्त्रिभिः Ms.7.18. -1 To be at hand, be obtainable; न विप्रं स्वेषु तिष्ठत्सु मृतं शूद्रेण नाययेत् Ms.5.14. -11 To live, breathe; आः क एष मयि स्थिते चन्द्रगुप्तमभिभवितु- मिच्छति Mu.1. -12 To stand by or near, stand at one's side, help; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे शत्रुसंकटे (राष्ट्रविप्लवे) । राज- द्वारे श्मशाने च यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः ॥ H.1.71 (v. l.). -13 To rest or depend on; जहातु नैनं कथमर्थसिद्धिः संशय्य कर्णादिषु तिष्ठते यः Ki.3.14. -14 To do, perform, occupy oneself with; न तिष्ठति तु यः पूर्वां नोपास्ते यश्च पश्चिमाम् Ms.2.13. -15 (Ātm.) To resort or go to (as an umpire), be guided by the advice of; संशय्य कर्णादिषु तिष्ठते यः Ki.3.14. -16 (Ātm.) To offer oneself to (for sexual embrace), stand as a prostitute (with dat.); गोपी स्मरात् कृष्णाय तिष्ठते Sk. on P.I.4.34. -Caus. (स्थापयति-ते) 1 To cause to stand. -2 To lay, set, place, put. -3 To found, establish. -4 To stop. -5 To arrest, check. -6 To raise, erect. -7 To cause to last or continue, make durable. -8 To give in marriage; लोकश्रेष्ठे गुणवति वरे स्थापिता त्वं मयैव Māl.1.5. -9 To instruct in, initiate into. -Desid. (तिष्ठासति) To wish to stand &c.
snā स्ना 2 P. (स्नाति, स्नात) 1 To bathe, perform ablution; सस्नुः पयः पपुरनोनिजुरम्बराणि Śi.5.28; मृगतृष्णाम्भसि स्नातः. -2 To perform the ceremony of bathing at the time of leaving the house of one's spiritual preceptor. -3 To smear oneself with. -Caus. (स्नापयति-ते, स्नपयति-ते) 1 To cause to bathe, wet, moisten, sprinkle; (तोयैः) सतूर्यमेनां स्नपयाम्बभूवुः Ku.7.1; स्मितस्नपिताधरा Gīt.12; U.3.23; Ki.5.44,47; Śi.2.7; Me.45. -2 To steep or soak in. -3 To weep for. -Desid. (सिस्नासति) To wish to bathe. -With अप to bathe after mourning. -नि to plunge deep into; i. e. to be perfect or thoroughly versed in; see निष्णात; कुतो$पत्यस्नेहः कुटिलनयनिष्णात- मनसाम् Māl.2.7.
sphur स्फुर् 6 P. (स्फुरति, स्फुरित) 1 (a) To throb, palpitate (as eyes &c.); शान्तमिदमाश्रमपदं स्फुरति च बाहुः कुतः फल- मिहास्य Ś.1.16; स्फुरता वामकेनापि दाक्षिण्यमवलम्ब्यते Māl. 1.8; अभिमतफलशंसी चारु पुस्फोर बाहुः Bk.1.27; स्फुरति हृदयं वाहय रथम् Pratimā 3.1. (b) To shake, tremble, quiver, vibrate in general; स्फुरदधरनासापुटतया U.1.29; 6.33. -2 To twitch, struggle, become agitated; हतं पृथिव्यां करुणं स्फुरन्तम् Rām. -3 To start, dart, spring forward; पुस्फुरुर्वृषभाः परम् Bk.14.46. -4 To spring back, rebound (as a bow.). -5 To spring or break forth, shoot out, spring up, rise forth; धर्मतः स्फुरति निर्मलं यशः Ku.3.68. -6 To start into view, become visible or manifest, appear clearly, become displayed; मुखात् स्फुरन्तीं को हर्तुमिच्छति हरेः परिभूय दंष्ट्राम् Mu.1.8; रचितरुचिरभूषां दृष्टिमोषे प्रदोषे स्फुरति निरवसादां कापि राधां जगाद Gīt.11. -7 To flash, scintillate, sparkle, glitter, gleam, shine; स्फुरतु कुचकुम्भयोरुपरि मणिमञ्जरी रञ्जयतु तव हृदयदेशम् Gīt.1; (तया) स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; R.3.6;5.51; Me.15,27. -8 To shine, distinguish oneself, become eminent; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27. -9 To flash on the mind, rush suddenly into memory. -1 To go tremulously. -11 To bruise, destroy. -Caus. (स्फारयति-ते, स्फोरयति-ते) 1 To cause to throb or vibrate. -2 To cause to shine, irradiate. -3 To throw, cast. -With अप to shine forth or out. अभि 1 to spread or be diffused, expand. -2 to become known.
sva स्व pron. a. 1 One's own, belonging to oneself, often serving as a reflexive pronoun; स्वनियोगमशून्यं कुरु Ś.2; प्रजाः प्रजाः स्वा इव तन्त्रयित्वा 5.5; oft. in comp. in this sense; स्वपुत्र, स्वकलत्र, स्वद्रव्य. -2 Innate, natural, inherent, peculiar, inborn; सूर्यापाये न खलु कमलं पुष्यति स्वामभिख्याम् Me.82; Ś.1.19; स तस्य स्वो भावः प्रकृतिनियतत्वादकृतकः U. 6.14. -3 Belonging to one's own caste or tribe; शूद्रैव भार्या शूद्रस्य सा च स्वा च विशः स्मृते Ms.3.13;5.14. -स्वः 1 One's own self. -2 A relative, kinsman; एनं स्वा अभि- संविशन्ति भर्ता स्वानां श्रेष्ठः पुर एता भवति Bṛi. Up.1.3.18; (दौर्गत्यं) येन स्वैरपि मन्यन्ते जीवन्तो$पि मृता इव Pt.2.1; Ms. 2.19. -3 The soul. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -स्वा A woman of one's own caste. -स्वः, -स्वम् 1 Wealth, property; as in निःस्व q. v. -2 (In alg.) The plus or affirmative quantity; cf. धनः; स्वशब्दो$यमात्मीयधनज्ञातीनां प्रत्येकं वाचको न समुदायस्य ŚB. on MS.6.7.2. The Ego. -4 Nature (स्वभावः); वृत्तिर्भूतानि भूतानां चराणामचराणि च । कृता स्वेन नृणां तत्र कामाच्चोदनयापि वा ॥ Bhāg.12.7.13. -Comp. -अक्षपादः a follower of the Nyāya system of philosophy. -अक्षरम् one's own hand-writing. -अधिकारः one's own duty or sway; स्वाधिकारात् प्रमत्तः Me.1; स्वाधिकारभूमौ Ś.7. -अधिपत्यम् one's own supremacy, sovereignty. -अधि- ष्ठानम् one of the six Chakras or mystical circles of the body. -अधीन a. 1 dependent on oneself, self-dependent. -2 independent. -3 one's own subject. -4 in one's own power; स्वाधीना वचनीयतापि हि वरं बद्धो न सेवाञ्जलिः Mk.3. 11. ˚कुशल a. having prosperity in one's own power; स्वाधीनकुशलाः सिद्धिमन्तः Ś.4. ˚ पतिका, ˚भर्तृका a woman who has full control over her husband, one whose husband is subject to her; अथ सा निर्गताबाधा राधा स्वाधीनभर्तृका । निजगाद रतिक्लान्तं कान्तं मण्डनवाञ्छया Gīt.12; see S. D.112. et seq. -अध्यायः 1 self-recitation, muttering to oneself. -2 study of the Vedas, sacred study, perusal of sacred books; स्वाध्यायेनार्चयेदृषीन् Ms.3.81; Bg.16.1; T. Up.1.9.1. -3 the Veda itself. -4 a day on which sacred study is enjoined to be resumed after suspension. ˚अर्थिन् m. a student who tries to secure his own livelihood during his course of holy study; Ms.11.1. -अध्यायिन् m. 1 a student of the Vedas. -2 a tradesman. -अनुभवः, अनुभूतिः f. 1 self-experience. -2 self-knowledge; स्वानुभूत्येकसाराय नमः शान्ताय तेजसे Bh.2.1. अनुभावः love for property. -अनुरूप a. 1 natural, inborn. -2 worthy of oneself. -अन्तम् 1 the mind; मम स्वान्तध्वान्तं तिरयतु नवीनो जलधरः Bv.4.5; Mv.7.17. -2 a cavern. -3 one's own death, end. -अर्जित a. self-acquired. -अर्थ a. 1 self-interested. -2 having its own or true meaning. -3 having one's own object or aim. -4 pleonastic. (-र्थः) 1 one's own interest, self-interest; सर्वः स्वार्थं समीहते Śi.2.65; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V. 4.15. -2 own or inherent meaning; स्वार्थे णिच्, स्वार्थे कप्रत्ययः &c.; परार्थव्यासङ्गादुपजहदथ स्वार्थपरताम् Bv.1.79 (where both senses are intended). -3 = पुरुषार्थः q. v.; Bhāg.12.2.6. ˚अनुमानम् inference for oneself, a kind of inductive reasoning, one of the two main kinds of अनुमान, the other being परार्थानुमान. ˚पण्डित a. 1 clever in one's own affairs. -2 expert in attending to one's own interests. ˚पर, ˚परायण a. intent on securing one's own interests, selfish; परार्थानुष्ठाने जडयति नृपं स्वार्थपरता Mu.3.4. ˚विघातः frustration of one's object. ˚सिद्धिः f. fulfilment of one's own object. -आनन्दः delight in one's self. -आयत्त a. subject to, or dependent upon, oneself; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणं विधात्रा विनिर्मितं छादनमज्ञतायाः Bh. 2.7. -आरब्ध, -आरम्भक a. self-undertaken. -आहत a. coined by one's self. -इच्छा self-will, own inclination. ˚आचारः acting as one likes; self-will. ˚मृत्युः an epithet of Bhīṣma. -उत्थ a. innate. -उदयः the rising of a sign or heavenly body at any particular place. -उपधिः a fixed star. -कम्पनः air, wind. -कर्मन् one's own duty (स्वधर्म); स्वकर्मनिरतः सिद्धिं यथा विन्दति तच्छृणु Bg.18. 45. -कर्मस्थ a. minding one's own duty; अधीयीरंस्त्रयो वर्णाः स्वकर्मस्था द्विजातयः Ms.1.1. -कर्मिन् a. selfish. -कामिन् a. selfish. -कार्यम् one's own business or interest. -कुलक्षयः a fish. -कृतम् a deed done by one's self. -कृतंभुज् a. experiencing the results of former deeds (प्रारब्धकर्म); मा शोचतं महाभागावात्मजान् स्वकृतंभुजः Bhāg.1. 4.18. -गतम् ind. to oneself, aside (in theatrical language). -गृहः a kind of bird. -गोचर a. subject to one's self; स्वगोचरे सत्यपि चित्तहारिणा Ki.8.13. -चर a. self-moving. -छन्द a. 1 self-willed, uncontrolled, wanton. -2 spontaneous. -3 wild. (-न्दः) one's own will or choice, own fancy or pleasure, independence. (-न्दम्) ind. at one's own will or pleasure, wantonly, voluntarily; स्वच्छन्दं दलदरविन्द ते मरन्दं विन्दन्तो विदधतु गुञ्जितं मिलिन्दाः Bv.1.15. -ज a. 1 self-born. -2 natural (स्वाभाविक); आगता त्वामियं बुद्धिः स्वजा वैनायिकी च या Rām.2.112.16. (-जः) 1 a son or child. -2 sweat, perspiration. -3 a viper. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood. -जनः 1 a kinsman, relative; इतःप्रत्यादेशात् स्वजनमनुगन्तुं व्यवसिता Ś. 6.8; Pt.1.5. -2 one's own people or kindred, one's household. ˚गन्धिन् a. distantly related to. (स्वजनायते Den. P. 'becomes or is treated as a relation'; Pt.1.5.) -जातिः 1 one's own kind. -2 one's own family or caste. -ज्ञातिः a kinsman. -ता personal regard or interest; अस्यां मे महती स्वता Svapna.1.7. -तन्त्र a. 1 self-dependent, uncontrolled, independent, self-willed. -2 of age, full-grown. (-न्त्रम्) one's own (common group of) subsidiaries; जैमिनेः परतन्त्रापत्तेः स्वतन्त्रप्रतिषेधः स्यात् MS. 12.1.8. (-न्त्रः) a blind man. -दृश् a. seeing one's self; ईयते भगवानेभिः सगुणो निर्गुणः स्वदृक् Bhāg.3.32.36. -देशः one's own country, native country. ˚जः, ˚बन्धुः a fellow countryman. -धर्मः 1 one's own religion. -2 one's own duty, the duties of one's own class; Ms.1.88,91; स्वधर्मे निधनं श्रेयः परधर्मो भयावहः Bg.3.35. -3 peculiarity, one's own rights. -निघ्न a. depending on or subservient to oneself; (पुराणि च) निगृह्य निग्रहाभिज्ञो निन्ये नेता स्वनिघ्नताम् Śiva B.25.9. -पक्षः 1 one's own side or party. -2 a friend. -3 one's own opinion. -पणः one's own stake. -परमण्डलम् one's own and an enemy's country. -प्रकाश a. 1 self-evident. -2 self-luminous. -प्रतिष्ठ a. astringent. -प्रधान a. independent. -प्रयोगात् ind. by means of one's own efforts. -बीजः the soul. -भटः 1 one's own warrior. -2 bodyguard. -भावः 1 own state. -2 an essential or inherent property, natural constitution, innate or peculiar disposition, nature; स्वभावहेतुजा भावाः Mb.12.211.3; पौरुषं कारणं केचिदाहुः कर्मसु मानवाः । दैवमेके प्रशंसन्ति स्वभावमपरे जनाः ॥ 12.238.4; Bg.5.14; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः Subhāṣ.; so कुटिल˚, शुद्ध˚, मृदु˚, चपल˚, कठिन˚ &c. ˚आत्मक a. natural, inborn; स्वभावतः प्रवृत्तो यः प्राप्नोत्यर्थ न कारणात्। तत् स्वभावात्मकं विद्धि फलं पुरुष- सत्तम ॥ Mb.3.32.19. ˚उक्तिः f. 1 spontaneous declaration. -2 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing a thing to the life, or with exact resemblance; स्वभावोक्तिस्तु डिम्भादेः स्वक्रियारूपवर्णनम् K. P.1, or नानावस्थं पदार्थानां रूपं साक्षाद्विवृण्वती Kāv.2.8. ˚ज a. innate, natural. ˚भावः natural disposition. ˚वादः the doctrine that the universe was produced and is sustained by the natural and necessary action of substances according to their inherent properties, (and not by the agency of a Supreme Being). ˚सिद्ध a. natural, spontaneous, inborn. -भूः m. 1 an epithet of Brahman. -2 of Śiva. -3 of Viṣṇu. -f. one's own country, home. -मनीषा own judgement. -मनीषिका indifference. -मात्रेण ind. by one's self. -युतिः the line which joins the extremities of the perpendicular and diagonal. -यूथ्यः a relation. -योनि a. related on the mother's side. (-m., f.) own womb, one's own place of birth. (-f.) a sister or near female relative; रेतःसेकः स्वयोनीषु कुमारीष्वन्त्यजासु च (गुरुतल्पसमं विदुः) Ms.11.58. -रसः 1 natural taste. -2 proper taste or sentiment in composition. -3 a kind of astringent juice. -4 the residue of oily substances (ground on a stone.) -राज् a. 1 self-luminons; त्वमकरणः स्वराडखिलकारकशक्तिधरः Bhāg.1. 87.28. -2 self-wise; Bhāg.1.1.1. -m. 1 the Supreme Being. -2 one of the seven rays of the sun. -3 N. of Brahmā; दिदृक्षुरागादृषिभिर्वृतः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.18.2. -4 N. of Viṣṇ&u; हस्तौ च निरभिद्येतां बलं ताभ्यां ततः स्वराट् Bhāg.3. 26.59. -5 a king with a revenue of 5 lacs to one crore Karṣas; ततस्तु कोटिपर्यन्तः स्वराट् सम्राट् ततः परम् Śukra.1. 185. -राज्यम् 1 independent dominion or sovereignty. -2 own kingdom. -राष्ट्रम् own kingdom. -रुचिः one's own pleasure. -रूप a. 1 similar, like. -2 handsome, pleasing, lovely. -3 learned, wise. (-पम्) 1 one's own form or shape, natural state or condition; तत्रान्यस्य कथं न भावि जगतो यस्मात् स्वरूपं हि तत् Pt.1.159. -2 natural character or form, true constitution. -3 nature. -4 peculiar aim. -5 kind, sort, species. ˚असिद्धि f. one of the three forms of fallacy called असिद्ध q. v. -लक्षणम् a peculiar characteristic or property. -लोकः 1 one's own form (आत्मरूप); व्यर्थो$पि नैवोपरमेत पुंसां मत्तः परावृत्तधियां स्वलोकात् Bhāg.11.22.34. -2 self-knowledge; पुष्णन् स्वलोकाय न कल्पते वै Bhāg.7.6.16. -बत् a. possessed of property; स्ववती श्रुत्यनुरोधात् ŚB. on MS.6.1.2. -वश a. 1 self-controlled. -2 independent. -वहित a. 1 self-impelled. -2 alert, active. -वासिनी a woman whether married or unmarried who continues to live after maturity in her father's house. -विग्रहः one's own body. -विषयः one's own country, home. -वृत्तम् one's own business. -वृत्ति a. living by one's own exertions. -संविद् f. the knowledge of one's own or the true essence. -संवृत a. self-protected, self-guarded; मायां नित्यं स्वसंवृतः Ms.7.14. -संवेदनम् knowledge derived from one's self. -संस्था 1 self-abiding. -2 self-possession. -3 absorption in one's own self; उन्मत्तमत्तजडवत्स्वसंस्थां गतस्य मे वीर चिकित्सितेन Bhāg.5.1.13. -स्थ a. 1 self-abiding. -2 self-dependent, relying on one's own exertions, confident, firm, resolute; स्वस्थं तं सूचयन्तीव वञ्चितो$सीति वीक्षितैः Bu. Ch.4.37. -3 independent. -4 doing well, well, in health, at ease, comfortable; स्वस्थ एवास्मि Māl.4; स्वस्थे को वा न पण्डितः Pt.1.127; see अखस्थ also. -5 contented, happy. (-स्थम्) ind. at ease, comfortably, composedly. -स्थानम् one's own place or home, one's own abode; नक्रः स्वस्थानमासाद्य गजेन्द्रमपि कर्षति Pt.3.46. ˚विवृद्धिः (Mīmāṁsā) augmentation in its own place (opp. दण्डकलितवत् आवृत्तिः); तत्र पूर्णे पुनरावृत्तिर्नास्तीति दण्डकलितवद् न स्यात् । न च वृद्ध्या विना तद न्तरं पूर्यते इति स्वस्थानविवृद्धिरागतेति ŚB. on MS.1.5.83. -स्वरूपम् one's true character. -हन्तृ m. suicide. -हरणम् confiscation of property. -हस्तः one's own hand or handwriting, an autograph; see under हस्त. -हस्तिका an axe. -हित a. beneficial to oneself (-तम्) one's own good or advantage, one's own welfare. -हेतुः one's own cause.
svatas स्वतस् ind. 1 Of oneself, by oneself (used reflexively). -2 From oneself. -3 Out of own estate; दातव्यं बान्धवै- स्तत्स्यात् प्रविभक्तेरपि स्वतः Ms.8.166. -Comp. -प्रमाणम्, -सिद्ध a. self-evident, self-proved, axiomatic.
svayam स्वयम् ind. 1 Oneself, in one's own person (used reflexively and applicable to all persons, such as myself, ourselves, thyself, himself &c. &c., and sometimes used with other pronouns for the sake of emphasis); विषवृक्षो$पि संवर्ध्य स्वयं छेत्तुमसांप्रतम् Ku.2.55; यस्य नास्ति स्वयं प्रज्ञा शास्त्रं तस्य करोति किम् Subhāṣ.; R.1.7;3.2; 2.56; Ms.5.39. -2 Spontaneously, of one's own accord, without trouble or exertion; स्वयमेवोत्पद्यन्त एवंविधाः कुलपांशवो निःस्नेहाः पशवः K. -Comp. -अधिगत a. self-acquired. -अनुष्ठानम् one's own achievement. -अर्जित a. self-acquired. -इन्द्रियमोचनम् spontaneous emission of semen. -ईश्वरः an absolute sovereign. -ईहितलब्ध a. gained by one's own effort; अनुपध्नन् पितृद्रव्यं श्रमेण यदु- पार्जितम् । स्वयमीहितलब्धं तन्नाकामो दातुमर्हति ॥ Ms.9.28. -उक्तिः f. 1 voluntary declaraion. -2 information, deposition (in law). -उद्यत a. offered spontaneously. -उपागतः a son who offers himself voluntarily to an adoptive parent. -कृत a. self-made, natural. (-तः) an artificial or adopted son. -गुप्ता Mucuna Pruritus (Mar. कुयली). -ग्रहः taking for one-self (without leave). -ग्राह a. 1 voluntary, self-choosing. -2 one who takes forcibly. (-हः) self-choice, self-election; नितम्बिनीमिच्छसि मुक्तलज्जां कण्ठे स्वयंग्राहनिषक्तबाहुम् Ku.3.7; Māl.6.7. -जात a. self-born. -ज्योतिस् self-shining. -दत्त a. self-given. (-त्तः) a boy who has given himself to be adopted (by his adoptive parents); one of the twelve kinds of sons recognised in Hindu law; मातापितृविहीनो यस्त्यक्तो वा स्यादकारणात् । आत्मानं स्पर्शयेद्यस्मै स्वयंदत्तुस्तु स स्मृतः ॥ Ms.9.177. -दृश् a. self-evident. -पाठः an original text. -प्रकाश a. self-manifesting. -प्रभ a. self-shining. -प्रभु a. self-powerful. -भुः N. of Brahman; शंभुस्वयंभुहरयो हरिणेक्षणानां येनाक्रियन्त सततं गृहकर्मदासाः Bh.1. 1. -भुवः 1 the first Manu. -2 N. of Brahman. -3 of Śiva. -भू a. self-existent; त्वमेको ह्यस्य सर्वस्य विधानस्य स्वयंभुवः Ms.1.3. (-भूः) 1 N. of Brahman. -2 of Viṣṇu. -3 Of Śiva. -4 of Kāla or time personified. -5 of Kāmadeva. -6 a Jaina deified saint. -7 the female breast. -8 the Supreme Being. -भूतः N. of Śiva. -भृत a. self-maintained. -वरः self-choice, self-election (of a husband by the bride herself), choicemarriage. -वरा a maiden who chooses her own husband; ततस्ते शुश्रुवुः कृष्णां पञ्चलेषु स्वयंवराम् Mb.1.61.3. -श्रेष्ठः N. of Śiva.
     Macdonell Vedic Search  
11 results
     
añj añj, VII. P. anákti anoint; Ā. aṅkté anoint oneself, viii. 29, 1.
ayās a-yá̄s, a. nimble, i. 154, 6 [not exerting oneself: yās = yas heat oneself].
dhī dhī think, III. dí̄dhye. á̄- think to oneself, ā- dí̄dhye, x. 34, 5.
paprathāna paprath-āná, pf. pt. Ā. spreading oneself, iv. 51, 8 [prath spread].
pṛchamāna pṛchá-māna, pr. pt. Ā. asking oneself, x. 34, 6 [prach ask].
yat yat array oneself, I. yáta: pf. i. 85, 8; cs. yātáya marshal, stir, iii. 59, 1; clear off, x. 127, 7.
yātayajjana yātayáj-jana, a. (gov. cd.) stirring men, iii. 59, 5 [yātáyant, pr. pt. cs. of yat array oneself + jánaman].
vasāna vás-āna, pr. pt. Ā. clothing oneself in (acc.), ii. 35, 9 [2. vas wear].
śubhaya śubh-áya, Ā. adorn oneself, i. 85, 3.
śumbh śumbh, adorn, I. Ā. śúmbhate. prá- adorn oneself, i. 85, 1.
sad sad sit down, I. P. sí̄dati, i. 85, 7; sit down on (acc.). a ao. sadata, x. 15, 11 [Lat. sīdo]. á̄- seat oneself on (acc.), i. 85, 6; occupy: pf. sasāda, viii. 29, 2. ní- sit down, pf. (ní)ṣedur, iv. 50, 3; inj. sīdat, v. 11, 2; settle: pf. s. 2. sasáttha, viii. 48, 9.
     Macdonell Search  
171 results
     
ajīvat pr. pt. not living; unable to maintain oneself.
anātmavat a. not self-pos sessed, beside oneself; -vedin, a. not knowing oneself, not -the Âtman: (di)-tâ, f. abst. n.; -sampanna, pp. soulless, stupid; uncon trolled; -sât-krita, pp. not appropriated.
anātman m. not soul; a. lacking soul or sense; -îna, a. of no use to oneself.
anātmajña a. not knowing oneself, foolish: -tâ, f. folly.
anārūḍha pp. not having be taken oneself to (ac.).
anudyama m. absence of exertion; -udyoga, m. id.; inactivity; -udyogin, a. not exerting oneself, lazy; -ud-vigna, pp. not agitated, not frightened: -m, ad.; -udvega, m. absence of excitement, calmness: -kara, a. not agitating, not frightening; -udvegaka, a. causing no excitement, giving no offence to (g.); -ud-vegayat, pr. pt. not agitating.
abhimāti f. hostility, plotting; enemy; -mâtín, m. foe; -mâna, m. hostility; pride; self-consciousness (ph.); fancying oneself possessed of; erroneous assumption; affec tion; -mâna-vat, a. proud; assuming oneself to have (--°ree;); -mâna-sâlin, a. haughty, proud; -mânin, a. conceited; proud; --°ree;, fancying oneself to have or to be, passing for; repre senting, meaning: (i)-tâ, f. self-conceit, (i) tva, n. considering oneself to be (--°ree;).
abhyātmāgra a. with points turned towards oneself.
abhyāsin a. applying oneself to (--°ree;).
abhrāvakāśika a. exposing oneself to the rain.
amaraṃmanya a. passing for or thinking oneself a god.
arthaya den. Â. (P.), (arthate, E.), endeavour, strive for; ask one (ac., ab.) for (ac.); explain. abhi, ask one (ac.) for (ac., d., lc., or -artham). pra, desire; ask one (ac.) for (ac., lc.); request something (ac.) from (ab.); wish to, ask one to (inf.); woo; have recourse to; Â. oppose oneself to (ac.). sam, prepare; conclude; judge, think, consider; connect with (in. or prati w. ac.); perceive; contemplate; resolve; cheer up, encourage.
alaṅghita pp. untrodden; untouched, unattained; -pûrva, a. not infringed before; -½âtman, a. not forgetting oneself.
asidhārā f. sword-blade: -vrata, n. vow of lying with a sword between oneself and a woman=excessively difficult under taking; -dhenu, -kâ, f. knife.
asvayaṃkṛta pp. not done by oneself.
ahaṃkāra m. self-consciousness; selfishness; self-conceit, pride; -kârya, a. being the object of self-consciousness; -krita, pp. self-conscious; haughty; -kriti, f.= aham-kâra; -gush, a. thinking of oneself only.
ātmapakṣa m. one's own party; -parityâga, m. self-sacrifice; -pûgâ, f. self praise; -pratyarthi-nâma-vat, a. hvg. one's own name and that of the defendant; -pra bha, a. self-luminous; bright with himself; -prasamsâ, f. self-praise; -bodha, a. know ing the universal soul; -bhaya, n. fear for one's life; -bhava, m. his own presence; a. self caused; m. Kâma; -bhâva, m. personality; -bhû, m. self-existing, ep. ofBrahman; -bhûta, pp. being the self of=devoted to; -maya, a. (î) proceeding from oneself; -mâmsa, n. one's own flesh.
ātmecchā f. longing for the universal soul; -½îsvara, m. master of oneself.
ātmādiṣṭa pp. self-dictated; -adhika, a. dearer than oneself; -½adhîna, a. dependent on oneself; -½anapeksha, a. disinterested; -½anugamana, n. personal attendance; -½aparâdha, m.one's own transgression; -½âpahâra, m. dissimulation; -½apahâraka, -hârin, a. making away with oneself, denying oneself, dissimulating; -½abhim&asharp;ni-tâ, f. high opinion of oneself; -½amisha, m. alliance (peace) bought by sacrifice of one's army; -½artha: -m or lc. for oneself: lc. pl. in one's own interest.
ātmasaṃtāna m. son; -sam deha, m. personal risk; -sama, a. like oneself: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -samarpana, n. giving oneself up to (a deity); -sambhava, m. son; Kâma: â, f. daughter; -sambhâvanâ,f. self conceit; -sât-kri, place on oneself; make one's own; -stava, m. self-praise; praise of the Âtman; -hatyâ, f. suicide; -han, a. killing the soul; m. suicide; -hita, n. one's own welfare.
ātmaśaṃsā f. self-praise; -sakti, f. one's own power: in. according to one's power; -sonita, n. one's own blood; -slâgha, -slâghin, a. boastful; -samyoga, m. personal interest in anything; -samstha, a. attached to one's person; directed to oneself.
ātmayājin a. sacrificing oneself; -yoni, m. ep. of Kâma & Vishnu; -rakshana, n. self-protection; -lâbha, m. one's own advantage; attainment of life, birth; -vat, ad. like oneself; a. animate; self-controlled; sensible; personal: w. sruta, n.=knowledge of men: -tâ, f. self-control; -vadha, m., -va dhyâ, f. suicide; -varga, m. one's own party; -vasa, a. depending on oneself; -vasya, a. that one has in one's power; -vikraya, m. selling one's freedom; -vit-tâ, f. self-knowledge; -víd, a. knowing the universal soul; -vidy&asharp;, f. knowledge of the universal soul; -vidhitsâ, f. selfishness; -vivriddhi, f. self-aggrandisement; -vrittânta,m. n. account of oneself; -vritti, f. one's own condition.
ātmaupamya n. self-comparison, analogy to oneself.
ātmotkarṣa m. self-elevation; boasting; -½udaya, m. self-advantage, rise; -½udbhava, m. son; -½upagîvin, a. supporting oneself by personal labour.
āyāsa m. exertion, trouble; ex haustion; -aka, a. fatiguing; -ayi-tri, -trika, a. (-trikâ) troubling; -ita, n. exertion, endeavour; -in, a. exerting oneself, taking trouble.
udbandha m. hanging oneself; -na, n. id.; hanging (a criminal).
udyama m. raising; exertion, en deavour, diligence (w. d., prati, inf., --°ree;): -na, n. raising; endeavour; -bhrit, a. exert ing oneself, working.
upaga a. betaking oneself to, situated in, standing on, furnished with (--°ree;); -gata, (pp.) n. receipt; -gati, f. approach; -gan tavya, fp. to be submitted to; -gama, m. ap proach, arrival; accession orcommencement of (--°ree;): -na, n. resorting to (--°ree;); -gamya, fp. accessible.
upatiṣṭhāsu des. a. wishing to betake oneself to (ac.).
upajīvaka a. living by (in. or --°ree;); dependent; -ana, n. livelihood; -i-tri, a. living by (g.); -in, a. maintaining oneself by (ac., g., --°ree;); wholly dependent on; humbly adoring (--°ree;); -ya, a.furnishing a mainten ance; that on which anything depends; n. livelihood.
evamavastha a. being in such a condition; -âkriti, a. having such a form; -âkâra, a. conducting oneself thus; -âtma ka, a. (ikâ) of such a nature; -âdi, -âdya, a. of the kind or nature mentioned.
ojāya den. Â. exert oneself, use one's strength.
kṛtayatna a. having exerted him self; -yantrana, a. controlling oneself; -yuga, n. golden age; -lakshana, a. marked; branded; -vat, pp. act. having done; -varman, m. N. of various men; -vasati, a.having taken up his abode, dwelling; -vâpa, -vâpana, a. hav ing the head shaved; -vidya, a. learned; -vet ana, a. receiving wages, hired; -vedin, a. grateful; -vaira, a. having shown ill-will.
kṛtaśilpa a. having acquired an art; -sauka, a. having cleansed or purified himself; -srama, a. having undergone hard ships, having occupied oneself zealously with (lc., --°ree;); -samskâra, a.elaborated, prepared; adorned; consecrated; -samgña, a. to whom a sign has been given: pl. with whom signals have been concerted; -samdhâna, a. brought near; placed on the bowstring; -smita, pp. smiling; -hasta, a.skilful, dexterous.
gamana n. gait; going; betaking oneself to (ad.; ac. ± prati, g., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (--°ree;); entering upon, undergoing (--°ree;); course; departure; walking; motion: -vat, a. past; -anîya,fp. accessible to, as sailable by (g.); -ayitavya, cs. fp. to be passed (time).
cīna m. pl. the Chinese; -pishta, n. vermilion: -maya, a. consisting of vermilion; -½amsuka, n. silk cloth.
jñaṃmanya a. thinking oneself in telligent.
tapasya den. P. castigate oneself, mortify the flesh.
darśana a. (î) --°ree;, seeing, looking at; knowing; showing, teaching; n. 1. with active meaning: seeing, looking at, beholding; sight of, meeting with, visiting, attendance at (--°ree; or g.); adoration (of, g.); eyesight; review of (g.); inspection, investigation of (--°ree;); foreseeing (--°ree;); perception, understanding, in sight; recognition of (--°ree;); opinion, intention; doctrine, philosophical system; 2. with ps. meaning: becoming or being visible, appear ance, presence, attendance (in court); occur rence, mention (esp. in a standard work); ap parition, vision; 3. with cs. meaning: showing; with concrete meaning: eye; it is often --°ree; a. having a -appearance, looking --; -m dâ, show oneself.
dṛṣṭikṣepa m. rolling the eyes, looking about; -gokara, m. range of vision; -dâna, n. bestowal of a look, showing oneself; -nipâta, m. cast of a look, glance; -patha, m. range of vision; -pâta, m.cast of a look, glance: na tasya drishtipâte=do not show yourself to him; -pradâna, n.=-dâna; -prasâda, m. favour of a glance: -m kri, deign to look at one; -mandala, n. pupil of the eye; -mat, a. having eyes; intelligent, wise; -mârga, m. range of vision, horizon; -vikshepa, m. moving the eyes about, look ing around.
dainya n. dejection, distress; wretch edness, misery, pitiable state: -m kri, act piteously, humble oneself; -vat, a. dejected, afflicted.
dhanyaṃmanya a. deeming oneself happy.
nātinirvṛti f. not too great satisfaction; -nîka, a. not too low; -pari- kara, a. having a limited retinue; -pari sphuta, a. somewhat concealed; -paryâpta, pp. not too abundant; -pushta, pp.not too well furnished with (in.); -prakupita, pp. not excessively angry; -pramanas, a. not too good-humoured; -prasiddha, pp. not noto rious; -bhârika, a. not too weighty; -bhin na, pp. not very different from (ab.); -mâ tram, ad. not excessively; -mân-in, a. not esteeming oneself toohighly: (-i)-tâ, f. absence of vanity; -ramanîya, fp. not too charming: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -rûpa, a. not very pretty; -visadam, ad. (kiss) not very audibly; -vis târa-samkata, a. neither too wide nor too narrow; -sîta½ushna, a. neither too hot nor too cold; -slishta, pp. not very firm; -sva stha, a. not very well, poorly.
niṣeddhavya fp. to be restrained or prevented; -sheddhrí, m. restrainer, pre venter; -shedha, m. keeping off, prevention; prohibition; negation: -ka, a. prohibiting; -shedhin, a. repelling = surpassing (--°ree;); -shedhya, fp. to be prevented or prohibited; -sheva, a. practising (--°ree;); m. adoration: â, f. practice, addiction to; enjoyment; adoration; -shevaka, a. (--°ree;) frequenting; practising; enjoying; -shevana, n. visiting; practice; employment of, addiction to (g., --°ree;); -shev- -itavya, fp. to be practised or observed; -employed; -enjoyed; -shevin, a. devot ing oneself to, practising; enjoying, having sexual intercourse with; -shevya, fp. to be visited; -enjoyed; venerable.
pañcākṣara a. pentasyllabic; -½âkhyâna: -ka, n.=pañka-tantra; -½agni, a. maintaining the five sacred fires; allowing oneself to be scorched by five fires (four kindled towards the quarters, and the sun): -tva, n. aggregate of five fires (i. e. passions); -½a&ndot;ga, n. five limbs, members, or parts (°ree;--); a. (î) consisting of five limbs or parts; -½ât maka, a. consisting of the five elements: -tva, n. abst. n.; -½ânana, m. (five-faced, terrible), lion: î, f. ep. of Durgâ; -½apsaras: -a, n. N. of a lake; -½abda½âkhya, a. lasting for five years; (páñka)-½ara, a. five-spoked.
paṇḍita a. learned; wise, shrewd; skilled in (--°ree;); m. scholar, learned or wise man, Pandit: -tâ, f., -tva, n. wisdom; skill in (--°ree;); -buddhi, a. philosophic-minded; -mânika, -mânin, -m-manya, a.consider ing oneself wise; -sabhâ, f. assembly of Pandits.
patana n. flying, flight; flying or falling down, descent, fall, from (ab.), into (lc. or --°ree;); casting oneself (into, --°ree;), prostra tion (at, --°ree;); hanging down, flaccidity (of the breasts); fall, ruin; getting into (lc.): -sîla, a. accustomed to fall down.
padavī m. (nm. -s) leader, guide (V.); f. (nm. î) track, path; way or road, to (--°ree;); sphere, ken (of eyes, ears, memory); post, office: -m abhi½i, tread the path of (--°ree;), equal, resemble; -pra½âp or sam-â-ruh, enter the path of, devote oneself to (--°ree;); -yâ, enter the path of, become an object of, e. g. laughter (--°ree;).
parikampin a. trembling vio lently; -kara, m. sg. & pl. retinue, dependents; assistance, expedient; addition; abundance, multitude; girdle for looping up a garment: -m bandh or kri, gird oneself for, prepare to (lc. or inf.); -karita, pp. accompanied by (in.); -karman, n. adoration; decoration of the person, anointing the body; purification, means of purifying; preparation for (--°ree;); -karma-ya, den. P. adorn; -karmin, m. at tendant, servant; -kalayitri, a. enclosing; -kalpana, n. cheating; -kîrtana, n. proclaim ing aloud, promulgation; naming; -kopa, m. violent anger; -krama, m. succession, order; -kraya, m. hire; redemption, peace pur chased with money; -kriyâ, f. attention to (--°ree;); -kleda, m. wetness; -klesa, m. hard ship; trouble, suffering; -kshaya, m. dis appearance, cessation, failure; decline; ruin; -kshâna, n. pl. coal-dust; -kshâma,a. ema ciated; -kshit, a. dwelling around (Agni), extending around (du., heaven and earth); m. N. of various princes; -kshiti, f. wound ing; -kshîna, pp. emaciated, wasted away; -kshepa, m. moving to and fro; surrounding, encompassing; that which encircles; compass.
parihara m. concealment; -hara- nîya, fp. to be shunned or avoided: -tâ, f. avoidance; -hartavya, fp. to be given up or delivered; to be avoided, shunned, or re moved; -concealed or kept to oneself; refuted; -hâni or -hâni, f. diminution; -hâpanîya, fp. to be discontinued; -hâra, m. avoidance; abandonment, desertion (of a person); escaping from (--°ree;); concealment; refutation; exemption, privilege, immunity; common grazing ground round a village or town; -h&asharp;ram, abs. moving around; -hârin, a. avoiding (--°ree;); -hârya, fp. to be avoided or let alone, avoidable; to be separated; to be exempted from (in.).
pāta m. manner of flying, flight; throw ing oneself into (lc.); fall, into (lc.), from (ab.); cast, shot, stroke; collapse, death; falling=direction (of the eye or gaze); drop (of blood); application (of ointment, of a knife); case, possibility; entrance, appear ance; --°ree;, falling from, to, into, upon or at: -ka, a. causing to fall (--°ree;); (m.) n. crime or sin depriving of caste; -k-in, a. sinning; wicked; m. criminal.
pādanamra a. bowing down to the feet of any one; -nikrit, a. having a de ficiency of a syllable in each quarter-verse; -nyâsa, m. setting down of the feet, step; footprint; -pa, m. (drinking by the root), plant, esp. tree: -ka, --°ree;, a. id.; -patana, n. throwing oneself at the feet of any one, pros tration; -patita, pp. having thrown oneself at any one's feet; -paddhati, f. line of foot steps, footprints; -padma, m. lotus-foot; -parikâraka, m. humble servant; -pâda dhâvana, n. washing of one foot with the other; -pîtha, n. footstool: î-kri, turn into a footstool; -pûrana, a., n. filling a verse foot; -prakshâlana, n. washing of the feet; -prasârana, n. stretching out the feet; -pra hâra, m. kick; -bhata, m. foot-soldier; -bhâ ga, m. a fourth; -bhâg, a. possessing=equalling only a fourth part of any one (g.) in (lc.); -mudrâ, f. footprint; trace, sign, indication:-pa&ndot;kti, f. line of footprints, track; -mûla, n. root of the foot, tarsus; sometimes used as a respectful designation of a person; foot of a mountain: e ni-pat, fall at the feet of (g.); -yuddha, n. foot-fight; -ragas, n.dust of the feet; -lagna, pp. sticking in the foot (thorn); lying at any one's feet; attached to the foot; -lepa, m. foot-ointment of a peculiarly magical power; -vandana, n. adoration of the feet, reverential salutation;-sabda, m. sound of footsteps; -sas, ad. foot by foot; by a fourth; sauka, n. cleansing of the feet; -stambha, m. supporting beam, pillar.
pṛthakkārya n. separate busi ness, private affair; -kriti, f. individual; -kriyâ, f. separation; -kshetra, a. pl. be gotten by one father on different mothers; -keshtâ, f. various and distinct activities; -tâ, f., -tva, n. separateness; separation; severalty; individuality: in. singly, one by one; -pada, a. consisting of single (uncom pounded) words; -pinda, m. distant kinsman making separate funeral offerings (i. e. not in common with others); -sabda, m. word by itself; -sayyâ, f. sleeping by oneself; -su kha, a. having separate and distinct joys.
pracaya m. [√ ki] picking, gathering; accumulation, collection, quantity, multitude; -kayana, n. collecting; -kaya-svara, m. accumulated tone (i. e. tone occurring in a series of syllables), tone of the unaccented syllables following a Svarita; -karana, n. setting to work: &isharp;, f. kind of supplementary wooden ladle (rit.); -karanîya, fp. being in actual use (Br., S.); -karitavya, fp. n. imps. one should set to work;-kala, a. moving, tremulous, shaking; -kalana, n trembling, swaying; fleeing; -kalâyita, (den. pp.), n. nodding while asleep (âsîna-, -in a sitting posture); -kalita, pp. set out, departed, etc.; -kâra, m. walking about, ranging; going in pursuit of (--°ree;); showing oneself, manifestation, appearance; application, employment; currency; conduct, behaviour; pasture-ground; exercising-ground; -kârana, n. scattering; -kârin, a. going about; attaching oneself to (lc., --°ree;); acting, behaving; -kita, pp. (√ ki), pronounced with the Prakaya tone; -kura, a. abundant, ample, much, many, frequent; --°ree;, abounding in, replete with: -gaha&ntod;a,a. having abundance of impervious passages, -tva, n. abundance of (--°ree;), -ratna-dhana½â gama, a. having a large income of gems and money; -kurī-bhû, grow in extent; -kritta- sikha, a. having loosened braids orflowing hair; (á)-ketas, a. heedful, intelligent, wise (V.); m. (C.), ep. of Varuna; N.; -kodana, n. instigation, incitement; command; -kodin, a. driving before one (--°ree;).
prati ad. with verbs and °ree;-- with nouns, against, counter; back, in return; with nouns also=every; prp. 1. with (usually preceding) ac. against, towards, to, upon, in the direction of; before, in the presence or the eyes of; about, near, on, in, at; at the time of, about; through, for (of time); from (protect); compared with; in favour of, for; concerning, in regard to, on account of, through; for, as (with predicative ac., e. g. take for, regard as); according to, by; in or at every; 2. with ab. at the time of, about (only RV.); 3. with g. concerning, with regard to; °ree;-in ad. cpds. towards; at the time of, about; according to; in or at every;âtmânam prati, to oneself (speak); kiram --, for a long time; bhrisam --, repeatedly; mâm --, in my opinion, to my mind; varsham --, every year; na bubhukshitam prati bhâti kim kit, to a hungry man nothing is of any ac count; mâm prati aranyavat pratibhâti, to me seems like a (lonely) forest.
praṇidhāna n. application, em ployment; exertion, endeavour; respectful behaviour, towards (lc.); submission to the will of (--°ree;); profound meditation; vehement desire (B.); vow (B.);-nidhâyin, a. em ploying (emissaries); -nidhi, m. spying; sending out (of emissaries); request; spy, emissary; -nidhî-bhû, become a spy in the service of (--°ree;); -nidheya, fp. to be applied; to be sent out as a spy;-nipatana, n. falling down before any one, prostration; -nipâta, m. prostration, reverent salutation; humble submission to (g.); -nipâtin, a. prostrating oneself, submitting; -n&isharp;, m. leader; (á)-nîta, pp. √ nî: â,f. pl. water fetched (on the morning of the rite), holy water: -karu, m. pot for the holy water, -pranáyana, n. vessel for fetching the holy water; (á)-nîti, f. guidance; leading away.
pratyakṣavat ad. as if it were a perfect certainty; -vidhâna, n. explicit regu lation; -vishayî-bhû, present oneself within the range of vision; -vihita, pp. expressly enjoined; -vritti, a. formed clearly or in telligibly (word); -½âgamana, n. approach in bodily form.
pratyanantara a. being in the immediate neighbourhood of (g.); next in rank; m. next of kin, heir presumptive: -m, ad. immediately after (ab.); î-bhû, betake oneself close to (g.); -½anîka, a.(having one's face against), hostile, opposing (g.); prejudic ing, injuring; opposite; *rivalling; m. op ponent, enemy; n. hostile army; hostility, rivalry (sg. & pl.); retaliatory revilement of an enemy's following: -bhâva, m.condition of being the opposite; -½anumâna, n. counter or opposite inference; -½anuyoga, m. counter question; -½anta, m. boundary: pl. barbar ous tribes: -desa, m. frontier country; -½an tarî-bhû, betake oneself close to any one (*g.); -½antât, ad. to the end in each case; -½antika, a. situated on the frontier.
pratyātāpa m. sunny spot; -½âtma, °ree;-or -m, ad. for or in every soul; singly; -½âtmaka, -½âtmika, a. belonging to oneself, severally one's own; -½âtmya, n. likeness to oneself: in. after his own image; -½âdarsa, m. incorrect for pratyâdesa; -½âdâna, n. re covery, re-acquisition; reiteration, repetition; -½âditya, 1. m. mock sun; 2. ad, towards the sun (°ree;--); -½âditsu, des. a. desirous of gaining or regaining; -½âdeya, fp. to be received; -½âdesa, m. injunction, order; repudiation, rejection; refusal; prevention, determent, (deterrent) example; casting into the shade, eclipsing.
pravṛtti f. moving forward, ad vance, progress; appearance, manifestation, production; rise, origin; advent, setting in (of spring etc.); activity, efficacy, function; advance into, prosecution of, engaging in, ex posure of oneself to danger, predilection, pro pensity, addiction to (lc. or --°ree;); proceeding, occupation; behaviour, practice; employ ment, use, currency; applicability or validity of a grammatical rule;continuance, preva lence, continued validity; lot, fate; tidings, of (g. or --°ree;): -mat, a. devoted to a thing; -vriddha, pp. (√ vridh) grown up, great; -vriddhi, f. growth, increase; rise (of price); preferment, promotion, elevation; prosperity; -vrídh, f. growth.
prasāda m. clearness (of water, the voice); brightness; perspicuity (of speech or style); radiance (of the countenance); calm ness (of mind), serenity; cheerfulness, good temper; kindness, graciousness, favour; help, aid; gracious gift; food offered to an idol; remnants of a preceptor's food (which may be eaten without scruple): -m kri, be gra cious, show favour; grant the favour of (inf. or --°ree;); -sâda-ka, a. making clear, clarifying; cheering, gladdening; -sâdana, a. (î) making clear, clarifying; n. making clear, clarification; soothing, calming, tranquillizing; rendering cheerful; gratifying; propitiation; -sâdanîya, fp. to be propitiated; -sâda-parâ&ndot;mukha, a. (î) indifferent to any one's favour; with drawing one's favour from (g.); -sâda-bhû mi, f. object of favour, favourite; -sâdayi tavya, fp. to be rendered propitious towards (upari); -sâda-vitta: -ka, a. abounding in favour, standing high in the favour of (g. or --°ree;); m. favourite; -sâda½antara, n. another mark of favour; -sâdita, cs. pp. (√ sad) pleased, propitiated, well-satisfied; -sâdin, a. bright (eye, face); clear (neetar); perspi cuous; cheering, gladdening; -sâdî-kri, grant (ac.) as a favour to (g.), graciously present; -sâdya, 1. cs. gd. having ap peased, pleased, or propitiated; 2. fp. to be propitiated; -sâdhaka, a. (ikâ) adorn ing; m. dresser, valet; f. (ikâ) lady's maid; -s&asharp;dhana, a. accomplishing; n. ac complishment; putting in order, arranging; embellishment, personal adornment, toilet; means of decoration, toilet requisites; orna ment of (--°ree;): î, f. comb; -sâdhita, pp. ac complished; decorated; -sâra, m. spreading or stretching out, extension; rising, whirling up (of dust); opening; -sârana, n. stretch ing out, extending; development; extension, diffusion, augmentation; vocalization of a semivowel (gr.); -sâranin, a. containing a semivowel liable to vocalization (gr.); -sâr ita, cs. pp. (√ sri) extended, expanded, dif fused; stretched forth, exposed for sale; -sârin, a. breaking forth, issuing from (--°ree;); stretching oneself out; extending to (--°ree;); -sârya, 1. cs. gd. having extended or put forth; 2. fp. to be vocalized (semivowel).
prasakala a. very full (bosom); -sakta, pp. √ sañg: °ree;-or -m, ad. incessantly; -saktavya, fp. to be attached to (lc.); -sak ti, f. attachment, devotion, or addiction to, indulgence in, occupation with (lc.), occur rence of a case; bearing, applicability; practicableness: -m pra-yâ, be practicable; -sa&ndot;ktavya, fp. to be allowed to occur; -sa&ndot;khyâ, f. sum total; consideration; -sam khyâna, n. enumeration; reflexion, medita tion; fame, reputation; -sa&ndot;ga, m. attach ment, inclination; fondness for, addiction to; indulgence in (lc. or --°ree;); gratification, of (g.); association or intercourse with (--°ree;); illicit pursuit; applicability; contingency; opening, opportunity, occasion; connexion (pl. all that is connected with or results from anything): in. assiduously, with one's whole soul; in the course of (--°ree;); occasionally, in cidentally (also ab., °ree;--, or -tas); amunâ or tat-prasa&ndot;gena, on that occasion; etat prasa&ndot;ge, on this occasion; prasa&ndot;ge ku tra½api, on a certain occasion: -vat, a. occa sional, incidental, -vinivritti, f. non-recur rence of a contingency, prevention of the re currence; -sa&ndot;gin, a. attached or devoted to (--°ree;); connected with anything; contin gent, occurring; secondary, unessential; -sag ya, fp. applicable: -tâ, f. -ness,-pratishe dha, m. negative form of an applicable (posi tive) statement: -tva, n. abst. n.; -satti, f. graciousness; favour, complacency; -sam dhâna, n. combination, union; -sanna, pp. (√ sad) clear; bright; pleased, soothed, de lighted; complacent; gracious, propitious, kindly disposed; plain (meaning); distinct (impression); correct (supposition): -tâ, f. clearness, purity; brightness; perspicuity; complacence, good humour, -tva, n.clearness, brightness, -mukha, a. of a placid counte nance, looking pleased, -salila, a. having clear water; -sabha, °ree;-or -m, ad. forcibly; violently; exceedingly, very much; importu nately: -damana, n. forcible subjugation; -sara, m. advance; diffusion, expansion, ex tension; range; issue (of smoke); free scope, ample space; motion (of the eye); appear ance, manifestation; prevalence, influence; stream, flood; multitude, quantity: -na, n. running away, escaping; coming into force; complaisance, amiability; -sárga (or á), m. gushing forth; dismissal; -sárpana, n. going forward, advancing; betaking oneself to (lc.); -sarpin, a. issuing from (--°ree;); slinking away.
prahva a. inclined forward, sloping, slanting, bent; bowing before (g.); humble; -hvana, n. obeisance; -hvaya, den. P. humble (ac.); -hvî-bhû, humble oneself.
prājña a. (relating to intellect, pra gñâ), intellectual; intelligent, wise, clever; m. wise or sensible man; intelligence asso ciated with individuality (phil.): -tva, n. wisdom, intelligence, cleverness, -mâninor -m-mânin, a. considering oneself wise.
prādur ] ad. (only °ree;-- with the following three verbs or derivatives of the last two), forth, to view, manifest, visible: with as and bhû, become manifest, appear, reveal oneself; arise; resound; with kri, manifest, reveal; cause to appear, make to blaze (fire).
prāyopagamana n. going to death, starving oneself to death; -½upayog ika, a. most usual; -½upavishta, pp. sit ting down to starve oneself to death; -½upa-vesa, m.: -na, n. starvation by fasting; -½upavesin, a. sitting down to starve oneself to death.
bādhya fp. to be annoyed, distressed, or afflicted; allowing oneself to be troubled by (--°ree;); being checked; to be set aside, removed, or annulled; -ya-mâna-tva, n. condition of being annulled, set aside, or refuted.
bruva a. (--°ree;) calling oneself --, merely nominal.
manas n. mind (in its widest sense as the seat of intellectual operations and of emotions), internal organ; understanding, intellect; soul, heart; conscience; thought, conception; imagination; cogitation, reflexion; inclination, desire, will; mood, disposition; in the philosophical systems manas is regarded as distinct from soul (âtman), of which it is only the instrument, and is (except in the Nyâya) considered perishable:-kri, make up one's mind, resolve; fix one's heart or affections upon any one (g.); -kri, pra-kri, dhâ, vi-dhâ, dhri, bandh, and nivesaya, direct the thoughts to, think of (d., lc., prati, or inf.); -sam-â-dhâ, collect oneself; in.mánasâ, in the mind; in thought or imagination; with all one's heart, will ingly; by the leave of (g.); manasâ½iva, as with a thought, in a trice; manasâ man, think of in one's mind, -gam, go to in thought =imagine, remember, -sam-gam, become unanimous; manasi kri, bear or ponder in mind, -ni-dhâ, impress on the mind, trea sure in the heart; meditate, -vrit, be pass ing in one's mind; manas is often used --°ree; a. with an inf. in -tu=wishing or intend ing to (e. g. prashtu-manas, desirous of inquiring).
manya a. (--°ree;) thinking oneself, pass ing for; n. the root man; -ya-ti, m. (3 sg. turned into a noun), the root man.
mahokṣa m. large or full-grown bull: -tâ, f. state of a great bull; -½ukkhra ya, a. very lofty or great; -½ukkhrâya-vat, a. id.; -½uttama, n. (?) perfume; -½utpala, n. lotus-flower (Nelumbium speciosum); -½ut sava, m. great festival; -½utsavin, a. cele brating a great festival; -½utsâha, a. having great power; strong-willed, energetic, per severing; -½udadhi, m. great sea, ocean (of which there are supposed to be four): -ga, m. shell; -½udaya, m. great exaltation, good fortune, or prosperity; a. conferring great good fortune, or blessings; very prosperous; very happy; m. N.; n. ep. of the city of Kâ nyakubga: â, f. N. of a hall in the lunar world: (a)-svâmin, m. N. of a temple; -½ud ara, n. big belly, dropsy; a. (î) big-bellied; m. N.: -mukha, m. N. of an attendant of Durgâ; -½udyama, a. exerting oneself greatly, hard-working, industrious; busily occupied with (inf. or d. of abst. n.); -½unnata, pp. very lofty; -½unnati, f. great elevation, high rank or position; -½upâdhyâya, m. great teacher; -½uraga, m. great serpent; -½uras-ka, a. broad-chested; -½ûrmin, a. very billowy; -½ulkâ, f. great firebrand; great meteor.
māna m. n. opinion, notion; will, purpose; high opinion of oneself, self-reliance; conceit, pride, arrogance; respect, regard, honour, mark of honour (ord. mg., gnly. m.); wounded sense of honour, caprice, jealous an ger (esp. in women), sulking.
mānin a. assuming, regarding as (--°ree;); fancying oneself to have or to be (--°ree;); appearing as or passing for (--°ree;); honouring (--°ree;); thinking, being of opinion; thinking much of oneself, proud, haughty, towards (prati); self-respecting; highly honoured: -î, a. f. disdainful, sulky (towards her lover); f. wife of (--°ree;).
mānitā f. imaginary possession of (--°ree;): honouring (--°ree;); -tva, n. supposing oneself to have or be (--°ree;); pride; being held in honour.
mukta pp. (√ muk) set free, released, from (in., ab.); loosened, detached, fallen or dropped down (fruit); relaxed, languid (limbs); loose (reins); quitted, left free (road), left bare (bank); just left by the sun (cardinal point); abandoned, given up; laid or cast aside (clothes); deposited (flowers); gone, vanished (esp. --°ree;, a.); shed (tears); uttered (sound); sent forth, emitted; thrown down, cast, discharged, hurled; applied (kick); having cast oneself down; delivered from sin or the bonds of existence, emancipated; destitute of (in. or --°ree;); m. N. of a cook.
mṛgayā f. chase, hunting: ac. or d. with verbs of going (gam, yâ, pari-dhâv), go a-hunting: -krîdana, n., -krîdâ, f. plea sures of the chase; -dharma, m. rules of the chase; -yâna, n. going a-hunting; -½aranya, -vana, n. hunting forest; -vihâra, m. plea sures of the chase; -vihârin, a. delighting in the chase, amusing oneself with hunting; -vyasana, n. hunting-accident; -sîla, a. de voted to the chase.
yatātman a. having one's mind concentrated, controlling oneself.
yatnavat a. possessed of volition; taking trouble, exerting oneself (with lc.).
yatitavya fp. n. one should exert oneself, for (lc.).
yathāvakāśam ad. accord ing to space; into the proper place; accord ing to or on the first opportunity; -vakana kârin, a. acting according to orders, obedient; -vakanam, ad. according to the expression; -vat, ad. exactly as it is or should be, accord ing to usage, in due order, suitably, fitly, cor rectly, accurately;=yathâ, as (rare); -vay as, ad. according to age; of the same age; -vasám, ad. according toone's will or pleasure (V.); -½avasaram, ad. at every opportunity; -vastu, ad. in accordance with the facts, ac curately, truly; -½avastham, ad. in accord ance with the condition or circumstances; -½avasthita½artha-kathana, n. description of a matter in accordance with facts; -½âvâs am, ad. to one's respective dwelling; -vit tam, ad. in accordance with the find; in pro portion to property; -vidha, a. of what kind; -vidhânam, ad.according to prescription or rule, duly; -vidhânena, in ad. id.; -vidhi, ad. id.; in due form, suitably; according to the deserts of (g.); -viniyogam, ad. in the order stated; -vibhava, °ree;--, -m, or -tas, ad. in proportion to means or income; -vibhâg am, ad. in accordance with the share; -vi shayam, ad. according to the thing in ques tion; -vîrya, a. having what strength: -m, ad. in proportion or with regard to valour; -vritta, pp. as happened; how conducting oneself: °ree;-or -m, ad. as it happened, in ac cordance with the facts, circumstantially; according to the metre; n. previous event; ac tual facts, details of an event; -vrittânta, m.(?) experience, adventure; -vriddha, °ree;-or -m, according to age, by seniority; -vyavahâram, ad. in accordance with usage; -vyutpatti, ad. according to the degree of culture; -sakti, -saktyâ, ad. according to one's power, to the utmost of one's power, as far as possible; -½âsayam, ad. according to wish; according to the conditions or premises; -sâstra, °ree;-or -m, according to prescribed rules or the in stitutes of the law; -sîlam, ad.according to the character; -sraddhám, ad. according to inclination; -½âsramam, ad. according to the stage of religious life; -½âsrayam, ad. in re gard to the connexion; -srâddham, ad. in accordance with the funeral feast; -srutam, pp. as heard of: -m, ad. as one heard it; in accordance with knowledge; incorr. for -sruti; -sruti, ad. according to the precepts of the Veda; -samstham, ad. according to circum stances; -sakhyam, ad. in proportion to friend ship; -samkalpita, pp. as wished; -sam khyam, -samkhyena, ad. according to num ber, number for number, in such a way that the numbers of two equal series correspond numerically (the first to the first, the second to the second, etc.); -sa&ndot;gam, ad. according to need, adequately; -satyam, ad. in accord ance with truth, truthfully; -samdishtam, ad. as directed; -½âsannam, ad. as soon as come near; -samayam,ad. at the proper time; -samarthitam, ad. as has been con sidered good; -samâmnâtam, ad. as men tioned; -samîhita, pp. as desired: -m, ad. according to wish (Pr.); -samuditám, ad. as agreed; -sampad, ad. as it happens; -sam pratyayam, ad. according to agreement; -sampradâyam, ad. as handed down; -sam bandham, ad. according to the relationship; -sambhava, a. corresponding as far as pos sible: -m, ad. according to the connexion, respectively; -sambhavin, a., -sambhâvita, pp. corresponding; -sâma, ad. according to the sequence of the Sâmans; -sâram, ad. ac cording to the quality; -siddha, pp. as hap pening to be ready; -sukha,°ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure; at ease, comfortably; pleasantly, conveniently; -sukha-mukha, a. facing any way one pleases; -sûktam, ad. hymn by hymn; -sûkshma, a. pl. according to size from the smallest onwards: -m,ad.; -½astam, ad. to one's respective home; -sthâna, n. proper place (only lc. sg. & pl.); a. being in the proper place: (á)-m, ad. to or in the proper place; -sthitam, ad. according to one's stand; as it stands, certainly, surely; -sthiti, ad. according to custom, as usual; -sthûla, °ree;-or -m, ad. in the rough, without going into detail; -smriti, ad. according to one's recollection; according to the rules of the law-books; -sva, a. one's (his, their) respective: °ree;-or -m, ad. each his own, each individually or in his own way, respectively; -svaira, °ree;-or -m, ad. at pleasure, without restraint; -½âhâra, a. eating whatever comes to hand.
yantraya den. P. bandage: pp. ita, bandaged; bound, fastened; fettered, re strained, or compelled by, depending on (in., ab., --°ree;); self-restrained; strenuously exerting oneself, for (-krite). ni, curb, restrain: pp. bound, fettered; embanked; restricted, ruled by, dependent on (in. or --°ree;). sam, pp. stop ped (car).
yatrakāmāvasāya m. magical power of transferring oneself any where at will; -tatra-saya, a. lying down anywhere, not minding where one sleeps.
yoktavya fp. to be employed or practised; -inflicted (punishment); -supplied or provided with (in.); -concentrated (mind); n. imps. one should prepare oneself for (lc.).
rajju f. [√ rasg*, bind: cp. √ magg] cord, rope (--°ree;, of, rarely=for): -m â-sthâ, have recourse to the rope, hang oneself.
riraṃsā des. f. desire to enjoy oneself; lasciviousness; -su, des. a. wishing to enjoy oneself, with (ac.); lascivious.
laghiman m. lightness; super natural power of making oneself light at will; feeling of lightness; levity; disrespect, slight; -ishtha, spv., -îyas, cpv. of laghú; -îyas-tva, n. insignificance.
liṅgin a. having a mark or sign; having the marks or appearance of (--°ree;); wearing false badges, hypocritical; assum ing the badges of, passing oneself off as (--°ree;); wearing his badgesjustly, sincere; provided with a phallus; having a subtle body; m. hypocrite; member of a religious order, as cetic; a Sivaite sect (pl.); cause.
līlāya den. play, sport, amuse oneself: pp. i-ta, sporting, rejoicing; n. sport, amusement; exploit easily accom plished.
līlā f. play, sport, pastime, diver sion, amusement; playful imitation of a lover; mere sport, child's play (=action easily performed); mere appearance, sem blance (--°ree;); dissimulation, disguise, pre tence; charm, grace: °ree;-and in. a-yâ, sportively, to amuse oneself; in sport=with the greatest ease; for mere appearance, feignedly: -kamala, n. toy-lotus, lotus for playing with; -kalaha, m. playful or feigned quarrel; -khela, a. playfully sportive; -½â gâra, n., -griha, n., -geha, n. pleasure house; -tâmarasa, n. toy-lotus, lotus for playing with; -nritya, n. playful dance; -padma, n. lotus for playing with; -½abga, n. id.; -½âbharana, n.sham ornament (e. g. a brace let of lotus fibres); -manushya, m. man in appearance only, man in disguise; -mand ira, n. pleasure house; -½ambuga, n. toy lotus.
vananvat a. (RV.) possessing; belonging to oneself, own.
vartitavya fp. to be tarried in (country); -practised or observed (conduct); -treated; n. imps. one should stay or remain in (lc.); one should apply oneself to (lc.); live or exist; -proceed or behave (w. ad. or in.), towards any one (g., lc., in. with saha): asmad-vase --, we should be obeyed.
vartanīya fp. n. one should apply oneself or attend to (lc.).
vavra a. [√ 1. vri] concealing oneself (RV.); m. hiding-place, cavern (RV.).
vaha a. (--°ree;) drawing, conveying; flow ing, -through, into, or towards; bearing along (of rivers); bringing; producing, effect ing; bearing (a name); having, provided with; exposing oneself to (heat etc.); m. shoulder of a draught animal; shoulder piece of the yoke.
vācya fp. to be spoken, said, told, stated, declared, mentioned, or enumerated; spoken about; to be spoken to, addressed, or told (w. ac. or oratio recta w. iti); expressed, signified, expressly meant by (g., --°ree;); to be spoken against, to be blamed or censured by (in., g.), censurable; n. imps. one should say or speak, about (g.); n. reproach, fault (-m gam, expose oneself to reproach); (that of which anything is predicable), substantive: -tva, n. expression by means of (--°ree;); -vat, ad. like the substantive=following the gen der of the substantive, adjectivally.
vānaprastha m. (betaking oneself to forest-uplands: vanaprastha), Brâh man of the third order (who has retired from domestic life to the forest), hermit; a. relating to the forest hermit; m. (sc.âsrama) third stage of a Brâhman's life, forest life; -prasth-ya, n. condition of a hermit.
vāpa m. [√ 1. vap] shearing, shaving (only --°ree; with krita-); -ana, n. causing oneself to be shaved, shaving; -aya, cs. of √ vap and of √ 1. vâ.
vicakṣaṇa a. conspicuous, visi ble, clear, bright (V.); distinct, perceptible (S.); clear-sighted, discerning, experienced, clever, wary, wise, in (lc., --°ree;; ord. mg.; mostly C.): (a)-tva, n.discernment, wisdom, -m manya, a. considering oneself wise, -vat, a. connected with the word vikakshana; -ka kshus, a. eyeless, blind; -kákshe, d. inf. (√ kaksh) to discern (RV.); -kandra, a. moon less; -kaya, m.search; examination; -kara- na, n. 1. motion; 2. footless; -karanîya, fp. n. imps. one should act; -karita, n. wander ing, roaming; (ví)-karshani, a. very active (RV.); -kalana, n. wandering from place to place; boastfulness.
vijigīṣā f. desire to overcome or conquer (ac., d., --°ree;); -gigîshu, des. a. de siring to vanquish (also in argument: ac., --°ree;); ambitious of conquest: -tâ, f., -tva, n. desire of conquest;-gighâmsu, des. a. wishing to slay or destroy; -gighrikshu, des. a. wish ing to go to war; -gigñ&asharp;sâ, f. desire to learn or know, inquiry, about (--°ree;); -gigñ&asharp;s-ya (or yã), des. fp. that one should wish to know or learn; (ví)-gita, pp. √ gi; m. or n. con quered country (V.); country (Br.); n. vic tory, conquest (Br., S.): -½asu, m. N. of a sage; (ví)-giti, f. conflict, fight (V.); gain or acquisition of (--°ree;); -git-in, a.victorious (Br.); -gita½indriya, a. controlling one's organs of sense; -gitvara, a. victorious; -gihîrshu, des. a. wishing to walk about; wishing to enjoy oneself; -gihma, a. crooked, curved, frowning (face); sidelong(glance); -gîvita, a. lifeless, dead; -grimbha, m. knit ting of the brows (--°ree;): -ka, m. N. of a fairy, i-kâ, f. gasping; yawning; -grimbhana, n. yawning, blossoming, blowing; extension; -grimbhita, pp. √ grimbh; n.yawning; manifestation, consequences; deed (--°ree; with vîra-); -getavya, fp. to be conquered or con trolled (senses); -getri, m. vanquisher, con queror; -geya, fp. to be conquered (only in a-).
vidviṣ m. enemy; -dvishta-tâ, f. odiousness; -dvishti, f. hate, enmity; -dve shá, m. hatred, enmity, dislike, of (g., lc.); hatefulness to (--°ree;); proud disdain (rare): -m kri, show hostility towards(lc.); -m gam, incur odium; -m grah, conceive hatred to wards (lc.); -dvéshana, a. setting at variance (RV.); n. hatred, enmity towards (g., --°ree;); making oneself hated; stirring up of hatred or enmity; magic rite for engendering hatred; -dveshi-tâ, f. hatred, enmity; -dveshin, a. (n-î) hating; vying with (--°ree;); m. hater, enemy; -dveshtri, m. id.; -dveshya, fp. hateful, odious, to (--°ree;).
viphala a. bearing no fruit (tree); fruitless, futile, vain; disappointed: -tâ, f., -tva, n. fruitlessness, uselessness; -prerana, a. flung in vain; -phala-ya, den. P. render fruitless, not allow any one (g.), to (inf.); -phala-srama, a. exerting oneself in vain: -tva, n. useless exertion; -phalî-kri, render useless, thwart; -phalî-bhavishnu, a. be coming useless; -phalî-bhû, become useless.
vimati f. divergence of opinion, regarding (lc.); aversion; a. dull, stupid: -tâ, f. stupidity; -matsara, a. free from jealousy; -mada, a. free from intoxication, grown sober; free from rut; free from pride; á, m. N. of a protégé of the gods; N. of a composer of Vedic hymns; (ví)-madhya, n. (?) middle; -manas, a. out of one's senses, beside oneself, discomposed, downcast, dis consolate; -manâ-ya, den. Â. be disconsolate or downcast; -manî-kri, make angry; -man yu, a. free from anger; -marda, m. crush ing, bruising, rubbing, friction; trampling; conflict, encounter, scuffle, fight; destruction, devastation; interruption, disturbance of (--°ree;); contact (rare); refusal, rejection (rare); total eclipse (rare); -marda-ka, a. crushing, destroying; m. N.; -mardana, a. pressing, crushing; destroying; m. N. of a fairy; n. crushing; encounter, conflict; destruction, devastation; -mardin, a. (--°ree;) shattering, destroying, devastating; dispelling; -marsa, m. examination, consideration, reflection; discussion; intelligence (rare); crisis in the plot (of a play); -marsana, n. examination, reflection.
vihārin a. walking or moving about, in or on (--°ree;); extending to (lc., --°ree;); dependent on (--°ree;, rare); disporting oneself in, enjoying or amusing oneself with, delight ing in (--°ree;); charming (hip; rare).
vīratara m. greater hero, than (ab.); n. a fragrant grass (Andropogon muricatus); (á)-tâ, f. manliness, heroism; -tva, n. id.; -deva, m. N.; -dhara, m. N. of a wheel wright; -nâtha, a. having a hero as a pro tector; m. N.; -patta, m. hero's band (round the forehead); (á)-patnî, f. wife of a hero; -pâna, n. hero's drink (taken before or after battle); -pura, n. N. of a town in the terri tory of Kânyakubga; N. of a mythicaltown in the Himâlaya; -purusha, m. brave man, hero; -pragâyinî, f. mother of heroes; -pra bha, m. N.; -prasavinî, -prasû, f. mother of a hero; -bâhu, m. N.; -bhata, m. warrior; N. of a king; -bhadra, m. N. of a Rudra; N. of an attendant of Siva, who destroyed Daksha's sacrifice; -bhavat, m. your heroic presence (honorific term of address); -bhâva, m. heroism; -bhuga, m. N. of two kings; -mânin, a. considering oneself a hero; -mâr ga, m. heroic career; -m-manya, a. id.
vṛthākarman n. action done at will, non-religious act; -½âkâra, m. useless phenomenon or thing; a. whose form is vain or illusory; -tva, n. futility; -½anna, n. food for one's own use only; -palita, a. grown grey in vain; -pasughna, a. slaying cattle for pleasure (not for sacrifice); -pragâ, a. f. having borne children in vain; -mâmsá, n. flesh taken at random (not conforming to prescribed rules), flesh meantfor one's own use only (Br., C.); -vâk, f. unsuitable or un true speech; -vâdin, a. speaking falsely; -vriddha, pp. grown old in vain (i. e. without learning wisdom); -½udyama, a. exerting oneself in vain.
vedasaṃhitā f. an entire Veda in any recension; -samnyâsika, a. having renounced Vedic study and pious works and devoting oneself to contemplation; -sam nyâsin, a. id.; -samâpti, f.completion of Vedic study.
vaitasa a. (î) made of or peculiar to the reed: î vritti, f. reed-like action, i. e. yielding to superior force, adapting oneself to circumstances; m. n. basket made of reed.
vyāvivṛtsu des. a. wishing to rid oneself of (ab., --°ree;); -vrít, f. (V.) distinc tion, precedence of (in., g.); cessation; -vrit ta-tva, n. incompatibility with (--°ree;); -vritti, f. deliverance from (ab.); exclusion from, loss of (ab.); exclusion (ps.); discrimination, distinction; difference.
vrata n. [willed: √ vri: perh. old pp.] 1. V.: will, command, law, ordinance; do minion; service, obedience; realm; regular sphere or function; 2. V., C.: operation, ac tion, doings, conduct, manner, mode of life (with suki=clear conscience); religious rite or service; duty, towards (--°ree;); religious or ascetic observance taken upon oneself, aus terity, vow, rule, holy work (such as fasting and continence); 3. C.: vow (in general), resolve, to (d., lc. of vbl. n., --°ree;): ab. in conse quence of a vow; (á)-m kar, observe a vow, esp. practise chastity.
śakti f. ability, capacity, power, strength, skill, to (g., lc., inf., --°ree;); efficacy (of a remedy etc.); regal power (which comprises the three elements, prabhâva, majesty, utsâha, energy, and mantra, counsel); active power or female energy of a deity (esp. of Siva); force of a word, signification, function, case-notion; creative power of a poet, imagination: in. saktyâ (± âtmaor sva-), according to ability; param saktyâ, with all one's might; saktim ahâpayitvâ, not re laxing one's efforts, exerting oneself to the utmost.
śamāya den. Â. be active, exert oneself (RV., rare).
śama m. (mental) tranquillity or calmness, equanimity, quietism; peace, with (sârdham); apathy (rare); tranquillization, calm, pacification, alleviation, cessation, ex tinction: -m kri, show calmness, calm oneself, be tranquil: -gir, f. tranquillizing word; -pradhâna, a. devoted to calmness.
śiras n. head; summit, peak, top; front, van (of an army); head, chief, first; N. of the verse &open;âpo gyotir âpo &zip; mritam&close;: siro dâ, give up one's (head=) life; -dhri, hold up one's head; -vah, hold one's head high, be proud; -vartaya, hold out one's head, declare oneself ready for punishment (when an opponent has cleared himself in an ordeal); sirasâ kri, grah, or dhâ, place on the head; -dhri, bhri, orvah, hold or carry on the head; -kri, receive reverently, honour; -gam, yâ, pra-nam, pra-ni-pat, touch with one's head, bow down; sirasi kri or ni dhâ, place on one's head; -sthâ, be on the head; hang over the head of, be imminent; stand at the head of=far above (g.).
śūratā f. heroism, intrepidity; -tva, n. id.; -danta, m. N. of a Brâhman; -deva, m. N.; -pura, n. N. of a town; -matha, m. college founded by Sûra; -mânin, a. consi dering oneself a hero; -mûrdha-maya,a. (î) consisting of the heads of heroes; -varman, m. N.; -vidya, a. understanding heroism, heroic; (s&usharp;ra)-sâti, f. (acquisition of heroes), battle: only lc. (RV.); -sena, m. N. of a country round Mathurâ: pl. its people; king of Sûrasena; N.: -ka, -ga, m. pl. people of Sûrasena.
saṃsakta pp. √ sañg: -tâ, f. con dition of having stuck, -yuga, a. yoked, harnessed, -vadana½âsvâsa, a. having her breath cleaving to her mouth, with suppressed breath; -sakti, f. intimate union, close contact, with (--°ree;); -sa&ndot;ga, m. connexion; -sa&ndot;gin, a. (-î) attached or adhering to, intimately associated with: -î-tva, n. close connection with (--°ree;); -sád, f. (sitting together), as sembly; court (of a king or of justice); company, multitude; -sarana, n. going about; transmigration, mundane existence (as a series of transmigrations); -sarga, m. union, connexion, contact, with (in., g., --°ree;); indulgence orparticipation in, contamination with (--°ree;); contact with the world of sense, sensual indulgence (pl.); social contact, as sociation, intercourse, with (in. ± saha, g., lc., --°ree;); sexual intercourse with (in. + saha, g., --°ree;): -vat, a. coming in contact or con nectedwith (--°ree;); -sargi-tâ, f. social relations; -sargin, a. connected, with (--°ree;); possessed of (--°ree;); -sargana, n. commingling, combina tion, with (in.); attaching to oneself, con ciliation of (g.); -sárpa, m. N. of the thir teenth month (V., C.); -sarpana, n. ascent, of (g.); creeping, gliding motion; -sarpad dhvaginî-vimarda-vilasad-dhûlî-maya, a. (î) filled with dust rising through the tramp of a marching army; -sarp-in, a. creeping along; swimming about; gliding over, ex tending to (--°ree;): (-i)-tâ, f. extension to (--°ree;); -sava, m. simultaneous Soma sacrifice of two neighbouring adversaries (Br., S.).
sakhīya den. only pr. pt. associat ing oneself with, seeking the friendship of (in.; RV.).
sajjaya den. P. string (a bow; rare); equip, prepare, make ready; Â. metr. id.; prepare oneself; ps. saggyate: pp. saggita, strung (bow); prepared, equipped, ready, for (-artham or --°ree;).
saṃtoṣa m. satisfaction, content ment, with (in., lc.): -m kri, content oneself with (in.): -vat, a. satisfied, contented; -toshin, a. id.; delighting in (--°ree;); -toshtav ya, fp. n. one should be contented.
saṃdaṃśa m. compression (of the lips); connexion; tongs; thumb and fore-finger; nippers (of a crab); section, chapter: -ka, m., i-kâ, f. pair of tongs; -darpa, m. arrogance, boasting of (--°ree;); -darbha, m. weaving (of a garland); piling (of arms); mixture; artistic combination (of words, notes etc.); literary composition; -darsana, n. seeing, beholding, viewing (ord. mg.); vision; gaze, look (rare); inspection, con sideration; appearance, manifestation; meet ing with (in. ± saha); showing, display (of or to, --°ree;): -m gam svapne, appear to (g.) in a dream; -m pra-yam, show oneself to (g.); lc. in view of; -d&asharp;na, n. bond, fetter, halter (V.); m. (?) fettering place (below the knee of an elephant); -dâna-tâ, f. condition of a fetter; -dânita, den. pp. bound, fettered: -ka, n. combination of three Slokas consisting of a single sentence; -digdha,pp. (√ dih) doubtful etc.; n. ambiguous expression: -tva, n. uncertainty, -punar-ukta-tva, n. uncer tainty and tautology, -buddhi, a. doubtful minded; -dîpaka, a. setting aflame, making jealous (--°ree;); -dîpana, a.kindling; exciting, provoking; m. one of the five arrows of Kâma; n. kindling, exciting, stimulating; -dûshana, a. (î) corrupting, ruining; n. de filing, violating; cause of ruin; -drís, f. (V.) sight; appearance; view, direction; -dríse, V. d. inf. of sam + √ dris.
samākarṇitaka n. gesture of listening: in. listening; -karsha, m. ad duction; -karshana, n. drawing to oneself.
samājñā f. appellation, name; -gñâna, n. recognition as (--°ree;); -dâna, n. taking upon oneself, incurring, contracting; -deya, fp. to be received; -desa, m. direction, instruction; command, order; -dhâtavya, fp. to be set to rights, repaired, or adjusted; -dhâna, n. adjustment, settlement; recon cilement; justification of a statement, de monstration; mental concentration, atten tion; deep contemplation or devotion:-m kri, attend; -dhi, m. putting together, join ing, with (in.); joint (of the neck); union, combination; performance; adjustment, set tlement; justification of a statement, proof; attention (to, lc.), intentness on (--°ree;); deep meditation on the supreme soul, profound devotion (ord. mg.); N. of various figures of speech: -m kri, direct one's attention, to (lc.); -dhi-ta, den. pp. reconciled; -dhitsu, des. a. (√ dhâ) wishing to prove.
samāvartana n. return home (of a pupil after the completion of his reli gious studies); -vaha, a. bringing, producing (--°ree;); -(â)vâya, m. metr. for -(a)vâya; -vâ sa, m. abode, habitation; -vritti,f.=-âvar tana; -vesa, m. entering; absorption in (--°ree;); simultaneous occurrence, co-existence (ord. mg.); agreement with (--°ree;); -sraya, m. con nexion with (--°ree;); shelter, refuge, asylum (ord. mg.); dwelling-place, habitation; re lation, reference (rare); resorting to (--°ree;): ab. in consequence of, owing to; a. (--°ree;) dwelling or situated in; relating to; -sraya- na, n. resorting or attaching oneself to (--°ree;); -srayanîya, fp.to be sought refuge with; taken service with; m. master (opp. samâ srita, servant); -srayin, a. occupying, ob taining possession of (--°ree;); -srita, pp. √ sri; m. servant: -tva, n. having betaken oneself to (the protection of, --°ree;); -slesha, m. em brace; -svâsa, m. recovery of breath, relief, encouragement; consolation; -svâsana, n. encouraging, comforting; consolation; -svâs ya, fp. to be consoled.
samudanta a. rising above the edge, about to overflow (V.); -aya, m. union, junction (of forces); combination, aggregate; income, revenue (rare); success (rare): -m kri, collect or assemble (an army); -âkâra, m. presentation, offering, of (--°ree;); good or courteous behaviour; intercourse with (in.); address; -âya, m. combination, collection, aggregate, whole; genus (elephant); -âyin, a. combining, forming an aggregate; -ita mukha, a. with one voice, all at once; -ga, m. round casket; kind of artificial stanza (in which the two halves are identical in sound but different in meaning, e.g. Kirâtâr gunîya XV, 16): -ka, m. n. round casket; -gama, m. rise (of the sun), rising (of dust, of the breast); -danda, a. uplifted (arm); -desa, m. exposition, doctrine; locality, place; -dhata, pp. √ han: -lâ&ndot;gûla, a. cocking his tail; -dharana, n. upraising, extrication; removal; -dhartri, m. deliverer from (the ocean, danger, ab.); extirpator; -dhâra, m. extraction; rescue; removal, destruction; -bandhana, n. hanging up: âtmanah --, hanging oneself; -bodhana, n.resuscitation; -bhava, m. production, origin; appearance: --°ree; a. arising or produced from, being the source of; -bhâsana, n. illuminating; -bhe da, m. development; source; -yama, m. lift ing up; exertion, effort, labour, setting about (d., lc., --°ree;); -yamin, a. exerting oneself, strenuous; -yoga, m. employment, use (rare); preparation, equipment; energy; concurrence (of causes).
samupagantavya n. imps. one should betake oneself: na ka½asya visvâse -m, one should put no trust in him; -upa- gâta-kopa, a. moved to anger, provoked; -upavesa, m.: -na, n. seat; -upastambha, m. supporting; -½upârgana, n. attainment, acquisition; -upepsu, des. a. desiring to at tain, striving after (ac.).
saṃmukha a. (î, sts. â) confronting, facing (g., --°ree;); favourable, to any one (g.), propitious (fortune); intent on (lc., --°ree;): -m, ad. (come etc.) towards; (draw) to (oneself, âtmanah); (look) intoone's face; face to face; opposite, in the presence of (g.); lc. oppo site, before, in front or the presence of (g.): w. bhû, oppose any one (g.); w. sthâ, look any one (g.) in the face; °ree;--, towards; into one's face; -mukhî-kri, place opposite, make one's aim; -mukhîna, a. confronting, facing, opposite; favourable to (g.): -tva, n. condi tion of facing; presence; -mukhî-bhû, post oneself opposite; -mugdham, (pp.) ad. clandestinely; -mûdha,pp. √ muh: -tâ, f., -tva, n. dazed condition; -mûrkhana, n. congealment, densification, accumulation; -melana, n. meeting together, mixture, union; -mohá, m. stupefaction, swoon; infatuation, delusion; -mohana, a.(î) deluding, infatu ating; m. N. of one of the arrows of the god of love; n. leading astray, deluding, infatu ating; a certain mythical missile.
sayatna a. exerting oneself, active; endeavouring to (inf.); -yâvaka, a. dyed with lac; -y&asharp;van, a. (r-î) going together, with (in.), accompanying (RV.); -yúg, a. united (V.); m. companion (V.);(sá)-yûth-ya, a. belong ing to the same herd (V.); -yoga, a. pos sessed of Yoga; (sá)-yoni, V. a. having a common origin, with (in.): -tâ, f. identity of origin etc. (Br.), -tvá, n. id. (V.); -yau vana, a. youthful.
sarvakarman n. pl. all kinds of works, rites, or occupations; 1. -kâma, m. pl. all kinds of desires; 2. (á)-kâma, a. wish ing everything; fulfilling all wishes; possess ing everything wished for; m. N. of a son of Rituparna; -kâmika, a. fulfilling all wishes; obtaining all one's desires; -kâmin, a. id.; -kâlam, ad. at all times, always (w. na, never); -kâle, lc. id.; -kâla-mitra, n. friend at all times; -kâsham, abs. w.√ kash, ex haust completely; -kshaya, m. destruction of the universe; -ga, a. all-pervading, omni present; -gana, m. the whole throng; a. (sárva- or sarvá-) having or forming a com plete company (V.); -gata, pp. all-pervading, universally prevalent; omnipresent: papra- kkha½anâmayam sarvagatam, he asked after their universal health=whether they were well in every respect: -tva, n. universal dif fusion, omnipresence; -gandha-vaha, a. wafting perfumes of all kinds; -gâtra, n. pl. all limbs; -guna, m. pl. all excellences; -grâsam, abs. w. √ gras, devour entirely; -m-kasha, a. wearing out entirely, exceed ingly cruel; all-pervading: â, f. T. of Mal linâtha's commentary on the Sisupâla-va dha; -karu, m. N. (Br.); -gana, m. every one; -ganîna, a. relating or belonging to every one; -git, a. all-conquering; -gña, a. all-knowing, omniscient (gods or men, esp. ministers and philosophers); m. N.; -gña-tâ, f., -gña-tva, n. omniscience; -gña-nârâya- na, m. N. of a scholar; -gña-mitra, m. N., -gñam-manya, a. considering oneself omni scient: -tâ, f. abst. n.; -gñâna-maya, a.containing all knowledge.
sarvocchedana n. complete extermination; -½uttama, spv. best of all; -½udyukta, pp. exerting oneself to the utmost; -½uparama, m. cessation of all things, abso lute rest: -tva, n. abst. n.
salīla a. playing, without exerting oneself; sportive, coquettish (ord. mg.): -m, ad. as it were in play (± iva); coquettishly.
sāṃnahanika a. (fr. samnah ana) relating to preparation for battle, call ing to arms; -nây-yá, n. [*sam-nâya, min gling] oblation of fresh and sour milk mixed; -nâh-ika, a. [sam-nâha] relating to prepara tion for battle, calling to arms; capable of bearing arms; -uka, a. id. (Br.); -nidh-ya, n. [sam-nidhi] nearness, vicinity, presence, close attendance: -m kri, be present, show oneself to (g.), -pakshe gan, appear in the place of (g.); -nipât-ika, a. [sam-ni-pâta] coalescing; produced by disorder of the bodily humours.
sāhasika a. (î) committing or guilty of violence; bold, daring; rash, reck less; m. desperado, robber; N. of a cook: -tâ, f. daring; -in, a. committing violence; over-exerting oneself.
suga a. easy to traverse (path; V.); easy of access (C.); easy to obtain (V., C.); n. (V.) good path; easy or successful course; -gana, m. N. of a Râgaputra; -gata, pp. going well; having fared well orenjoyed oneself; m. a Buddha; Buddhist (teacher): -sâsana, n. Buddhist doctrine or faith; -gati, f. welfare, happiness, bliss; secure refuge; -gandha, m. fragrance; perfume; a. fragrant: â, f. N. of various plants; N.
sundara a. (î) [perh. for sunara; cp. sû-nára, sû-nríta; Gk. a)-nh/r, a)-n-d-ro/s] beau tiful, lovely, handsome; noble (rare); good, right, correct (act etc.): -ka, m. N.; -kânda, n. beautiful stalk; -tâ, f.beauty; -pura, n. N. of a town; -m-manya, a. thinking oneself handsome; -sena, m. N. of a king.
subhaga a. having a blessed lot, highly favoured, fortunate, happy; beloved, dear (esp. wife); charming, amiable; lovely, beautiful (also of inanimate objects; vc., esp. f. common as an address); nice (fellow, ironical); suitable for (--°ree;, rare): -m, ad. charmingly; highly, very (rare): â, f. be loved wife; (á)-m-karana, a. (î) making happy (V.); charming (C.); (a)-tvá, n. wel fare, happiness (V.); popularity, dearness (esp. of a wife; C.); -mânin, a. thinking oneself popular; -m-manya, a. considering oneself happy or beloved: -bhâva, m. self conceit; -½âkheta-bhûmi, a. having fine hunting-grounds: -tva, n. abst. n.
susukha a. very agreeable or com fortable: °ree;-or -m, ad.; -sûkshma, a. very minute, small, or insignificant; very subtile (mind, sense); -sevita, pp. well-served (king); -saindhavî, f. beautiful mare from the In dus country (Sindh); -stambha, m. good pillar; -strî, f. good woman; -stha, a. (well situated), faring well, healthy, being at ease, prosperous, well off; full (moon): -tâ, f. health; -sthâna, n. beautiful place; -sthita, pp. (√ sthâ) firmly established; following the right path, innocent; faring well, pros perous, well off, being at ease (ord. mg.): -tva, n. ease, comfort, prosperity, -m-manya, a. considering oneself well off; -sthiti, f. excellent position; welfare; -sthira, a. very steadfast, lasting, or durable: -m-manya, a. considering oneself firmly established, -var man, m. N.; -snâta, pp. perfectly cleansed by bathing; -snigdha-gambhîra, a.very soft and deep (voice); -spashta, pp. [√ spas] very clear, evident, or distinct: -m, ad. most manifestly; -svapna, m. beautiful dream; -svara, m. correct accent; a. hav ing a beautiful voice; melodious; loud: -m,ad. melodiously; loudly; -svâda, a. having a good taste, well-flavoured, sweet; -svâdu, a. very well-flavoured (water); -svâmin, m. good leader (of an army).
susaṃyuta pp. well-controlled; (sú-sam)-rabdha, pp. well-established (RV.1); greatly enraged, very wrathful (C.); -vîta, pp. well-covered, fully clothed; well-girt; abundantly provided with (--°ree;);-vrita, pp. well-concealed, kept very secret; carefully guarding oneself; (sú-sam)-sita, pp. well sharpened, very sharp; (sú-sam)-skrita, pp. well-adorned (RV.); well-prepared; kept in good order; good Sanskrit: -½upaskara, a. keeping the utensils in good order; -hata, pp. well-combined, closely united; being in close contact; very compact: -m kri, close very tightly; -hati, a. id.; -hita, pp. well united.
sthirakarman a. persevering in action; -kitta, a. steady-minded, steadfast, resolute; -ketas, a. id.; -gîvin, a. having a tenacious life; m. N. of a crow; -tâ, f. hardness; steadfastness, stability, permanence; constancy, firmness: -m upa½i, compose oneself; -tva, n. immovableness; stability, con stancy; (á)-dhanvan, a. having a strong bow (Rudra; RV.1); -dhî, a. steady-minded, steadfast; -pada, a. firmly rooted;-pra tigña, a. keeping one's promise; -pratiban dha, a. offering an obstinate resistance; -buddhi, a. steady-minded, steadfast, reso lute; m. N. of an Asura: -ka, m. N. of a Dânava; -mati, f. steady mind, steadfast ness; a.steadfast; -manas, a. id.; -yau vana, a. having perpetual youth; -varman, m. N.; -samskâra, a. thoroughly cultured: -tâ, f. perfect culture; -sthâyin, a. standing firm.
svakṣatra a. master of oneself, in dependent, free (RV.); -gata, pp. belonging to oneself, own: -m, ad. to oneself, aside (say, think); -guna, m. one's own merits; a. having its own merits, appropriate;(á)-gûrta, pp. pleasing in themselves (RV.); -griha, n. one's own house; -gokara, a. subject to oneself: -m kri, subject to oneself.
svakula n. one's own family; a. of one's own kin: -ga a. id.; -kulya, a. id.; -kusala-maya, a. (î) relating to one's own welfare (news); (á)-krita, pp. done, per formed, built (city), composed (book), orfixed (interest) by oneself (C.); spontaneous (V.); n. deed done by oneself (E.).
svakīya a. own etc. (=1. sva); m. pl. one's people, friends: -tva, n. belonging or relation to oneself.
svatantra n. (self-authority), inde pendence, freedom; a. free, independent, un controlled: w. pada, n. independent word: -tâ, f. independence, freedom; originality; -tantraya, den. subject to one'swill; (á) tavas, a. V.: self-strong, inherently powerful; valiant; -tas, ad. of oneself, of one's own ac cord; by nature; out of one's own estate: svato &zip; msât, from one's own share, raksher apakâram svatah parato vâ,guard your self and others against transgression; -tâ, f. ownership: -m pasyati, believes that every thing belongs to or is meant for him, râga svatam upapadyate, accrues to the king; -tvá, n. proprietary right to (lc.; C.); inde pendence (V.).
svaja a. self-born, own, akin; m. viper (V.); -gana, m. man of one's own peo ple, kinsman: sg. also coll. kindred: -gan dhin, a. distantly related to (g.), -tâ, f. re lationship with (g.); -ganaya, den. P. be related to (ac.)=resemble; -ganâya, Â. be come a relation; -gana½âvrita, pp. surrounded by his own people; -gâta, pp. self-begotten; m. child begotten by oneself; -gâti, f. one's own kind; one's own family or caste; a. ofone's own kind; -gâtîya, -gâtya, a. id.
svanāman n. one's name; a. having a name (=famous) through oneself; -nâsa, m. own destruction.
svadhṛti f. standing still of oneself (V.).
svaprakāśa a. clear or evident by itself; -pradhâna, a. independent: -tâ, f. independence; -pramâna½anurûpa, a. suited to one's strength; -prayoga, m. ab. by means of oneself, without assistance;-bândhava, m. one's own relative; (á)-bhânu, a. self luminous (RV.).
svaparapratāraka a. de ceiving oneself and others.
svayamagurutva n. one's own lightness; -anushthâna, n. performance by oneself; -apodita, pp. n. imps. one is by oneself exempted from (ab.; Br.); -argita, pp. acquired by oneself; -âgata, pp.come of one's own accord; -âhrita, pp. brought by oneself; -îhita-labdha, pp. acquired by one's own effort; -udyata, pp. offered spontaneously.
svayam indecl. oneself (himself, etc.); of oneself, of one's own accord: in C. agreeing in sense with a nm. (as subject or predicate), with an in. (as logical subject), or with a g. (sts. also an ac., or a lc.).
svayaṃvara a. self-choosing, with kanyâ, f. girl who chooses her husband herself; m. self-election, free choice, sp. of a husband (a right permitted to girls of the warrior caste); -vara-kathâ, f.mention of or reference to a Svayamvara; -varana, n. free choice of a husband by (--°ree;); -vara prabhâ, f. N. of the wife of a Daitya; -va ra½âgata, pp. come of one's own accord; -vâda, m. one's own statement; -vikrîta, pp. sold by oneself; -visîrna, pp. dropped of their own accord; -vrita, pp. chosen by oneself; -sîrna, pp. dropped of their own accord; -samyoga, m. spontaneous matri monial union with (in.); -samriddha, pp.complete in itself (Br.); (ám-)krita (or á), pp. made, prepared, performed, committed, caused, or composed by, oneself; adopted (son); with vigraha, m. war undertaken on one's own account; -krânta, pp. mounted by oneself (throne); -guna-parityâga, m. voluntary abandonment of the thread and of virtue; -guru-tva, n. its own weight; -graha, m. taking by oneself (without leave), forcible seizure; -grahana, n. id.; -grâha, m. id.; a.spontaneous (affection): -m, ad. forcibly; °ree;--, id.; spontaneously; -gá, a. spon taneously produced (water, RV.1); -tyakta, pp. voluntarily abandoned; -datta, pp. self given (said of a boy offering himself for adoption); -dâna, n. spontaneous gift of a daughter.
svabhāva m. own manner of being, innate disposition, nature (opp. acquired qualities): in., ab., °ree;--, -tas, by nature, natur ally; by oneself, spontaneously: -krita, pp. done by nature, natural; -kripana, m. (nig gardly by nature), N. of a Brâhman; -ga, a. produced by nature, congenital, natural, to (--°ree;); -ganita, pp. id.; -dvesha, m. natural hatred; -bhâva, m. natural disposition; -sid dha, pp. established by nature, natural, in nate; self-evident, obvious; -½ukta, pp. spon taneously stated; -½ukti, f. statement of the exact nature, vivid description (rh.).
svayaśas a. self-glorious, self-de pendent (V.); (á)-yukti, f. own team (RV.): in. y-â, -tas, ad. naturally, as a matter of course; -yug, m. (one joined with oneself), ally (V.); -yoni, f. own womb, one'sown birthplace or source; womb of one's own caste; a. (&ibrevcirc;) related by blood, consanguineous.
svavāsinī f. half-grown girl still living in her own father's house (=su-); -vigraha, m. own body: ac.=oneself; -vi dhi, m.: in. in one's own way; in the right way, duly; -vidheya, fp. to be done by oneself; -vishaya, m. own country, home; own sphere or province: kasmins kit svavi shaye, in some part of his kingdom; (á) vrikti, f. (RV.1) self-appropriation: in. pl. =exclusively for ourselves; -vritti, f. own way of life; own subsistence or existence; independence: in. sg. pl. at the sacrifice of one's own life; -vairitâ, f. hostility towards oneself: niga½âyushah -m kri,=take one's own life; -sakti, f. own power or strength; energy (of a god): in. to the best of one's ability.
svavaśa a. having control of oneself, independent, free: -tâ, f. independence, freedom.
svastha a. self-abiding, being oneself or in one's natural state, doing well, sound, healthy (in body and mind); uninjured (bank); unmolested (state); comfortable, at ease: -kitta, a. sound in mind, -tâ,f. well-being, health, ease; -sthâna, n. own place, home.
svasaṃvedya fp. intelligible to oneself only; -sadrisa, a. like or suitable to oneself; -samâna, a. id.; -samuttha, a. arising (fire) within itself (fuel); produced or existing by itself, natural; -sambhûta, pp. produced from oneself; (á)-sara, V. n. own resort: √ sri] stall, fold; accustomed place, dwelling; nest; -siddha, pp. come about spontaneously; belonging to one by nature (arms).
svātman m. one's own self, oneself (=reflexive prn.); own nature (rare); -½âtma-vadha, m. suicide.
svaharaṇa n. confiscation of pro perty; -hasta, m. own hand: -gata, pp. fallen into or being in one's own hand, -svas tika-stanî, a. f. covering her breasts with crossed hands; -hastikâ, f. hoe, mattock, pickaxe; -hastita, pp. held or supported by one's hand; -hita, pp. beneficial to oneself; well disposed to one; n. one's own welfare.
svānubhāva m. enjoyment of or fondness for property; -½anurûpa, a. resembling oneself; suited to one's fashion; -½anta, m. own end; own death; own territory; n. (province of the ego), heart(as the seat of the emotions; ord. mg.): -ga, m. (heart-born), love, -vat, a. having a heart.
svādhyāya m. repeating to oneself, study of the Veda; repetition of the Veda aloud: -m srâvaya, cause the Veda to be repeated aloud: -dhrik, a. studying the Veda; -vat, a. id.
svādhīna a. dependent on oneself, independent, free; being in one's own power or control, being at one's own dispo sal: -tâ, f. freedom, independence; -patika, -bhartrika, a. having her husband under her control.
svāyatta pp. dependent on oneself, being in one's own control: -tva, n. abst. n.; î-kri, subject (ac.) to oneself.
svātantrya n. [sva-tantra] inde pendence, freedom of will: in. independently, by oneself.
svāpyaya m. turning into oneself (as an explanation of svapna).
svāhata pp. struck or coined by oneself.
svīya a. belonging to oneself (sva), own; m. pl. one's own people, one's kindred: â, f. wife who may be truly called one's own; î-kri, make one's own, take possession of (v. r.).
svārtha m. own affair or cause, per sonal matter or advantage, one's own aim or object; own=original meaning (of a word; gr.): -m or e, on one's own account, for oneself; a. directed to oneself, egoistical; adapted to its purpose: -para, a. intent on one's own interests; -prayatna, m. self-in terested project; -sâdhaka, a. promoting one's own objects; -sâdhana, n. furtherance of one's own objects.
svottha a. produced in oneself, innate; -½utthita, pp. produced in or due to oneself; -½upârgita, pp. acquired by oneself.
svocita pp. suitable to oneself.
sveṣṭa pp. dear to oneself: -devatâ, f., -daivata, n. favourite deity.
hāra a. (î) --°ree; [√ 1. hri] bearing; bringing; taking away; raising (taxes); m. 1. string or necklace of pearls; 2. (vbl. n.) seizure or forfeiture of (--°ree;); removal (rare): -ka, --°ree; a. (i-kâ) bearing; bringing; carry ing away; stealing; removing, taking upon oneself (impurity); ravishing; m. thief; pearl necklace; -muktâ, f. pl. pearls of a necklace; -yashti, f. (--°ree; &ibrevcirc;) string of pearls; -latâ, f. id.; N.
hima m. cold (V., C.); winter (rare, C.); n. snow, sts. ice (C., very rare in Br.); a. cold, cool (C.): -ritu, m. cold season, winter; -ka, m. N.; -kara, m. (cold-rayed), moon; -garbha, a. containing cold (rays);-giri, m. snow-mountain, Himâlaya: -sutâ, f. daughter of the Himâlaya, Pârvatî: -kânta, m. ep. of Siva; -gu, m. (cold-rayed), moon; -griha: -ka, n. refrigerating room; -tvish, m. (cool-rayed), moon; -dîdhiti, -dyuti, -dhâman, m. id.; -pâta, m. cold rain; fall of snow; -rasmi, m. moon; -râga, m. N. of a king; -ruki, m. (cool-rayed), moon; -½ritu, m. cold season, winter; (á)-vat, a. cold, snowy, icy (rare); exposing oneself to cold (rare); m. snow-mountain (V.); sp. the Himâlaya: -pura, n. town on the Himâlaya, n-mekhalâ, f. Himâlaya (zone=) range; -sikharin, m. snow-mountain, Himâlaya; -subhra, a. snow-white; -saila, m. snow mountain, Himâlaya:-ga, a. growing on the Himâlaya, -sutâ, f. Pârvatî; -samghâta, m. deep snow; -srut, m. moon; -sruti, f. fall of snow.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"nese" has 2 results.
     
kāmyacaffix in the sense of 'desiring for oneself' applied to nouns to form denominative roots; exempli gratia, for example पुत्रकाम्यति; confer, compare काम्यच्च् P. III.1. 9.
kyacdenominative affix ( विकरण ) in the sense of desiring for oneself, added to nouns to form denomitive roots; exempli gratia, for example पुत्रीयति; क्यच् is also added to nouns that are upamānas or standards of comparison in the sense of (similar) behaviour: exempli gratia, for example पुत्रीयति च्छात्रम्: confer, compare Kāś. on P. III.1.8, 10. It is also added in the sense of 'doing' to the words नमस्, वरिवस् and चित्र; e. g. नमस्यति देवान्, वरिवस्यति गुरून् , चित्रीयते ; confer, compare Kāś. on P. III. 1.19.
     Vedabase Search  
89 results
     
bhakta-abhimāna to think oneself a devoteeCC Adi 6.88
sva-para-abhiniveśena consisting of absorption in the bodily concept of oneself and othersSB 7.2.60
abhyātmam drawing the compassion of others by presenting oneself as always poverty-strickenSB 8.19.42
acyuta-ātmatvam accepting oneself as an eternal servant of the LordSB 7.11.21
deha-ādau identifying oneself with the material body and then with one's wife, children, family, community, nation and so onSB 7.7.19-20
jala-agni-sūryaiḥ by severe austerities such as keeping oneself in water, in a burning fire or in the scorching sunSB 5.12.12
amatsaraḥ not considering oneself to be the doerSB 11.10.6
ātma-apahnavam degrading oneself from the platform of tapasyaSB 9.6.49
āpanāke oneselfCC Madhya 23.61
ātma-pātaḥ degradation of oneselfSB 2.1.39
ātma-duḥsthayā giving trouble to oneselfSB 4.24.61
niyata-ātmā controlling oneselfSB 8.16.59
ātma-apahnavam degrading oneself from the platform of tapasyaSB 9.6.49
ātma-samam equal to oneselfSB 10.60.15
ātma for oneselfSB 10.84.38
ātma within oneselfSB 11.10.11
sarva-sva-ātma-nivedane in fully dedicating oneselfCC Madhya 22.136
ātma-vañcanā cheating oneselfCC Madhya 24.99
ātmabhiḥ by oneselfSB 1.7.48
ātmanā by oneselfSB 4.23.1-3
ātmanā by oneselfSB 8.16.59
ātmanaḥ of the Supreme Lord and of oneselfSB 2.4.21
ātmanaḥ oneselfSB 4.22.29
ātmanaḥ of oneselfSB 4.25.40
ātmanaḥ of oneselfSB 7.13.5
ātmanaḥ of oneselfSB 10.5.30
ātmanaḥ of oneselfSB 10.74.23
ātmanaḥ to oneselfSB 11.3.27-28
ātmanaḥ for oneselfSB 11.8.14
ātmanaḥ of oneselfSB 11.10.7
ātmanaḥ of oneselfSB 11.11.34-41
ātmānam oneself (the individual soul)SB 7.12.31
ātmānam oneselfSB 10.34.17
ātmānam oneselfSB 11.3.54
ātmānam oneselfSB 11.15.23
ātmānam to oneselfSB 11.23.24
ātmane unto oneselfSB 5.9.19
ātmane to oneselfSB 11.21.11
ātmani in oneselfSB 11.17.32
ātmani upon oneselfSB 11.22.61
ātmasāt identify with oneselfSB 3.1.2
ātmatayā by identification with oneselfSB 11.22.40
acyuta-ātmatvam accepting oneself as an eternal servant of the LordSB 7.11.21
bhakta-abhimāna to think oneself a devoteeCC Adi 6.88
bhukti enjoying the result by oneselfCC Madhya 24.27
caraṇa-upasādanāt simply dedicating oneself unto the lotus feetSB 2.4.16
caret one should conduct oneselfSB 11.18.28
nija-priya-dāna to present to the Lord something very dear to oneselfCC Madhya 22.124
dāsyam always thinking oneself an eternal servant of the Supreme Personality of GodheadCC Madhya 9.259-260
dāsyena by accepting oneself as My servantSB 11.11.34-41
deha-ādau identifying oneself with the material body and then with one's wife, children, family, community, nation and so onSB 7.7.19-20
ātma-duḥsthayā giving trouble to oneselfSB 4.24.61
dustyajam difficult to free oneself fromSB 10.84.61
jala-agni-sūryaiḥ by severe austerities such as keeping oneself in water, in a burning fire or in the scorching sunSB 5.12.12
japa while chanting mantras to oneselfSB 11.17.24
japtvā chanting to oneselfSB 12.11.26
sva-kṛta executed by oneselfSB 6.9.35
nija to oneselfSB 6.16.42
nija-priya-dāna to present to the Lord something very dear to oneselfCC Madhya 22.124
nija-samīhitam chosen by oneselfCC Madhya 22.160
nirahańkāraḥ without pride (without considering oneself a great preacher)CC Madhya 23.107
sarva-sva-ātma-nivedane in fully dedicating oneselfCC Madhya 22.136
niyata-ātmā controlling oneselfSB 8.16.59
sva-para-abhiniveśena consisting of absorption in the bodily concept of oneself and othersSB 7.2.60
ātma-pātaḥ degradation of oneselfSB 2.1.39
sva-prāṇe within oneselfSB 11.18.13
nija-priya-dāna to present to the Lord something very dear to oneselfCC Madhya 22.124
ātma-samam equal to oneselfSB 10.60.15
nija-samīhitam chosen by oneselfCC Madhya 22.160
sannahyet put on oneselfSB 6.8.4-6
santam existing within oneselfSB 7.13.28
sarva-sva-ātma-nivedane in fully dedicating oneselfCC Madhya 22.136
śaucābhyām and by following regulative principles to keep oneself internally and externally cleanSB 6.1.13-14
jala-agni-sūryaiḥ by severe austerities such as keeping oneself in water, in a burning fire or in the scorching sunSB 5.12.12
sva-kṛta executed by oneselfSB 6.9.35
sva-para-abhiniveśena consisting of absorption in the bodily concept of oneself and othersSB 7.2.60
sva-prāṇe within oneselfSB 11.18.13
sarva-sva-ātma-nivedane in fully dedicating oneselfCC Madhya 22.136
svataḥ by oneselfSB 11.11.34-41
svayam oneselfSB 12.5.4
yaśaḥ-tīrtha-vare keeping oneself in the best of holy places by hearing the transcendental activities of the LordSB 9.24.62
upaiti devotes oneself toSB 11.8.33
caraṇa-upasādanāt simply dedicating oneself unto the lotus feetSB 2.4.16
vaikārike in false ego, identification of oneself with matterSB 7.13.43
vāk-yataḥ keeping oneself silentSB 6.8.4-6
ātma-vañcanā cheating oneselfCC Madhya 24.99
yaśaḥ-tīrtha-vare keeping oneself in the best of holy places by hearing the transcendental activities of the LordSB 9.24.62
yaśaḥ-tīrtha-vare keeping oneself in the best of holy places by hearing the transcendental activities of the LordSB 9.24.62
vāk-yataḥ keeping oneself silentSB 6.8.4-6
Ayurvedic Medical
Dictionary
     Dr. Potturu with thanks
     
     Purchase Kindle edition

asātmya

unwholesome or disagreeing; unsuitable for oneself; incompatible.

pītabhṛngarāja

Plant Chinese wedelia, Wedelia chinensis.

sātmya

affinity, wholesome or agreeable; suitable for oneself, accustoming.









Parse Time: 1.434s Search Word: nese Input Encoding: IAST: nese